Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 2, 2004.
Registration No. 333-115708



SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549


Amendment No. 3

to
Form S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933


Commercial Vehicle Group, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
         
Delaware   3714   41-1990662
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)


6530 West Campus Way

New Albany, Ohio 43054
Telephone: (614) 289-5360
Telecopy: (614) 985-1842
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)


Mervin Dunn

President and Chief Executive Officer
Commercial Vehicle Group, Inc.
6530 West Campus Way
New Albany, Ohio 43054
Telephone: (614) 289-5360
Telecopy: (614) 985-1842
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)


Copies to:

     
Dennis M. Myers, P.C.
Kirkland & Ellis LLP
200 East Randolph Drive
Chicago, Illinois 60601
Telephone: (312) 861-2000
Telecopy: (312) 861-2200
  Kris F. Heinzelman, Esq.
Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP
825 Eighth Avenue
New York, New York 10019
Telephone: (212) 474-1000
Telecopy: (212) 474-3700


     Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale of the securities to the public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

     If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, check the following box.     o

     If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

     If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

     If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

     If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, check the following box.     o


CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

                 


Proposed Maximum Proposed Maximum
Title of Each Class of Securities to be Amount to be Offering Price Per Aggregate Amount of
Registered Registered(1) Share(2) Offering Price(2) Registration Fee

Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share
  10,637,500   $17.00   $180,837,500   $22,912(3)


(1)  Includes 1,387,500 shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase to cover over-allotments, if any.
 
(2)  Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(a) under the Securities Act of 1933.
 
(3)  Of this amount, $19,005 has been previously paid by the Registrant.


     The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.




Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We and the selling stockholders may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED AUGUST 2, 2004

9,250,000 Shares

(COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GROUP LOGO)

Commercial Vehicle Group, Inc.

Common Stock


        We are selling 3,125,000 shares of common stock and the selling stockholders are selling 6,125,000 shares of common stock. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the shares of common stock sold by the selling stockholders.

      Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price of our common stock is expected to be between $15.00 and $17.00 per share. We have applied to list our common stock on The Nasdaq National Market under the symbol “CVGI.”

      The underwriters have an option to purchase a maximum of 1,387,500 additional shares from us and the selling stockholders to cover over-allotments of shares.

      Investing in our common stock involves risks. See “Risk Factors” on page 12.

                 
Underwriting
Price to Discounts and Proceeds to Proceeds to
Public Commissions Issuer Selling Stockholders




Per Share
  $   $   $   $
Total
  $   $   $   $

      Delivery of the shares of common stock will be made on or about                     , 2004.

      Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Credit Suisse First Boston
Robert W. Baird & Co. Lehman Brothers

RBC Capital Markets

The date of this prospectus is                     , 2004.


Table of Contents

(MAP)

(CAR)



TABLE OF CONTENTS

         
Page

    1  
    12  
    21  
    22  
    23  
    24  
    26  
    27  
    31  
    45  
    50  
    63  
    73  
    77  
    79  
    81  
    85  
    87  
    90  
    94  
    94  
    94  
    F-1  
  Form of Underwriting Agreement
  Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation
  Form of Amended and Restated By-laws
  Form of Certificate of Common Stock
  Opinion of Kirkland & Ellis LLP
  Form of Management Stockholders Agreement
  Bostrom Holding, Inc. Management Stock Option Plan
  Form of Recapitalization Agreement
  Form of Non-Competition Agreement
  Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP


      You should rely only on the information contained in this document or to which we have referred you. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with information that is different. This document may only be used where it is legal to sell these securities. The information in this document may only be accurate on the date of this document.

Dealer Prospectus Delivery Obligation

      Until                     , 2004 (25 days after the commencement of the offering), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to unsold allotments or subscriptions.

i


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

      This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus but might not contain all of the information that is important to you. Before investing in our common stock, you should read the entire prospectus carefully, including the “Risk Factors” section and the consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

      We conduct our business through our operating subsidiaries, each of which is or will become a direct or indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Commercial Vehicle Group, Inc. prior to the completion of this offering. For purposes of this prospectus, unless the context otherwise requires, all references herein to “our company,” “Commercial Vehicle Group,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Commercial Vehicle Group, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries and their predecessors. Original equipment manufacturers are referred to herein as “OEMs.” Unless otherwise indicated, the information contained in this prospectus assumes that the underwriters’ over-allotment option is not exercised.

Our Company

      We are a leading supplier of interior systems, vision safety solutions and other cab-related products for the global commercial vehicle market, including the heavy-duty (Class 8) truck market, the construction market and other specialized transportation markets. As a result of our strong leadership in cab-related products and systems, we are positioned to benefit from the increased focus of our customers on cab design and comfort to better serve their end user, the driver. Our products include suspension seat systems, interior trim systems (including instrument panels, door panels, headliners, cabinetry and floor systems), mirrors, wiper systems, controls and switches specifically designed for applications in commercial vehicle cabs. We are differentiated from suppliers to the automotive industry by our ability to manufacture low volume customized products on a sequenced basis to meet the requirements of our customers. As a result of our high-quality, innovative products, well-recognized brand names and customer service, a majority of the largest 100 fleet operators specifically request our products. We believe that we have the number one or two position in all of our major markets and that we are the only supplier in the North American commercial vehicle market that can offer complete interior systems including seats, interior trim and flooring.

      We offer a broad range of products and system solutions for a variety of end market vehicle applications. Over 60% of our 2003 sales were to the heavy-duty (Class 8) OEMs, with Freightliner (DaimlerChrysler), PACCAR, International (Navistar) and Volvo/Mack, together with their respective service organizations, accounting for 18%, 26%, 8% and 4%, respectively, of our sales in 2003. In total, approximately 70% of our sales are in North America, with the balance in Europe and Asia. The following charts depict our 2003 net sales by product category and end markets served.

     
Product Category End Markets Served
(PRODUCT CATEGORY PIE GRAPH)
  (END MARKETS SERVED PIE GRAPH)

      Since 2000, we have been able to improve our operating margins each year despite the cyclical downturn in our end markets. In our largest market, the North American heavy-duty (Class 8) truck market, vehicle unit build rates declined from 332,600 units in 1999 to a low of 146,000 units in 2001, rebounding slightly to 176,700 units in 2003. Demand for commercial vehicles is expected to improve in 2004 due to a variety of factors, including a broad economic recovery in North America, the need to

1


Table of Contents

replace aging truck fleets as a result of under-investment, increasing freight volumes and improving hauler profits. According to ACT Research, the North American heavy-duty (Class 8) unit build rates are expected to grow from 176,700 in 2003 to over 300,000 in 2006. This trend is reflected in the North American heavy-duty (Class 8) order rate of approximately 135,000 units in the first four months of 2004, an increase of 123% from the same period in 2003.

      For the year ended December 31, 2003 and the three months ended March 31, 2004, our revenues were approximately $285.6 million and approximately $86.0 million, respectively, and our net income was approximately $4.0 million and approximately $5.5 million, respectively. At March 31, 2004, on an as adjusted basis after giving effect to this offering and the application of the net proceeds therefrom as described under “Use of Proceeds,” we would have had total indebtedness of approximately $75.8 million and stockholders’ equity of approximately $85.6 million.

Our Competitive Strengths

      We believe that our competitive strengths include the following:

      Leading Market Positions and Brands. We believe that we are the leading supplier of seating systems and interior trim products and the second largest supplier of wiper systems and mirrors for the North American commercial vehicle market. We believe that we are the largest global supplier of construction vehicle seating systems based upon the amount of our revenue derived from sales to this market. Our products are marketed under brand names that are well known by our customers and truck fleet operators. These brands include KAB Seating, National Seating, Trim Systems, Sprague Devices, Sprague Controls, Prutsman TM , Moto Mirror TM and RoadWatch®.

      Comprehensive Cab Product and Interior System Solutions. We believe that we offer the broadest product range of any commercial vehicle interior supplier. We manufacture approximately 50 product categories, many of which are critical to the interior subsystems of a commercial vehicle cab. We also utilize a variety of different processes, such as urethane molding, vacuum forming and “twin shell” vacuum forming, that enable us to meet each customer’s unique styling and cost requirements. The breadth of our product offering enables us to provide a “one-stop shop” for our customers, who increasingly require complete cab solutions from a single supply source. As a result, we believe that we have a substantial opportunity for further customer penetration through cross-selling initiatives and by bundling our products to provide complete system solutions.

      End-User Focused Product Innovation. A key trend in the commercial vehicle market is that OEMs are increasingly focused on cab design and comfort to better serve their end user, the driver, and our customers are seeking suppliers that can provide product innovation. We have a full service engineering and product development organization that proactively presents solutions to OEMs to meet these needs and enables us to increase our overall content on current platforms and models. Examples of our recent innovations that will result in better cost and performance parameters for our customers include: a new high performance air suspension seating system; the back cycler mechanism designed to reduce driver fatigue; the RoadWatch® system installed in a mirror base to detect road surface temperature; an aero-molded mirror; and a low-weight, cost effective tubular wiper system design.

      Flexible Manufacturing Capabilities. Because commercial vehicle OEMs permit their customers to select from an extensive menu of cab options, our customers frequently request modified products in low volumes within a limited time frame. We have a highly variable cost structure and can efficiently leverage our flexible manufacturing capabilities to provide low volume, customized products to meet each customer’s styling, cost and “just-in-time” delivery requirements. We have a network of 13 manufacturing locations in North America and Europe and are among the first commercial vehicle suppliers to establish operations in China. Our facilities are located near our customers to reduce distribution costs and to maintain a high level of customer service and flexibility.

      Strong Relationships with Leading Customers and Major Fleets. Because of our comprehensive product offerings, leading brand names and product innovation, we believe we are an important long-term

2


Table of Contents

supplier to all of the leading Class 8 truck manufacturers in North America and also a global supplier to leading construction customers such as Caterpillar, Komatsu and Volvo. In addition, through our sales and engineering forces, we maintain active relationships with the major truck fleet organizations that are end users of our products such as Yellow Freight, Swift Transportation, Schneider National and Ryder Leasing. As a result of our high-quality, innovative products, well-recognized brand names and customer service, a majority of the largest 100 fleet operators specifically request our products.

      Proven Management Team. Our management team is highly respected within the commercial vehicle market, and our nine senior managers have an average of 19 years of experience in the industry. We believe that our team has substantial depth in critical operational areas and has demonstrated success in reducing costs, integrating business acquisitions and improving processes through cyclical periods.

Our Business Strategy

      In addition to capitalizing on expected growth in our end markets, our primary growth strategies are as follows:

      Increase Content, Expand Customer Penetration and Leverage System Opportunities. We are the only integrated commercial vehicle supplier that can offer complete interior systems. We are focused on securing additional sales from our existing customer base, and we actively cross-market a diverse portfolio of products to our customers to increase our content on the cabs manufactured by these OEMs. To complement our North American capabilities and enhance our customer relationships, we are working with OEMs as they increase their focus on international markets. We are one of the first commercial vehicle suppliers to establish operations in China and are aggressively working to secure new business from both existing customers with Chinese manufacturing operations and Chinese OEMs. We believe we are well positioned to capitalize on the migration by OEMs in the heavy truck and commercial vehicle sector towards commercial vehicle suppliers that can offer a complete interior system.

      Leverage Our New Product Development Capabilities. During the recent downturn, we invested significantly in our engineering capabilities and new product development in order to anticipate the evolving demands of our customers and end users. For example, we recently introduced a new wiper system utilizing a tubular linkage system with a single motor that operates both wipers, reducing the cost, space and weight of the wiper system. Also, we believe that our new high performance seat should enable us to capture additional market share in North America and provide us with opportunities to market this seat on a global basis. We will continue to design and develop new products that add or improve content and increase cab comfort and safety.

      Capitalize on Operating Leverage. We continuously seek ways to lower costs, enhance product quality, improve manufacturing efficiencies and increase product throughput. Over the past three years, we realized operating synergies with the integration of our sales, marketing and distribution processes; reduced our fixed cost base through the closure and consolidation of several manufacturing and design facilities; and have begun to implement our Lean Manufacturing and Total Quality Production Systems (TQPS) programs. We believe our ongoing cost saving initiatives and the establishment of our sourcing relationships in China will enable us to continue to lower our manufacturing costs. As a result, we are well positioned to grow our operating margins and capitalize on any volume increases in the heavy truck sector with minimal additional capital expenditures.

      Grow Sales to the Aftermarket. While the average life of a commercial vehicle is approximately six years, certain components, such as seats, wipers and mirrors, are replaced more frequently. We believe that there are opportunities to leverage our brand recognition to increase our sales to the replacement aftermarket. Since many aftermarket participants are small and locally focused, we plan to leverage our national scale to increase our market share in the fragmented aftermarket.

      Pursue Strategic Acquisitions. We will selectively pursue complementary strategic acquisitions that allow us to leverage the marketing, engineering and manufacturing strengths of our business and expand

3


Table of Contents

our sales to new and existing customers. The markets in which we operate are highly fragmented and provide ample consolidation opportunities.

Corporate Information

      Onex Corporation and its affiliate, Hidden Creek Industries, identified the commercial vehicle interior supply segment as a growth area due to favorable industry trends. The commercial vehicle OEMs were beginning to demand increased performance from their suppliers that included engineering support, new product innovation, subassemblies and, eventually, complete interior systems. In an effort to create an integrated company that could satisfy these increased requirements, Onex and Hidden Creek acquired Trim Systems in 1997 and Commercial Vehicle Systems, or CVS, and National/KAB Seating in 2000. Although these companies were initially acquired through three separate holding companies, these businesses have generally been operated on an integrated basis since 2002. The combined company has focused on integration, new product innovation, cost rationalization, customer relationships and the establishment of a global footprint.

      Onex is a diversified company based in Canada with consolidated revenues of approximately C$17 billion and consolidated assets of approximately C$14 billion. Hidden Creek focuses on developing strategic initiatives, assisting in financing activities and analyzing acquisition opportunities for us and other corporations.

Corporate Structure and Ownership Information

      Commercial Vehicle Group, Inc., or CVG, is a holding company that currently conducts its operations through direct and indirect wholly owned subsidiaries that comprise the CVS and National/KAB Seating businesses. In connection with the completion of this offering, Trim Systems and its respective subsidiaries became wholly owned subsidiaries of CVG on August 2, 2004. All of CVG’s foreign operations are conducted through subsidiaries located in Australia, Belgium, China, Sweden and the United Kingdom.

      Onex and its affiliated investors, including Hidden Creek, beneficially own an aggregate of 8,670,474 shares of our common stock, or 62.5% of our outstanding common stock prior to this offering. Included in this amount is an aggregate of 2,663,931 shares of common stock issued to Onex and certain of its affiliated investors as a result of the merger of Trim Systems with and into a wholly owned subsidiary of CVG in connection with this offering. All of our principal stockholders, which include Onex and its affiliated investors, Baird Capital Partners III L.P. and its affiliated investors and Norwest Equity Partners VII L.P., are selling stockholders in this offering and will receive in the aggregate approximately $87.3 million in net proceeds from the sale of such shares in this offering (or approximately $97.2 million if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full). In addition, an aggregate of $23.7 million of the net proceeds from this offering will be used to repay indebtedness held by our principal stockholders or their affiliates. Following the completion of this offering, our principal stockholders will continue to beneficially own on a collective basis approximately 41.4% of our outstanding common stock (or 36.2% if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full). See “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions,” “Principal Stockholders” and “Selling Stockholders.”

Financial Information Presentation

      Trim Systems, CVS and National/KAB Seating were initially acquired through three separate holding companies. The operations of CVS and National/KAB Seating were formally combined under a single holding company, now known as Commercial Vehicle Group, Inc., on March 28, 2003. In connection with the completion of this offering, Trim Systems became a wholly owned subsidiary of CVG on August 2, 2004. Because these companies were generally operated on an integrated basis since 2002, we do not expect any significant operating changes to result from such mergers. Because these businesses were under common control since their respective dates of acquisition, their historical results of operations have been combined for the periods in which they were under common control based on their respective historical basis of accounting.

4


Table of Contents

Recent Unaudited Operating Results

      Set forth below are our preliminary unaudited results for the three and six months ended June 30, 2004 and, for comparison purposes, our unaudited results for the three and six months ended June 30, 2003. These unaudited results reflect all adjustments (consisting only of normal recurring adjustments) that management considers necessary for a fair presentation of the financial information for these periods. At this time we have not finalized all of the financial information for the three months ended June 30, 2004 that would be necessary to update our discussion in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations or our consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus relating to the three months ended March 31, 2004. Results for the interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the results that might be expected for any other interim period or for an entire fiscal year.

      You should read the following information together with the information under “— Summary Consolidated Financial Information,” “Selected Consolidated Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

                                   
Three Months Ended Six Months Ended
June 30, June 30,


2003 2004 2003 2004




(in thousands, except per share data)
(unaudited)
Statement of Operations Data:
                               
Revenues
  $ 71,408     $ 94,491     $ 137,791     $ 180,481  
Gross profit
    12,151       16,855       22,306       32,342  
Operating income (loss)(1)
    6,302       (164 )     10,451       7,790  
Net income (loss)
    1,521       (877 )     (178 )     4,672  
Earnings (loss) per share(2):
                               
 
Basic
  $ 0.11     $ (0.06 )   $ (0.01 )   $ 0.34  
 
Diluted
    0.11       (0.06 )     (0.01 )     0.34  
Balance Sheet Data (at end of period):
                               
Working capital
                  $ 26,784     $ 21,288  
Total assets
                    207,122       223,621  
Total debt
                    129,275       111,348  
Total stockholders’ investment
                    27,978       49,001  
Other Data:
                               
EBITDA(3)
  $ 8,347     $ 1,859     $ 14,600     $ 11,873  
Net cash provided by (used in):
                               
 
Operating activities
    3,506       2,547       340       8,449  
 
Investing activities
    (1,695 )     (1,392 )     (3,106 )     (2,190 )
 
Financing activities
    (1,898 )     (6 )     1,432       (7,673 )
Noncash compensation expense(1)
          10,125             10,125  
Depreciation and amortization
    2,045       2,033       4,167       4,093  
Capital expenditures, net
    1,694       1,392       3,106       2,190  
North American Class 8 heavy-duty truck production (units)(4)
    44,674       62,947       80,651       116,614  


(1)  To reward our senior management team for its success in reducing operating costs, integrating businesses and improving processes through cyclical periods, we recently granted options to purchase an aggregate of 910,869 shares of our new common stock to 16 members of our management team. The exercise price for such options is $5.54 per share. As modified, such options have a ten-year

5


Table of Contents

term, with 100% of such options being currently exercisable. We incurred a noncash compensation charge of $10.1 million in the second quarter of 2004 as a result of the grant of these options. This noncash compensation charge equals the difference between $5.54 and the fair market value of our common stock as of the grant date.

(2)  Earnings (loss) per share has been calculated giving effect to the reclassification of our outstanding classes of common stock and, in connection therewith, a 38.991-to-one stock split.
 
(3)  “EBITDA” represents earnings before interest expense, income taxes, depreciation, amortization, non-cash gain (loss) on forward exchange contracts and loss on early extinguishment of debt. For a detailed discussion of our reasons for presenting EBITDA and the limitations of EBITDA as an analytical tool, see note (5) to “— Summary Consolidated Financial Information.” The following sets forth a reconciliation of EBITDA to net income (loss):

                                   
Three Months Ended Six Months Ended


June 30, 2003 June 30, 2004 June 30, 2003 June 30, 2004




(in thousands)
EBITDA
  $ 8,347     $ 1,859     $ 14,600     $ 11,873  
Add (subtract):
                               
 
Depreciation and amortization
    (2,045 )     (2,033 )     (4,167 )     (4,093 )
 
Noncash gain (loss) on forward exchange contracts
    (60 )     439       (2,446 )     3,709  
 
Interest expense
    (2,700 )     (2,071 )     (5,430 )     (4,339 )
 
Loss on early extinguishment of debt
                (2,972 )      
 
(Provision) benefit for income taxes
    (2,021 )     929       237       (2,478 )
     
     
     
     
 
 
Net income (loss)
  $ 1,521     $ (877 )   $ (178 )   $ 4,672  
     
     
     
     
 

(4)  Source: Americas Commercial Transportation Research Co. LLC and ACT Publications.

      Our revenues for the three months ended June 30, 2004 were positively impacted by the increase in North American Class 8 production from 44,674 units for the three months ended June 30, 2003 to 62,947 units for the three months ended June 30, 2004, which resulted in $15.3 million of increased revenues and higher OEM sales in the Asian construction seating market of $2.5 million as a result of continued strong demand for construction equipment in Asia to accommodate economic growth in that region. Demand for commercial vehicles is expected to continue to remain strong during the remainder of 2004 as compared to the last half of 2003 due to a variety of factors including broad economic recovery in North America, the need to replace aging truck fleets as a result of under-investment, increasing freight volumes and increasing hauler profits.

      Our gross profit increased $4.7 million to $16.9 million in the three months ended June 30, 2004 from $12.2 million in the three months ended June 30, 2003. We believe this increase resulted primarily from the revenue increase discussed above partially offset by the impact of steel surcharges that we are being assessed on certain of our purchases of steel. We are currently in discussions with our customers regarding passing these surcharges through to such customers.

6


Table of Contents

The Offering

 
Common stock offered to the public by CVG 3,125,000 shares
 
Common stock offered to the public by the selling stockholders 6,125,000 shares
 
Common stock to be outstanding after this offering 16,988,752 shares
 
Use of proceeds We intend to use the net proceeds from the sale of shares by us to repay all of our $11.2 million of subordinated indebtedness and approximately $33.8 million of borrowings under our existing senior credit facilities. In that regard, an aggregate of $23.7 million of the net proceeds from this offering will be used to repay indebtedness held by our principal stockholders or their affiliates. See “Use of Proceeds” and “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.” We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sales of our common stock by the selling stockholders.
 
Proposed Nasdaq National Market symbol “CVGI”
 
Risk Factors You should carefully read and consider the information set forth under “Risk Factors” and all other information set forth in this prospectus before investing in our common stock.

      The number of shares that will be outstanding after this offering excludes 1,000,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our new equity incentive plan and 949,470 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under outstanding options. See “Management — Employee Benefit Plans.”

      Except as otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus assumes:

  •  the reclassification of our outstanding classes of common stock into one class of common stock and, in connection therewith, a 38.991-to-one stock split;
 
  •  the effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation immediately prior to this offering; and
 
  •  no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option.

7


Table of Contents

Summary Consolidated Financial Information

      The following table summarizes financial data regarding our business and certain industry information and should be read together with “Selected Historical Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

      The unaudited financial data set forth below for the year ended December 31, 1999 is derived in its entirety from the results of operations of Trim Systems, LLC for the year ended December 31, 1999, which was acquired by our principal stockholders in 1997. The unaudited financial data set forth below for the year ended December 31, 2000 is derived from the results of operations of Trim Systems, LLC for the entire period and the results of operations of CVS and National/KAB Seating beginning from their respective dates of acquisition by our principal stockholders, which occurred on March 31, 2000 and October 6, 2000, respectively. Because these businesses were under common control since their respective dates of acquisition, their historical results of operations have been combined for the periods in which they were under common control based on their respective historical basis of accounting. Because of the significant impact of the 2000 acquisitions, the financial data for periods prior to such acquisitions are not comparable to those following such acquisitions.

      The statement of operations data and financial data included in the “Other Data” section set forth below for the years ended December 31, 1999 and 2000, and the three months ended March 31, 2003 and 2004, the pro forma earnings per share data, the balance sheet data on an actual and as adjusted basis as of March 31, 2004 and North American Class 8 heavy-duty truck production rates are all unaudited.

                                                           
Three Months
Ended
Year Ended December 31, March 31,


1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2003 2004







(in thousands, except share and per share data)
Statement of Operations Data:
                                                       
Revenues
  $ 196,994     $ 244,963     $ 271,226     $ 298,678     $ 287,579     $ 66,383     $ 85,990  
Cost of sales
    181,167       208,083       229,593       249,181       237,884       56,228       70,503  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Gross profit
    15,827       36,880       41,633       49,497       49,695       10,155       15,487  
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    14,548       21,569       21,767       23,952       24,281       5,960       7,497  
Amortization expense
    947       2,725       3,822       122       185       46       36  
Restructuring charge
          5,561       449                          
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Operating income
    332       7,025       15,595       25,423       25,229       4,149       7,954  
Other expense (income)
    (3,313 )     (1,955 )     (2,347 )     1,098       3,230       2,404       (3,270 )
Interest expense
    4,935       12,396       14,885       12,940       9,796       2,730       2,268  
Loss on early extinguishment of debt
                            2,972       2,972        
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Income (loss) before income taxes and cumulative effect of change in accounting
    (1,290 )     (3,416 )     3,057       11,385       9,231       (3,957 )     8,956  
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
    (452 )     (2,550 )     5,072       5,235       5,267       (2,258 )     3,407  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Income (loss) before cumulative effect of change in accounting
    (838 )     (866 )     (2,015 )     6,150       3,964       (1,699 )     5,549  
Cumulative effect of change in accounting
                      (51,630 )                  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Net income (loss)
  $ (838 )   $ (866 )   $ (2,015 )   $ (45,480 )   $ 3,964     $ (1,699 )   $ 5,549  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Earnings (loss) per share(1):
                                                       
 
Basic
  $ (0.33 )   $ (0.09 )   $ (0.15 )   $ (3.29 )   $ 0.29     $ (0.12 )   $ 0.40  
 
Diluted
    (0.33 )     (0.09 )     (0.15 )     (3.26 )     0.29       (0.12 )     0.40  

8


Table of Contents

                                                           
Three Months
Ended
Year Ended December 31, March 31,


1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2003 2004







(in thousands, except share and per share data)
Weighted average common shares outstanding:
                                                       
 
Basic
    2,568       9,337       13,893       13,827       13,779       13,779       13,779  
 
Diluted
    2,568       9,337       13,893       13,940       13,892       13,779       13,892  
Pro Forma Earnings Per Share Data(2):
                                                       
Earnings (loss) per share(3):
                                                       
 
Basic
                                  $ 0.39             $ 0.36  
 
Diluted
                                  $ 0.39             $ 0.36  
Weighted average common shares outstanding:
                                                       
 
Basic
                                    16,989               16,989  
 
Diluted
                                    17,102               17,102  
                 
At March 31, 2004

Actual As Adjusted(4)


(in thousands)
Balance Sheet Data:
               
Working capital
  $ 26,449     $ 26,449  
Total assets
    218,511       218,511  
Total debt
    120,782       75,782  
Total stockholders’ investment
    40,627       85,627  
                                                           
Three Months
Ended
Year Ended December 31, March 31,


1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2003 2004







(in thousands, except share, per share and production data)
Other Data:
                                                       
EBITDA(5)
  $ 5,954     $ 16,107     $ 28,428     $ 34,105     $ 33,335     $ 6,271     $ 10,014  
Net cash provided by (used for):
                                                       
 
Operating activities
  $ (8,306 )   $ 24,068     $ 12,408     $ 18,172     $ 10,442     $ (3,166 )   $ 5,992  
 
Investing activities
    (1,173 )     (3,051 )     7,749       (4,937 )     (5,967 )     (1,411 )     (798 )
 
Financing activities
    9,144       (13,160 )     (24,792 )     (14,825 )     (2,761 )     3,330       (7,667 )
Depreciation and amortization
    2,309       9,078       12,833       8,682       8,106       2,122       2,060  
Capital expenditures, net
    1,173       3,174       4,898       4,937       5,967       1,411       798  
North American Class 8 heavy-duty truck production (units)(6)
    332,600       252,000       146,000       181,000       176,700       36,000       54,000  


(1)  Earnings (loss) per share has been calculated giving effect to the reclassification of our outstanding classes of common stock into one class of common stock and, in connection therewith, a 38.991-to-one stock split.
 
(2)  The pro forma earnings per share data give effect to the sale of 3.125 million shares of our common stock and the application of the estimated net proceeds therefrom as described under the caption “Use of Proceeds” as if such transaction was completed on January 1, 2003. Adjustments include the elimination of $2.2 million and $0.5 million of interest expense (net of tax) for 2003 and the three months ended March 31, 2004, respectively, associated with the debt repaid using the net proceeds of this offering and the elimination of the amortization for the write-off of deferred costs associated with debt that will be extinguished, the issuance of 3.125 million shares of common stock in this offering and the reclassification of our existing classes of common stock into one class of common stock. The pro forma financial data does not purport to represent what our results of operations actually would

9


Table of Contents

have been if this offering had occurred as of the date indicated or what our results will be in any future period.
 
(3)  Earnings (loss) per share for all periods were computed in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 128, “Earnings Per Share” (SFAS No. 128).
 
(4)  The “As Adjusted” column reflects the sale of 3.125 million shares of our common stock and the application of the estimated net proceeds therefrom and the repayment of indebtedness as described under the caption “Use of Proceeds” as if such transactions had occurred on March 31, 2004.
 
(5)  “EBITDA” represents earnings before interest expense, income taxes, depreciation, amortization, non-cash gain (loss) on forward exchange contracts, loss on early extinguishment of debt and an impairment charge associated with the adoption of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” (“SFAS No. 142”). EBITDA does not represent and should not be considered as an alternative to net income or cash flow from operations, as determined by generally accepted accounting principles. We present EBITDA because we believe that it is widely accepted that EBITDA provides useful information regarding our operating results. We rely on EBITDA primarily as an operating performance measure in order to review and assess our company and our management team. For example, our management incentive plan is based upon the company achieving minimum EBITDA targets for a given year. We also review EBITDA to compare our current operating results with corresponding periods and with other companies in our industry. We believe that it is useful to investors to provide disclosures of our operating results on the same basis as that used by our management. We also believe that it can assist investors in comparing our performance to that of other companies on a consistent basis without regard to depreciation, amortization, interest or taxes, which do not directly affect our operating performance. EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation, or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are:

  •  EBITDA does not reflect our cash expenditures, or future requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments;
 
  •  EBITDA does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;
 
  •  EBITDA does not reflect the significant interest expense, or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments, on our debt;
 
  •  although depreciation and amortization are noncash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized will often have to be replaced in the future, and EBITDA does not reflect any cash requirements for such replacements; and
 
  •  other companies in our industry may calculate EBITDA differently than we do, limiting its usefulness as a comparative measure.

10


Table of Contents

  Because of these limitations, EBITDA should not be considered a measure of discretionary cash available to us to invest in the growth of our business. We compensate for these limitations by relying primarily on our GAAP results and using EBITDA only supplementally. See the consolidated statements of cash flows included in our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The following is a reconciliation of EBITDA to net income (loss):

                                                             
Three Months
Ended
Years Ended December 31, March 31,


1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2003 2004







(dollars in thousands)
EBITDA
  $ 5,954     $ 16,107     $ 28,428     $ 34,105     $ 33,335     $ 6,271     $ 10,014  
 
Add (subtract):
                                                       
   
Depreciation and amortization
    (2,309 )     (9,078 )     (12,833 )     (8,682 )     (8,106 )     (2,122 )     (2,060 )
   
Noncash gain (loss) on forward exchange contracts
          1,951       2,347       (1,098 )     (3,230 )     (2,404 )     3,270  
   
Interest expense
    (4,935 )     (12,396 )     (14,885 )     (12,940 )     (9,796 )     (2,730 )     (2,268 )
   
Loss on early extinguishment of debt
                            (2,972 )     (2,972 )      
   
(Provision) benefit for income taxes
    452       2,550       (5,072 )     (5,235 )     (5,267 )     2,258       (3,407 )
   
Cumulative effect of change in accounting
                      (51,630 )                  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Net income (loss)
  $ (838 )   $ (866 )   $ (2,015 )   $ (45,480 )   $ 3,964     $ (1,699 )   $ 5,549  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 

(6)  Source: Americas Commercial Transportation Research Co. LLC and ACT Publications.

11


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

      You should carefully consider the risks described below, together with all of the other information in this prospectus, before making a decision to invest in our common stock. If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, financial condition and results of operations could suffer. In this case, the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment in our common stock.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

 
Volatility and cyclicality in the commercial vehicle market could adversely affect us.

      Our profitability depends in part on the varying conditions in the commercial vehicle market. This market is subject to considerable volatility as it moves in response to cycles in the overall business environment and is particularly sensitive to the industrial sector, which generates a significant portion of the freight tonnage hauled. Sales of commercial vehicles have historically been cyclical, with demand affected by such economic factors as industrial production, construction levels, demand for consumer durable goods, interest rates and fuel costs. For example, North American commercial vehicle sales and production experienced a downturn from 2000 to 2003 due to a confluence of events that included a weak economy, an oversupply of new and used vehicle inventory and lower spending on commercial vehicles and equipment. This downturn had a material adverse effect on our business during our last three completed fiscal years.

 
Our customer base is concentrated and the loss of business from a major customer or the discontinuation of particular commercial vehicle platforms could reduce our sales.

      Sales to PACCAR and Freightliner accounted for approximately 26% and 18%, respectively, of our revenue for 2003, and our ten largest customers accounted for 71% of our revenue in 2003. The loss of any of our largest customers or the loss of significant business from any of these customers would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Even though we may be selected as the supplier of a product by an OEM for a particular vehicle, our OEM customers issue blanket purchase orders which generally provide for the supply of that customer’s annual requirements for that vehicle, rather than for a specific number of our products. If the OEM’s requirements are less than estimated, the number of products we sell to that OEM will be accordingly reduced. In addition, the OEM may terminate its purchase orders with us at any time.

 
           Our profitability would be adversely affected if the actual production volumes for our customers’ vehicles is significantly lower than we anticipated.

      We incur costs and make capital expenditures based upon estimates of production volumes for our customers’ vehicles. While we attempt to establish a price of our components and systems that will compensate for variances in production volumes, if the actual production of these vehicles is significantly less than anticipated, our gross margin on these products would be adversely affected. We enter into agreements with our customers at the beginning of a given platform’s life to supply products for that platform. Once we enter into such agreements, fulfillment of our purchasing requirements is our obligation for the entire production life of the platform, with terms ranging from five to seven years, and we have no provisions to terminate such contracts. We may become committed to supply products to our customers at selling prices that are not sufficient to cover the direct cost to produce such products. We cannot predict our customers’ demands for our products either in the aggregate or for particular reporting periods. If customers representing a significant amount of our sales were to purchase materially lower volumes than expected, it would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

12


Table of Contents

 
Commercial vehicle OEMs have historically had significant leverage over their outside suppliers.

      The commercial vehicle component supply industry has traditionally been highly fragmented and serves a limited number of large OEMs. As a result, OEMs have historically had a significant amount of leverage over their outside suppliers. Our contracts with major OEM customers generally provide for an annual productivity cost reduction. Historically, cost reductions through product design changes, increased productivity and similar programs with our suppliers have generally offset these customer-imposed productivity cost reduction requirements. However, if we are unable to generate sufficient production cost savings in the future to offset price reductions, our gross margin and profitability would be adversely affected. In addition, changes in OEMs’ purchasing policies or payment practices could have an adverse effect on our business.

 
We may be unable to successfully implement our business strategy.

      Our ability to achieve our business and financial objectives is subject to a variety of factors, many of which are beyond our control. For example, we may not be successful in implementing our strategy if unforeseen factors emerge that diminish the expected growth in the Class 8 heavy truck market, or we experience increased pressure on our margins. In addition, our pursuit of strategic acquisitions may lead to resource constraints which could have a negative impact on our ability to meet customers’ demands, thereby adversely affecting our relationships with those customers. As a result of such business or competitive factors, we may decide to alter or discontinue aspects of our business strategy and may adopt alternative or additional strategies. Any failure to successfully implement our business strategy could adversely affect our business, results of operations and growth potential.

      Developing product innovations has been and will continue to be a significant part of our business strategy. We believe that it is important that we continue to meet our customers’ demands for product innovation, improvement and enhancement, including the continued development of new-generation products, design improvements and innovations that improve the quality and efficiency of our products. However, such development will require us to continue to invest in research and development and sales and marketing. In the future, we may not have sufficient resources to make such necessary investments, or we may be unable to make the technological advances necessary to carry out product innovations sufficient to meet our customers’ demands. We are also subject to the risks generally associated with product development, including lack of market acceptance, delays in product development and failure of products to operate properly. We may, as a result of these factors, be unable to meaningfully focus on product innovation as a strategy and may therefore be unable to meet our customers’ demands for product innovation.

 
If we are unable to obtain raw materials at favorable prices, it could adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition.

      Numerous raw materials are used in the manufacture of our products. Steel, resin, foam and fabrics account for the most significant components of our raw material costs. Although we currently maintain alternative sources for raw materials, our business is subject to the risk of price increases and periodic delays in delivery. For example, we purchase steel at market prices, which in recent months have increased to historical highs as a result of a relatively low level of supply and a relatively high level of demand. As a result, we are currently being assessed surcharges on certain of our purchases of steel, and in certain circumstances, we have experienced difficulty in identifying steel for purchase. If we are unable to purchase steel for our operations for a significant period of time, our operations would be disrupted, and our results of operations would be adversely affected. In addition, we may be unable to pass on the increased costs of raw materials to our customers, which could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

13


Table of Contents

 
Our inability to compete effectively in the highly competitive commercial vehicle component supply industry could result in the loss of customers, which would have an adverse effect on our sales and operating results.

      The commercial vehicle component supply industry is highly competitive. Our products primarily compete on the basis of price, breadth of product offerings, product quality, technical expertise and development capability, product delivery and product service. Our competitors may foresee the course of market development more accurately than we do, develop products that are superior to our products, produce similar products at a lower cost than we can or adapt more quickly to new technologies, industry or customer requirements. As a result, our products may not be able to compete successfully with the products of these other companies, which could result in the loss of customers and, as a result, decreased sales and profitability.

 
Currency exchange rate fluctuations could have an adverse effect on our sales and financial results.

      We have operations in Europe and Australia, which collectively accounted for approximately 30% of our revenues and consolidated expenses in 2003, and recently established operations in China. As a result, we generate a significant portion of our sales and incur a significant portion of our expenses in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. To the extent that we are unable to match revenues received in foreign currencies with costs paid in the same currency, exchange rate fluctuations in any such currency could have an adverse effect on our financial results. During times of a strengthening U.S. dollar, our reported sales and earnings from our international operations will be reduced because the applicable local currencies will be translated into fewer U.S. dollars. The converse is also true and the strengthening of the European currencies in relation to the U.S. dollar in recent years had a positive impact on our revenues in 2002 and 2003.

 
We may be unable to complete additional strategic acquisitions or we may encounter unforeseen difficulties in integrating acquisitions.

      The commercial vehicle component supply industry is beginning to undergo consolidation as OEMs seek to reduce costs and their supplier base. We intend to actively pursue acquisition targets that will allow us to continue to expand into new geographic markets, add new customers, provide new product, manufacturing and service capabilities or increase penetration with existing customers. However, we expect to face competition for acquisition candidates, which may limit the number of our acquisition opportunities and may lead to higher acquisition prices. Moreover, acquisitions of businesses may require additional debt financing, resulting in additional leverage. The covenants of our new senior credit facility may further limit our ability to complete acquisitions. There can be no assurance that we will find attractive acquisition candidates or successfully integrate acquired businesses into our existing business. If we fail to complete additional acquisitions, we may have difficulty competing with more thoroughly integrated competitors and our results of operations could be adversely affected. To the extent that we do complete additional acquisitions, if the expected synergies from such acquisitions do not materialize or we fail to successfully integrate such new businesses into our existing businesses, our results of operations could also be adversely affected.

 
We may be adversely impacted by work stoppages at our OEM customers or their other suppliers and other labor matters.

      Many of our OEM customers and their suppliers have unionized work forces. Work stoppages or slow-downs experienced by OEMs or their other suppliers could result in slow-downs or closures of assembly plants where our products are included in assembled commercial vehicles. In the event that one or more of our customers or their suppliers experience a material work stoppage, such work stoppage could have a material adverse effect on our business. Although none of our employees are unionized, we have experienced limited unionization efforts at certain of our North American facilities from time to time. We cannot assure you that we will not encounter future unionization efforts or other types of conflicts with labor unions or our employees. In addition, approximately 50% of our hourly employees at our United

14


Table of Contents

Kingdom operations are represented by a shop steward committee, which may seek to limit our flexibility in our relationship with such employees.
 
Our products may be rendered less attractive by changes in competitive technologies.

      Changes in competitive technologies may render certain of our products less attractive. Our ability to anticipate changes in technology and to successfully develop and introduce new and enhanced products on a timely basis will be a significant factor in our ability to remain competitive. There can be no assurance that we will be able to achieve the technological advances that may be necessary for us to remain competitive. We are also subject to the risks generally associated with new product introductions and applications, including lack of market acceptance, delays in product development and failure to operate properly.

 
Our continued success depends to some degree on our ability to protect our intellectual property.

      Our success depends to some degree on our ability to protect our intellectual property and to operate without infringing on the proprietary rights of third parties. While we have been issued patents and have registered trademarks with respect to many of our products, our competitors could independently develop similar or superior products or technologies, duplicate our designs, trademarks, processes or other intellectual property or design around any processes or designs on which we have or may obtain patents or trademark protection. In addition, it is possible that third parties may have or acquire licenses for other technology or designs that we may use or desire to use, so that we may need to acquire licenses to, or to contest the validity of, such patents or trademarks of third parties. Such licenses may not be made available to us on acceptable terms, if at all, and we may not prevail in contesting the validity of third party rights.

      In addition to patent and trademark protection, we also protect trade secrets, know-how and other confidential information against unauthorized use by others or disclosure by persons who have access to them, such as our employees, through contractual arrangements. These agreements may not provide meaningful protection for our trade secrets, know-how or other proprietary information in the event of any unauthorized use, misappropriation or disclosure of such trade secrets, know-how or other proprietary information. If we are unable to maintain the proprietary nature of our technologies, our sales could be materially adversely affected. See “Business — Intellectual Property.”

 
We depend on the service of key individuals, the loss of whom could materially harm our business.

      Our success will depend, in part, on the efforts of our executive officers and other key employees, including Mervin Dunn, our Chief Executive Officer; Donald P. Lorraine, the Managing Director of KAB Seating; Gerald L. Armstrong, President — CVG Americas; and Chad M. Utrup, our Chief Financial Officer. Although we do not anticipate that we will have to replace any of our key employees in the near future, the loss of the services of any of our key employees could have a material adverse affect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. See “Management — Employment Agreement.”

 
We may be adversely affected by the impact of environmental and safety regulations.

      We are subject to foreign, federal, state, and local laws and regulations governing the protection of the environment and occupational health and safety, including laws regulating air emissions, wastewater discharges, the generation, storage, handling, use and transportation of hazardous materials; the emission and discharge of hazardous materials into the soil, ground or air; and the health and safety of our colleagues. We are also required to obtain permits from governmental authorities for certain of our operations. We cannot assure you that we are, or have been, in complete compliance with such laws, regulations and permits. If we violate or fail to comply with these laws, regulations or permits, we could be fined or otherwise sanctioned by regulators. In some instances, such a fine or sanction could have a material adverse effect on us. The environmental laws to which we are subject have become more stringent over time, and we could incur material expenses in the future to comply with environmental laws. We are

15


Table of Contents

also subject to laws imposing liability for the cleanup of contaminated property. Under these laws, we could be held liable for costs and damages relating to contamination at our past or present facilities and at third party sites to which we sent waste containing hazardous substances. The amount of such liability could be material. We cannot completely eliminate the risk of contamination or injury resulting from exposure to hazardous materials, and we could incur material liability as a result of any such contamination or injury.
 
We may be adversely affected by the impact of government regulations on our OEM customers.

      Although the products we manufacture and supply to commercial vehicle OEMs are not subject to significant government regulation, our business is indirectly impacted by the extensive governmental regulation applicable to commercial vehicle OEMs. These regulations primarily relate to emissions and noise standards imposed by the Environmental Protection Agency, state regulatory agencies, such as the California Air Resources Board (CARB), and other regulatory agencies around the world. Commercial vehicle OEMs are also subject to the National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act and Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards promulgated by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration. Changes in emission standards and other proposed governmental regulations could impact the demand for commercial vehicles and, as a result, indirectly impact our operations. For example, new emission standards governing heavy-duty diesel engines that went into effect in the United States on October 1, 2002 resulted in significant purchases of new trucks by fleet operators prior to such date and reduced short term demand for such trucks in periods immediately following such date. New emission standards for truck engines used in Class 5 to 8 trucks imposed by the EPA and CARB are scheduled to come into effect during 2007. To the extent that current or future governmental regulation has a negative impact on the demand for commercial vehicles, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be adversely affected. See “Business — Government Regulation.”

 
We may incur increased costs as a result of recently enacted and proposed changes in laws and regulations.

      Recently enacted and proposed changes in the laws and regulations affecting public companies, including the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and rules proposed by the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, and by The Nasdaq National Market, could result in increased costs to us. The new rules could make it more difficult or more costly for us to obtain certain types of insurance, including directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, and we may be forced to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. The impact of these events could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, our board committees or as executive officers. We are presently evaluating and monitoring developments with respect to new and proposed rules and cannot predict or estimate the amount of the additional costs we may incur or the timing of such costs.

 
Equipment failures, delays in deliveries or catastrophic loss at any of our facilities could lead to production or service curtailments or shutdowns.

      We manufacture or assemble our products at 19 facilities worldwide. An interruption in production or service capabilities at any of these facilities as a result of equipment failure or other reasons could result in our inability to produce our products, which would reduce our net sales and earnings for the affected period. In the event of a stoppage in production at any of our facilities, even if only temporary, or if we experience delays as a result of events that are beyond our control, delivery times to our customers could be severely affected. Any significant delay in deliveries to our customers could lead to increased returns or cancellations and cause us to lose future sales. Our facilities are also subject to the risk of catastrophic loss due to unanticipated events such as fires, explosions or violent weather conditions. We may experience plant shutdowns or periods of reduced production as a result of equipment failure, delays in deliveries or catastrophic loss, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

16


Table of Contents

 
The reliability of market and industry data included in this prospectus may be uncertain.

      This prospectus contains market and industry data, primarily from reports published by ACT Research and from internal company surveys, studies and research, related to the truck components industry and its segments, as well as the truck industry in general. This data includes estimates and forecasts regarding future growth in these industries, specifically data related to Class 8 truck production, truck freight growth and the historical average age of active U.S. heavy-duty trucks. Such data has been published in industry publications that typically indicate that they have derived the data from sources believed to be reasonable, but do not guarantee the accuracy or completeness of the data. While we believe these industry publications to be reliable, we have not independently verified the data or any of the assumptions on which the estimates and forecasts are based. Similarly, internal company surveys, studies and research, which we believe are reliable, have not been verified by any independent sources. The failure of the truck industry and/or the truck components industry to continue to grow as forecasted may have a material adverse effect on our business and the market price of our common stock.

 
Our indebtedness could adversely affect our financial condition and make it more difficult to implement our business strategy.

      As of March 31, 2004, on an as adjusted basis after giving effect to this offering and the application of the net proceeds therefrom as described under “Use of Proceeds,” we would have had total indebtedness of approximately $75.8 million, or approximately 47% of our total capitalization.

      Our indebtedness could:

  •  make us more vulnerable to unfavorable economic conditions or changes in our industry;
 
  •  make it more difficult to obtain additional financing in the future for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions or other general corporate purposes;
 
  •  make it more difficult to pursue strategic acquisitions;
 
  •  require us to dedicate a portion of our cash flow from operations for making payments on our indebtedness, which would prevent us from using it for other purposes; and
 
  •  make us susceptible to fluctuations in market interest rates that affect the cost of our borrowings to the extent that our variable rate indebtedness is not covered by interest rate hedge agreements.

 
Restrictions in our new senior credit facility will limit our ability to incur additional debt, make acquisitions and make other investments.

      Concurrent with the completion of this offering, we intend to enter into a new senior credit facility. This new senior credit facility will contain covenants that limit our ability to incur indebtedness, restrict our ability to make distributions to stockholders, acquire other businesses, make capital expenditures and impose various other restrictions. In addition, the new senior credit facility will require us to maintain various financial ratios, which are likely to become more restrictive over time. If we do not comply with such covenants or satisfy such ratios, our lenders could declare a default under this senior credit facility, and our indebtedness could be declared immediately due and payable. Our ability to comply with the provisions of this senior credit facility may be affected by changes in economic or business conditions beyond our control. In addition, these covenants could affect our ability to operate our business and may limit our ability to take advantage of potential business opportunities as they arise. We note that one of our subsidiaries was not in compliance with one of the financial ratios contained in its senior credit facility as of December 31, 2003, and, as a result, was required to get a waiver of such noncompliance from the lenders thereunder. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources.”

17


Table of Contents

 
We will incur significant noncash charges in connection with our recent stock option grants and this offering.

      To reward our senior management team for its success in reducing operating costs, integrating businesses and improving processes through cyclical periods, we recently granted options to purchase an aggregate of 910,869 shares of our new common stock to 16 members of our management team. The exercise price for such options is $5.54 per share. As modified, such options have a ten-year term, with 100% of such options being currently exercisable. We incurred a noncash compensation charge of $10.1 million in the second quarter of 2004 as a result of the grant of these options. This noncash compensation charge equals the difference between $5.54 and the fair market value of our common stock as of the grant date of these options.

      In addition, we anticipate incurring a pre-tax, noncash charge of approximately $1.2 million on the early extinguishment of debt with the proceeds of this offering. This relates to the write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs relating to our existing credit facilities.

 
We are subject to certain risks associated with our foreign operations.

      We have operations in Europe and Australia, which collectively accounted for approximately 30% of our revenues and consolidated expenses in 2003, and recently established operations in China. Certain risks are inherent in international operations, including:

  •  the difficulty of enforcing agreements and collecting receivables through certain foreign legal systems;
 
  •  foreign customers may have longer payment cycles than customers in the United States;
 
  •  tax rates in certain foreign countries may exceed those in the United States and foreign earnings may be subject to withholding requirements or the imposition of tariffs, exchange controls or other restrictions, including restrictions on repatriation;
 
  •  intellectual property protection difficulties;
 
  •  general economic and political conditions in countries where we operate may have an adverse effect on our operations in those countries;
 
  •  the difficulties associated with managing a large organization spread throughout various countries; and
 
  •  complications in complying with a variety of foreign laws and regulations, some of which may conflict with United States law.

      As we continue to expand our business globally, our success will be dependent, in part, on our ability to anticipate and effectively manage these and other risks associated with foreign operations. We cannot assure you that these and other factors will not have a material adverse effect on our international operations or our business, financial condition or results of operations as a whole.

 
Certain stockholders have substantial influence over all matters submitted to a stockholder vote.

      Upon completion of this offering, Onex will beneficially own shares of common stock representing approximately 28.2% of the voting power of the outstanding common stock (24.6% if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full). As a result of such beneficial ownership and stockholders agreement, Onex will have substantial influence over all matters submitted to a vote of the holders of common stock, including the election of directors, amendments to our certificate of incorporation and the by-laws and approval of significant corporate transactions. See “Principal Stockholders.” Such voting power could also have the effect of delaying, deterring or preventing a change in control of the company that might be otherwise beneficial to stockholders. See “Description of Capital Stock.”

18


Table of Contents

Risks Relating to this Offering

 
There is no existing market for our common stock, and we do not know if one will develop, which could impede your ability to sell your shares and depress our stock price.

      There has not been a public market for our common stock. We have applied to list our common stock on The Nasdaq National Market. We cannot predict the extent to which investor interest in our company will lead to the development of a trading market on The Nasdaq National Market. The failure of an active trading market to develop could affect your ability to sell your shares and depress the market price of your shares. The initial public offering price for the shares will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the open market following this offering. The market price of your shares may fall below the initial public offering price.

 
Future sales of our common stock, including the shares purchased in this offering, may depress our stock price.

      Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market by our stockholders after this offering, or the perception that such sales are likely to occur, could depress the market price of our common stock and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional equity securities. Upon completion of this offering, we will have outstanding 16,988,752 shares of common stock, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option. Of these shares, the 9,250,000 shares of common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable, without restriction, in the public market. We, our executive officers and directors, and existing stockholders have agreed with the underwriters not to sell, dispose of or hedge any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of our common stock, subject to specified exceptions and extensions, during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date that is 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of Credit Suisse First Boston LLC. Approximately 6.2 million of the 7,738,752 shares owned by our existing stockholders upon completion of this offering will be eligible for resale after the expiration of the lock-up period. Those shares may be sold, subject to the volume, manner of sale and other conditions of Rule 144 as well as any applicable contractual provisions, including shares which may be sold freely pursuant to Rule 144(k) if they have been held for at least two years and are sold by any person who is not deemed to be our affiliate for 90 days prior to the sale. After the closing of this offering, holders of approximately 7.7 million shares will be entitled to registration rights with respect to the registration of their shares under the Securities Act of 1933. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.”

 
The book value of shares of common stock purchased in the offering will be immediately diluted.

      The pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering is $0.12. Therefore, investors who purchase common stock in this offering will suffer immediate dilution of $15.88 per share in the pro forma net tangible book value per share, assuming an initial public offering price of $16.00 per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus. We also have outstanding stock options to purchase common stock with exercise prices that are below the initial public offering price of the common stock. To the extent that these options are exercised, there will be further dilution. See “Dilution.”

 
The market price of our common stock may be volatile, which could cause the value of your investment to decline.

      Securities markets worldwide experience significant price and volume fluctuations. This market volatility, as well as general economic, market or political conditions, could reduce the market price of our common stock in spite of our operating performance. In addition, our operating results could be below the expectations of public market analysts and investors, and in response, the market price of our common stock could decrease significantly. You may be unable to resell your shares of our common stock at or above the initial public offering price.

19


Table of Contents

 
Provisions in our charter documents and Delaware law could discourage potential acquisition proposals, could delay, deter or prevent a change in control and could limit the price certain investors might be willing to pay for our stock.

      Certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation and by-laws, to be effective immediately prior to this offering, may inhibit changes in control of our company not approved by our board of directors. These provisions include:

  •  a classified board of directors with staggered terms;
 
  •  a prohibition on stockholder action through written consents;
 
  •  a requirement that special meetings of stockholders be called only by the board of directors;
 
  •  advance notice requirements for stockholder proposals and director nominations;
 
  •  limitations on the ability of stockholders to amend, alter or repeal the by-laws; and
 
  •  the authority of the board of directors to issue, without stockholder approval, preferred stock with such terms as the board of directors may determine and additional shares of our common stock.

      We will also be afforded the protections of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which would prevent us from engaging in a business combination with a person who becomes a 15.0% or greater stockholder for a period of three years from the date such person acquired such status unless certain board or stockholder approvals were obtained. These provisions could limit the price that certain investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock.

20


Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY NOTICE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

      This prospectus contains forward-looking statements. These statements may be found throughout this prospectus, particularly under the headings “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Dividend Policy,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business,” among others. Forward-looking statements typically are identified by the use of terms such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “intend” and similar words, although some forward-looking statements are expressed differently. You should consider statements that contain these words carefully because they describe our expectations, plans, strategies and goals and beliefs concerning future business conditions, our results of operations, financial position, and our business outlook or state other “forward-looking” information based on currently available information. The factors listed above under the heading “Risk Factors” and in the other sections of this prospectus provide a discussion of the most significant risks, uncertainties and events that could cause our actual results to differ materially from the expectations expressed in our forward-looking statements.

      The forward-looking statements made in this prospectus relate only to events as of the date on which the statements are made. We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statement to reflect events or circumstances after the date on which the statement is made or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events, except to the extent required by applicable securities law. We note that the safe harbor provided in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 does not apply to statements made in connection with an initial public offering.

21


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

      We estimate that our net proceeds from the sale of 3.125 million shares of common stock in this offering will be approximately $45.0 million, assuming an initial public offering price of $16.00 per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock by the selling stockholders.

      We intend to use approximately $11.2 million of the net proceeds from this offering to repay our outstanding subordinated indebtedness and approximately $33.8 million to reduce our borrowings under our existing senior credit facilities.

      The principal terms of the outstanding indebtedness being repaid as of March 31, 2004 consist of the following:

  •  $3.0 million of subordinated notes issued in September 2002 to certain of our principal stockholders. These notes bear interest at a rate of 12% per annum and have a maturity date of September 30, 2006. Interest on the notes is payable in kind on a monthly basis.
 
  •  $8.2 million of subordinated notes originally issued to affiliates of certain of our principal stockholders in June 2000. These notes bear interest, payable monthly, at a rate of prime plus 1.25% (5.25% as of March 31, 2004) and have a maturity date of June 28, 2006.
 
  •  $15.4 million of revolving credit borrowings and a $40.8 million term loan under a senior credit facility that matures on January 2, 2006. Borrowings under this credit facility bear interest at various rates plus a margin based on certain financial ratios. As of March 31, 2004, borrowings under the revolving credit facility bore interest at a weighted average rate of 5.5% per annum and borrowings under the term loan bore interest at a weighted average rate of 5.4%. As of June 30, 2004, there were $12.7 million of revolving credit borrowings and $39.2 million of term loan borrowings under this facility.
 
  •  $8.4 million of revolving credit borrowings and term loans aggregating $35.3 million under a senior credit facility that has a final maturity date of June 28, 2006. Borrowings under this credit facility bear interest at various rates plus a margin based on certain financial ratios. As of March 31, 2004, borrowings under the revolving credit facility bore interest at a weighted average rate of 5.25% per annum and borrowings under the term loans bore interest at a weighted average rate of 5.5%. As of June 30, 2004, there were $5.1 million of revolving credit borrowings and term loans aggregating $34.4 million under this facility. Affiliates of certain of our principal stockholders are lenders under this credit facility and, as of March 31, 2004, held an aggregate of $14.3 million of such indebtedness. As of June 30, 2004, the aggregate amount of such indebtedness held by these stockholders was approximately $12.5 million, which will be repaid from the net proceed of this offering.

      As of March 31, 2004, on an as adjusted basis after giving effect to this offering and the application of the net proceeds therefrom as described above, we would have had total indebtedness of approximately $75.8 million, or approximately 47% of our capitalization. All amounts remaining outstanding under our existing senior credit facilities after application of the net proceeds of this offering will be repaid in connection with the execution of a new senior credit facility, which will be effective upon completion of this offering. Our new senior credit facility will provide for a $40.0 million revolving credit facility and a $65.0 million term loan. We believe that our cash generated from operations together with borrowings under our new senior credit facility will provide us with sufficient liquidity to pursue our business strategy.

      An aggregate of $23.7 million of the net proceeds from this offering will be used to repay indebtedness held by our principal stockholders or their affiliates. See “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” for the specific amounts that will be paid to such principal stockholders or affiliated entities in connection with the repayment of our existing indebtedness.

22


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

      We have not in the past paid, and do not expect for the foreseeable future to pay, dividends on our common stock. Instead, we anticipate that all of our earnings in the foreseeable future will be used in the operation and growth of our business. The payment of dividends by us to holders of our common stock will be prohibited by our new senior credit facility. Any future determination to pay dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon, among other factors, our results of operations, financial condition, capital requirements and contractual restrictions.

23


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

      The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and consolidated capitalization as of March 31, 2004 on an actual basis and on an as adjusted basis to give effect to:

  •  the sale of 3.125 million shares of common stock by us pursuant to this offering, assuming an offering price of $16.00 per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, and the application of the net proceeds therefrom as described in “Use of Proceeds;”
 
  •  the reclassification of our outstanding classes of common stock into one class of common stock and, in connection therewith, a 38.991-to-one stock split; and
 
  •  the refinancing of our existing borrowings under our existing senior credit facilities through a new senior credit facility, which will be effective upon the completion of this offering.

      This table should be read in conjunction with the “Selected Consolidated Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

                         
As of March 31, 2004

Actual As Adjusted


(in thousands)
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 1,094     $ 1,094  
     
     
 
Long-term debt (including current maturities):
               
 
Existing senior credit facilities(1):
               
   
Revolving credit facilities
  $ 23,751     $  
   
Term loans
    76,098        
 
New senior credit facility(2):
               
   
Revolving credit facility
          1,076  
   
Term loan
          65,000  
 
Sterling loan notes(3)
    3,193       3,193  
 
Subordinated debt due to related parties(1)
    11,227        
 
Other debt(4)
    6,513       6,513  
     
     
 
     
Total long-term debt
    120,782       75,782  
     
     
 
Stockholders’ equity:
               
 
Existing common stock (Class A, Class B, Class C, Class D-1 and
Class E)(5)
    138        
 
Preferred stock, $.01 par value per share; 5,000,000 shares authorized; none issued or outstanding
           
 
New common stock, $.01 par value per share; 30,000,000 shares authorized; 16,988,752 issued and outstanding
          170  
 
Additional paid-in capital
    76,803       121,771  
 
Accumulated deficit
    (37,479 )     (37,479 )
 
Stock subscriptions receivable
    (430 )     (430 )
 
Accumulated other comprehensive income
    1,595       1,595  
     
     
 
     
Total stockholders’ equity
    40,627       85,627  
     
     
 
       
Total capitalization
  $ 161,409     $ 161,409  
     
     
 


(1)  See “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” for the amount that will be paid to certain of our principal stockholders and affiliated entities in connection with the repayment of certain of our existing indebtedness.

24


Table of Contents

(2)  We expect to repay all amounts remaining outstanding under our existing senior credit facilities after the application of the net proceeds of this offering with borrowings under our new senior credit facility that will be entered into upon completion of this offering. The new senior credit facility will provide for a $40.0 million revolving credit facility and a $65.0 million term loan.
 
(3)  In connection with the acquisition of one of our subsidiaries, we issued Sterling loan notes in exchange for certain of the acquired shares. Amounts outstanding under the Sterling loan notes have been translated into United States dollars using a rate of $1.8403 = £1.00, the buying rate at 4:00 p.m. Eastern time on March 31, 2004.
 
(4)  Other debt includes borrowings of $6.5 million financed through the issuance of industrial development bonds relating to our Vonore, Tennessee facility.
 
(5)  Immediately prior to this offering, all of our existing classes of common stock will be reclassified into one class of common stock. See “Description of Capital Stock.”

25


Table of Contents

DILUTION

      Our pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) as of March 31, 2004 before giving effect to this offering was $(43.0) million, or $(3.10) per share of common stock. Pro forma net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets, less our total liabilities, divided by the pro forma number of shares of common stock outstanding. Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share represents the difference between the amount per share paid by investors in this offering and the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering. After giving effect to our sale of 3,125,000 shares of common stock in this offering, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $16.00 per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, our pro forma net tangible book value as of March 31, 2004 would have been approximately $2.0 million, or $0.12 per share of common stock. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value to existing stockholders of $3.22 per share and an immediate dilution to new investors in this offering of $15.88 per share. The following table illustrates the per share dilution in pro forma net tangible book value to new investors:

                   
Assumed initial public offering price per share
          $ 16.00  
 
Pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) per share as of March 31, 2004
  $ (3.10 )        
 
Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors
    3.22          
     
         
 
Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of March 31, 2004 after this offering
            0.12  
             
 
Pro forma net tangible book value dilution per share to new investors
          $ 15.88  
             
 

      The following table summarizes, as of March 31, 2004, as adjusted to give effect to this offering, the differences between the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the aggregate cash consideration paid to us and the average price per share paid by existing stockholders since our inception and new investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering. The calculation below is based on an offering price of $16.00 per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting estimated underwriting and offering expenses payable by us:

                                           
Shares Purchased Total Consideration


Average Price
Number Percent Amount Percent Per Share





Existing stockholders
    13,863,752       82 %   $ 72,673,000       59 %   $ 5.24  
New public investors
    3,125,000       18       50,000,000       41     $ 16.00  
     
     
     
     
         
 
Total
    16,988,752       100 %   $ 122,673,000       100 %   $ 7.22  
     
     
     
     
         

      The tables and calculations above assume no exercise of outstanding options. As of March 31, 2004, as adjusted to give effect to this offering, there were 910,869 shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding options issued to our management team at a weighted average exercise price of approximately $5.54 per share and 38,601 shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding options at an exercise price of $9.43 per share. To the extent that such options are exercised there will be further dilution to our new investors. See “Management — Employee Benefit Plans.”

      Sales of common stock by the selling stockholders in the offering will reduce the number of shares of common stock held by existing stockholders to 7,738,752, or approximately 46% of the total shares of common stock outstanding after the offering and will increase the number of shares held by new public investors to 9,250,000, or approximately 54% of the total shares of common stock outstanding after the offering. See “Selling Stockholders.”

26


Table of Contents

SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL DATA

      The following table sets forth selected consolidated financial data regarding our business and certain industry information and should be read together with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated financial data as of December 31, 2002 and 2003 and for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003, are derived from our consolidated financial statements that are included elsewhere in this prospectus, which financial statements have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP as indicated by their report thereon. The consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 1999, 2000, and 2001 and as of March 31, 2004 and the consolidated statements of operations and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 1999 and 2000 and the three months ended March 31, 2003 and 2004 are derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements. Our financial statements as of March 31, 2004 and for the three months ended March 31, 2003 and 2004 are included elsewhere in this prospectus and include certain adjustments, all of which are normal recurring adjustments, which our management considers necessary for a fair presentation of our results for these unaudited periods. The results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2004 are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations for a full fiscal year.

      The unaudited financial data set forth below as of and for the year ended December 31, 1999 is derived in its entirety from the results of operations of Trim Systems, LLC as of and for the year ended December 31, 1999, which was acquired by our principal stockholders in 1997. The unaudited financial data set forth below as of and for the year ended December 31, 2000 is derived from the results of operations of Trim Systems, LLC for the entire period and the results of operations of CVS and National/ KAB Seating beginning from their respective dates of acquisition by our principal stockholders, which occurred on March 31, 2000 and October 6, 2000, respectively. Because these businesses were under common control since their respective dates of acquisition, their historical results of operations have been combined for the periods in which they were under common control based on their respective historical basis of accounting. Because of the significant impact of the 2000 acquisitions, the financial data for periods prior to such acquisitions are not comparable to those following such acquisitions.

      The statement of operations data and financial data included in the “Other Data” section set forth below for the years ended December 31, 1999 and 2000, and the three months ended March 31, 2003 and 2004, the pro forma earnings per share data, the balance sheet data as of December 31, 1999 and 2000 and March 31, 2004 and the North American Class 8 heavy-duty truck production rates are all unaudited.

27


Table of Contents

                                                           
Three Months
Ended
Years Ended December 31, March 31,


1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2003 2004







(in thousands, except per share data)
Statement of Operations Data:
                                                       
Revenues
  $ 196,994     $ 244,963     $ 271,226     $ 298,678     $ 287,579     $ 66,383     $ 85,990  
Cost of sales
    181,167       208,083       229,593       249,181       237,884       56,228       70,503  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Gross profit
    15,827       36,880       41,633       49,497       49,695       10,155       15,487  
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    14,548       21,569       21,767       23,952       24,281       5,960       7,497  
Amortization expense
    947       2,725       3,822       122       185       46       36  
Restructuring charges
          5,561       449                          
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Operating income
    332       7,025       15,595       25,423       25,229       4,149       7,954  
Other expense (income)
    (3,313 )     (1,955 )     (2,347 )     1,098       3,230       2,404       (3,270 )
Interest expense
    4,935       12,396       14,885       12,940       9,796       2,730       2,268  
Loss on early extinguishment of debt
                            2,972       2,972        
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Income (loss) before income taxes and cumulative effect of accounting change
    (1,290 )     (3,416 )     3,057       11,385       9,231       (3,957 )     8,956  
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
    (452 )     (2,550 )     5,072       5,235       5,267       (2,258 )     3,407  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Income (loss) before cumulative effect of accounting change
    (838 )     (866 )     (2,015 )     6,150       3,964       (1,699 )     5,549  
Cumulative effect of accounting change
                      (51,630 )                  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Net income (loss)
  $ (838 )   $ (866 )   $ (2,015 )   $ (45,480 )   $ 3,964     $ (1,699 )   $ 5,549  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Earnings (loss) per share(1):
                                                       
 
Basic
  $ (0.33 )   $ (0.09 )   $ (0.15 )   $ (3.29 )   $ 0.29     $ (0.12 )   $ 0.40  
 
Diluted
    (0.33 )     (0.09 )     (0.15 )     (3.26 )     0.29       (0.12 )     0.40  
Weighted average common shares outstanding:
                                                       
 
Basic
    2,568       9,337       13,893       13,827       13,779       13,779       13,779  
 
Diluted
    2,568       9,337       13,940       13,990       13,892       13,779       13,892  
Pro Forma Earnings Per Share Data(2):
                                                       
Earnings (loss) per share(3):
                                                       
 
Basic
                                  $ 0.39             $ 0.36  
 
Diluted
                                    0.39               0.36  
Weighted average common shares outstanding(3):
                                                       
 
Basic
                                    16,989               16,989  
 
Diluted
                                    17,102               17,102  
Balance Sheet Data (at end of period):
                                                       
Working capital
  $ 10,911     $ 16,768     $ 10,908     $ 8,809     $ 28,216             $ 26,449  
Total assets
    103,114       312,006       263,754       204,217       210,495               218,511  
Total debt
    61,635       161,061       140,191       127,202       127,474               120,782  
Total stockholders’ investment
    17,512       76,287       72,913       27,025       34,806               40,627  

28


Table of Contents

                                                           
Three Months
Ended
Years Ended December 31, March 31,


1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2003 2004







(in thousands, except share, per share and production data)
Other Data:
                                                       
EBITDA(4)
  $ 5,954     $ 16,107     $ 28,428     $ 34,105     $ 33,335     $ 6,271     $ 10,014  
Net cash provided by (used in):
                                                       
 
Operating activities
  $ (8,306 )   $ 24,068     $ 12,408     $ 18,172     $ 10,442     $ (3,166 )   $ 5,922  
 
Investing activities
    (1,173 )     (3,051 )     7,749       (4,937 )     (5,967 )     (1,411 )     (798 )
 
Financing activities
    9,144       (13,160 )     (24,792 )     (14,825 )     (2,761 )     3,330       (7,667 )
Depreciation and amortization
    2,309       9,078       12,833       8,682       8,106       2,122       2,060  
Capital expenditures, net
    1,173       3,174       4,898       4,937       5,967       1,411       798  
North American Class 8 heavy-duty truck production (units)(5)
    332,600       252,000       146,000       181,000       176,700       36,000       54,000  


(1)  Earnings (loss) per share has been calculated giving effect to the reclassification of our outstanding classes of common stock into one class of common stock and, in connection therewith, a 38.991- to-one stock split.
 
(2)  The pro forma earnings per share data give effect to the sale of 3.125 million shares of our common stock and the application of the estimated net proceeds therefrom as described under the caption “Use of Proceeds” as if such transaction was completed on January 1, 2003. Adjustments include the elimination of $2.2 million and $0.5 million of interest expense (net of tax) for 2003 and the three months ended March 31, 2004, respectively, associated with the debt repaid using the net proceeds of this offering and the elimination of the amortization for the write-off of deferred costs associated with debt that will be extinguished, the issuance of 3.125 million shares of common stock in this offering and the reclassification of our existing classes of common stock into one class of common stock. The pro forma financial data does not purport to represent what our results of operations actually would have been if this offering had occurred as of the date indicated or what our results will be in any future period.
 
(3)  Earnings (loss) per share for all periods were computed in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 128, “Earnings Per Share” (SFAS No. 128).
 
(4)  “EBITDA” represents earnings before interest expense, income taxes and depreciation and amortization, noncash gain (loss) on forward exchange contracts, loss on early extinguishment of debt and an impairment charge associated with the adoption of SFAS No. 142. EBITDA does not represent and should not be considered as an alternative to net income or cash flow from operations, as determined by generally accepted accounting principles. We present EBITDA because we believe that it is widely accepted that EBITDA provides useful information regarding our operating results. We rely on EBITDA primarily as an operating performance measure in order to review and assess our company and our management team. For example, our management incentive plan is based upon the company achieving minimum EBITDA targets for a given year. We also review EBITDA to compare our current operating results with corresponding periods and with other companies in our industry. We believe that it is useful to investors to provide disclosures of our operating results on the same basis as that used by our management. We also believe that it can assist investors in comparing our performance to that of other companies on a consistent basis without regard to depreciation, amortization, interest or taxes, which do not directly affect our operating performance. EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation, or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are:

  •  EBITDA does not reflect our cash expenditures, or future requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments;
 
  •  EBITDA does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;

29


Table of Contents

  •  EBITDA does not reflect the significant interest expense, or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments, on our debts;
 
  •  Although depreciation and amortization are noncash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized will often have to be replaced in the future, and EBITDA does not reflect any cash requirements for such replacements; and
 
  •  Other companies in our industry may calculate EBITDA differently than we do, limiting their usefulness as a comparative measure.

  Because of these limitations, EBITDA should not be considered a measure of discretionary cash available to us to invest in the growth of our business. We compensate for these limitations by relying primarily on our GAAP results and using EBITDA only supplementally. See the consolidated statements of cash flows included in our financial statements included elsewhere herein. The following is a reconciliation of EBITDA to net income (loss):

                                                           
Three Months
Ended
Years Ended December 31, March 31,


1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2003 2004







(dollars in thousands)
EBITDA
  $ 5,954     $ 16,107     $ 28,428     $ 34,105     $ 33,335     $ 6,271     $ 10,014  
Add (subtract):
                                                       
 
Depreciation and amortization
    (2,309 )     (9,078 )     (12,833 )     (8,682 )     (8,106 )     (2,122 )     (2,060 )
 
Noncash gain (loss) on forward exchange contracts
          1,951       2,347       (1,098 )     (3,230 )     (2,404 )     3,270  
 
Interest expense
    (4,935 )     (12,396 )     (14,885 )     (12,940 )     (9,796 )     (2,730 )     (2,268 )
 
Loss on early extinguishment of debt
                            (2,972 )     (2,972 )      
 
(Provision) benefit for income taxes
    452       2,550       (5,072 )     (5,235 )     (5,267 )     2,258       (3,407 )
 
Cumulative effect of change in accounting
                      (51,630 )                  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Net income (loss)
  $ (838 )   $ (866 )   $ (2,015 )   $ (45,480 )   $ 3,964     $ (1,699 )   $ 5,549  

(5)  Source: Americas Commercial Transportation Research Co. LLC and ACT Publications.

30


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

      You should read the following discussion and analysis in conjunction with the information set forth under “Selected Historical Financial Data” and our consolidated financial statements and the notes to those statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The statements in this discussion regarding industry outlook, our expectations regarding our future performance, liquidity and capital resources and other non-historical statements in this discussion are forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including, but not limited to, the risks and uncertainties described under “Risk Factors” and “Cautionary Notice Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.” Our actual results may differ materially from those contained in or implied by any forward-looking statements.

Company Overview

      We are a leading supplier of interior systems, vision safety solutions and other cab-related products for the global commercial vehicle market, including the heavy-duty (Class 8) truck market, the construction market and other specialized transportation markets. Our products include suspension seat systems, interior trim systems (including instrument panels, door panels, headliners, cabinetry and floor systems), mirrors, wiper systems, controls and switches specifically designed for applications in commercial vehicle cabs. We are differentiated from suppliers to the automotive industry by our ability to manufacture low volume customized products on a sequenced basis to meet the requirements of our customers. We believe that we have the number one or two positions in all of our major markets and that we are the only supplier in the North American commercial vehicle market that can offer complete interior systems including seats, interior trim and flooring.

      Demand for our products is generally dependent on the number of new commercial vehicles manufactured, which in turn is a function of general economic conditions, interest rates, changes in governmental regulations, consumer spending, fuel costs and our customers’ inventory levels and production rates. New commercial vehicle demand has historically been cyclical and is particularly sensitive to the industrial sector of the economy, which generates a significant portion of the freight tonnage hauled by commercial vehicles. Production of commercial vehicles in North America peaked in 1999 and experienced a downturn from 2000 to 2003 that was due to a weak economy, an over supply of new and used vehicle inventory and lower spending on commercial vehicles and equipment. Demand for commercial vehicles is expected to improve in 2004 due to a variety of factors, including broad economic recovery in North America, the need to replace aging truck fleets as a result of under-investment, increasing freight volumes and increasing hauler profits.

      In 2003, over 60% of our revenue was generated from sales to North American heavy-duty (Class 8) truck OEMs and their service organizations. Our remaining revenue in 2003 was derived from sales to OEMs in the global construction market and other specialized transportation markets. Demand for our products is also driven to a significant degree by preferences of the end-user of the commercial vehicle, particularly with respect to heavy-duty (Class 8) trucks. Unlike the automotive industry, commercial vehicle OEMs generally afford the ultimate end-user the ability to specify many of the component parts that will be used to manufacture the commercial vehicle, including a wide variety of cab interior styles and colors, the brand and type of seats, type of seat fabric and color and specific mirror styling. In addition, certain of our products are only utilized in heavy-duty (Class 8) trucks, such as our storage systems, sleeper bunks and privacy curtains, and, as a result, changes in demand for heavy-duty (Class 8) trucks or the mix of options on a vehicle generally has a greater impact on our business than do changes in the overall demand for commercial vehicles. For example, a heavy-duty (Class 8) truck with a sleeper cab can contain three times as many features as a heavy-duty (Class 8) truck with a day cab and can cost over $1,600 as compared to a typical day cab which costs approximately $660. To the extent that demand increases for higher content vehicles, our revenues and gross profit will be positively impacted.

      Along with North America, we have operations in Europe and Australia and have recently established operations in China. Approximately 30% of our revenues in recent years have been generated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, principally the euro, yen and pound sterling. Our operating results are therefore

31


Table of Contents

impacted by exchange rate fluctuations to the extent we are unable to match revenues received in such currencies with costs incurred in such currencies. Strengthening of these foreign currencies during 2003 as compared to the U.S. dollar resulted in a $7.1 million increase in our revenues in 2003 as compared to 2002. Because our costs were generally impacted to the same degree as our revenue, this exchange rate fluctuation did not have a material impact on our net income in 2003 as compared to 2002.

      Our cost of sales consists of variable and fixed components. Because commercial vehicles are manufactured at relatively low production volumes, we focus on maintaining a low fixed-cost structure. For 2003, our fixed costs were approximately 23% of cost of sales. Our variable costs are generally proportional to volume and mix and consist principally of raw materials and labor costs to manufacture our products. In 2003, our material costs accounted for approximately 51% of our cost of sales. Our fixed costs are not significantly influenced by production volume in the short term and consist principally of administrative salaries, benefits and depreciation and other facility-related costs.

      In response to the recent downturn in the commercial vehicle market, we implemented a number of operating initiatives to improve our overall cost structure and operating efficiencies. These included:

  •  eliminating excess production capacity through the closure and consolidation of four manufacturing facilities, two design centers and two assembly facilities;
 
  •  implementing Lean Manufacturing and Total Quality Production System (TQPS) initiatives throughout many of our U.S. manufacturing facilities to improve operating efficiency and product quality;
 
  •  reducing headcount for both salaried and hourly employees; and
 
  •  improving our design capabilities and new product development efforts to focus on higher margin product enhancements.

      As a result of these initiatives, we improved our operating margins each year since 2000 despite a reduction in heavy-duty (Class 8) truck production of 30% from 252,000 units in 2000 to 176,700 units in 2003. We continuously seek ways to lower costs, improve manufacturing efficiencies and increase product throughput. We believe our ongoing cost saving initiatives and the establishment of our sourcing relationships in China will enable us to continue to lower manufacturing costs. In conjunction with the start-up of our Shanghai, China facility, we have recently established a relationship with Baird Asia Limited to assist us in sourcing products for use in our China facility as well as sourcing products for our operations in the United States at prices lower than we can purchase components today. We are currently evaluating a number of local suppliers to source products for use in our China facility although we have not made any significant purchases of locally sourced products to date. We currently expect to begin production at our China facility in the fourth quarter of 2004.

      Although OEM demand for our products is directly correlated with new vehicle production, we also have the opportunity to grow through increasing our product content per vehicle through cross selling and bundling of products. We generally compete for new business at the beginning of the development of a new vehicle platform and upon the redesign of existing programs. New platform development generally begins at least one to three years before the marketing of such models by our customers. Contract durations for commercial vehicle products generally extend for the entire life of the platform, which is typically five to seven years.

      In sourcing products for a specific platform, the customer generally develops a proposed production timetable, including current volume and option mix estimates based on their own assumptions, and then sources business with the supplier pursuant to written contracts, purchase orders or other firm commitments in terms of price, quality, technology and delivery. In general, these contracts, purchase orders and commitments provide that the customer can terminate if a supplier does not meet specified quality and delivery requirements and, in many cases, they provide that the price will decrease over the proposed production timetable. Awarded business generally covers the supply of all or a portion of a customer’s production and service requirements of a particular product program rather than the supply of a specific quantity of products. Accordingly, in estimating awarded business over the life of a contract or

32


Table of Contents

other commitment, a supplier must make various assumptions as to the estimated number of vehicles expected to be produced, the timing of that production, mix of options on the vehicles produced and pricing of the products being supplied. The actual production volumes and option mix of vehicles produced by customers depend on a number of factors that are beyond a supplier’s control.

Basis of Presentation

      Onex, Hidden Creek and certain other investors acquired Trim Systems in 1997 and each of CVS and National/ KAB Seating in 2000. Each of these companies was initially owned through separate holding companies. The operations of CVS and National/ KAB Seating were formally combined under a single holding company, now known as Commercial Vehicle Group, Inc., on March 28, 2003. In connection with the completion of this offering, Trim Systems became a wholly owned subsidiary of CVG on August 2, 2004. Because these businesses were under common control since their respective dates of acquisition, their respective historical results of operations have been combined for the periods in which they were under common control based on their respective historical basis of accounting.

 
Results of Operations

      The table below sets forth certain operating data expressed as a percentage of revenues for the periods indicated:

                                         
Three Months
Ended
Year Ended December 31, March 31,


2001 2002 2003 2003 2004





Revenues
    100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %
Cost of sales
    84.7       83.4       82.7       84.7       82.0  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Gross profit
    15.3       16.6       17.3       15.3       18.0  
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    8.0       8.0       8.4       9.0       8.7  
Amortization expense
    1.4       0.1       0.1       0.1       0.1  
Restructuring charges
    0.2       0.0       0.0       0.0       0.0  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Operating income
    5.7       8.5       8.8       6.2       9.2  
Other (income) expense
    (0.9 )     0.4       1.1       3.6       (3.9 )
Interest expense
    5.5       4.3       3.4       4.1       2.6  
Loss on early extinguishment of debt
    0.0       0.0       1.0       4.5       0.0  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Income (loss) before income taxes and cumulative effect of change in accounting
    1.1       3.8       3.3       (6.0 )     10.5  
Provision (benefit) for income taxes
    1.8       1.7       1.9       (3.4 )     4.0  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Income (loss) before cumulative effect of change in accounting
    (0.7 )     2.1       1.4       (2.6 )     6.5  
Cumulative effect of change in accounting
    0.0       17.3       0.0       0.0       0.0  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Net income (loss)
    (0.7 )%     (15.2 )%     1.4 %     (2.6 )%     6.5 %
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Three Months Ended March 31, 2004 Compared to Three Months Ended March 31, 2003

      Revenues. Revenues increased $19.6 million, or 29.5%, to $86.0 million in the three months ended March 31, 2004 from $66.4 million in the three months ended March 31, 2003. We believe this increase resulted primarily from:

  •  the increase in North American Class 8 production from 36,000 units for the three months ended March 31, 2003 to 53,000 units for the three months ended March 31, 2004, which resulted in $14.8 million of increased revenues,

33


Table of Contents

  •  new business awards related to seats, mirrors and interior trim, which resulted in $2.0 million of increased revenues,
 
  •  higher OEM sales in the Asian construction seating market of $3.2 million as a result of rising demand for construction equipment in Asia to accommodate economic growth in that region and
 
  •  favorable foreign exchange fluctuations of $3.5 million.

      Gross Profit. Gross profit increased $5.3 million, or 52.5%, to $15.5 million in the three months ended March 31, 2004 from $10.2 million in the three months ended March 31, 2003. As a percentage of revenues, gross profit increased to 18.0% in the three months ended March 31, 2004 from 15.3% in the three months ended March 31, 2003. We believe this increase resulted primarily from the revenue increases discussed above and our ability to convert on the revenue increases at an overall incremental margin of 25% without having to incur additional fixed costs to support the increased revenues. In addition, we continued to seek material cost reductions, reductions in packaging costs and labor efficiencies to generate additional profits during the three months ended March 31, 2004.

      Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $1.5 million, or 25.8%, to $7.5 million in the three months ended March 31, 2004 from $6.0 million in the three months ended March 31, 2003. We believe this increase resulted principally from increases in wages and the cost of insurance and the addition of engineering resources to accommodate product innovation and growth in the commercial vehicle sector.

      Amortization Expense. Amortization expense decreased 21.7%, to $36,000 in the three months ended March 31, 2004 from $46,000 in the three months ended March 31, 2003.

      Other (Income) Expense. We use forward exchange contracts to hedge foreign currency transaction exposures of our United Kingdom operations. We estimate our projected revenues and purchases in certain foreign currencies or locations and will hedge a portion of the anticipated long or short position. We have not historically designated any of our forward exchange contracts as cash flow hedges, electing instead to mark-to-market the contracts and record the fair value of the contracts on our balance sheet, with the offsetting noncash gain or loss recorded in our statement of operations. The $3.3 million gain in the three months ended March 31, 2004 and the $2.4 million loss in the three months ended March 31, 2003 represent the noncash change in value of the forward exchange contracts in existence at the end of each period.

      Interest Expense. Interest expense decreased $0.4 million, or 16.9%, to $2.3 million in the three months ended March 31, 2004 from $2.7 million in the three months ended March 31, 2003. This decrease reflects a reduction in total debt of $9.7 million.

      Loss on Early Extinguishment of Debt. As part of the combination of CVS and National/ KAB Seating during March 2003, we wrote-off capitalized debt financing costs as well as certain costs incurred in connection with our credit agreement amendment. Total capitalized costs written-off and amendment costs expensed during the three months ended March 31, 2003 approximated $3.0 million.

      Provision for Income Taxes. Our effective tax rate during the three months ended March 31, 2004 was 38.0%. Provision for income taxes increased $5.7 million to $3.4 million in the three months ended March 31, 2004, compared to an income tax benefit of $2.3 million in the three months ended March 31, 2003 resulting from our pre-tax loss for the quarter.

      Net Income. Net income increased $7.2 million to $5.5 million in the three months ended March 31, 2004, compared to a loss of $1.7 million in the three months ended March 31, 2003, primarily as a result of the factors discussed above.

 
Year Ended December 31, 2003 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2002

      Revenues. Revenues decreased $11.1 million, or 3.7%, to $287.6 million in 2003 from $298.7 million in 2002. Factors impacting the decline in revenues in 2003 included a decrease in North America Class 8,

34


Table of Contents

bus and other customized transportation markets production volumes, which resulted in $17.5 million of decreased revenues and a $9.5 million decrease in certain trim-related products. These factors were partially offset by strong OEM sales in the Asian construction seating market of approximately $9.0 million as a result of rising demand for construction equipment in Asia to accommodate economic growth in that region and favorable foreign exchange fluctuations of $7.1 million.

      Gross Profit. Gross profit increased $0.2 million, or 0.4%, to $49.7 million in 2003 from $49.5 million in 2002. As a percentage of revenues, gross profit increased to 17.3% in 2003 from 16.6% in 2002. We believe the $0.2 million increase in gross profit resulted primarily from the continued implementation of our Lean Manufacturing and TQPS initiatives and the corresponding reduction in scrap and overtime expenses at our Vonore, TN facility, as offset by the reduction in revenues described above.

      Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $0.4 million, or 1.4%, to $24.3 million in 2003 from $23.9 million in fiscal 2002. This increase resulted from $0.3 million of cost efficiency improvements, offset by approximately $0.7 million of unfavorable foreign exchange fluctuations.

      Amortization Expense. Amortization expense increased 51.6%, to $185,000 in 2003 from $122,000 in 2002.

      Other (Income) Expense. The $3.2 million loss in 2003 and the $1.1 million loss in 2002 represent the noncash change in value of the forward exchange contracts in existence at the end of each year.

      Interest Expense. Interest expense decreased $3.1 million, or 24.3%, to $9.8 million in 2003 from $12.9 million in 2002. This decrease reflects a reduction in average total debt of $6.4 million and a decrease in interest rates.

      Loss on Early Extinguishment of Debt. As part of the combination of CVS and National/ KAB Seating during March 2003, we wrote-off capitalized debt financing costs as well as certain costs incurred in connection with our credit agreement amendment. Total capitalized costs written-off and amendment costs expensed approximated $3.0 million.

      Provision for Income Taxes. Our effective tax rate was 57.1% in 2003 and 46.0% before the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle in 2002. Provision for income taxes increased $0.1 million, or 0.6%, to $5.3 million in 2003 from $5.2 million in 2002. The increase in the effective tax rate relates to the mix of income and loss among our North American and European tax jurisdictions and among our subsidiaries and their individual tax jurisdictions.

      Cumulative Effect of Change in Accounting. The cumulative effect of change in accounting for 2002 represented the write-off of goodwill as a result of our adoption of the provisions of SFAS No. 142, effective January 1, 2002 (see “Critical Accounting Policies” below).

      Net Income. Net income for 2003 increased by $49.4 million to $4.0 million, from ($45.4) million in 2002, primarily as a result of the factors discussed above.

Year Ended December 31, 2002 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2001

      Revenues. Revenues increased $27.5 million, or 10.1%, to $298.7 million in 2002 from $271.2 million in 2001. We believe this increase resulted from:

  •  an increase in the Class 8 truck and other specialized transportation market volumes, which resulted in $24.4 million of increased revenues,
 
  •  $2.8 million of favorable foreign exchange fluctuations and
 
  •  increases in incremental new business of $11.0 million.

      These factors were partially offset by a $1.8 million decrease in certain trim-related products and the impact of strategically selling our European pressing operations of approximately $9.0 million.

35


Table of Contents

      Gross Profit. Gross profit increased $7.9 million, or 18.9%, to $49.5 million in 2002 from $41.6 million in 2001. As a percentage of revenues, gross profit increased to 16.6% in 2002 from 15.4% in 2001. We believe this increase resulted from the implementation of cost containment efforts, such as facility shutdowns and head count reductions, and efficiency improvements of $1.2 million in addition to the favorable production volumes as discussed above.

      Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $2.2 million, or 10.0%, to $23.9 million in 2002 from $21.8 million 2001. This increase resulted from an additional $1.0 million in employee salary costs, $500,000 in increased general insurance costs, $500,000 of increased travel expenses and $200,000 of other costs.

      Amortization Expense. Amortization expense decreased $3.7 million, or 96.8%, to $0.1 million in 2002 from $3.8 million in 2001. This decrease resulted from our adoption of SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, effective January 1, 2002. Under SFAS No. 142, goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives are no longer amortized, but reviewed annually or more frequently if impairment indicators arise.

      Restructuring Charges. We did not record any restructuring charges in 2002. In 2001, we recorded a restructuring charge of $0.4 million related to the closing of one of our manufacturing facilities. This amount was principally related to employee severance costs.

      Other (Income) Expense. The $1.1 million loss in 2002 and the $2.3 million gain in 2001 represent the noncash change in value of the forward exchange contracts in existence at the end of each year.

      Interest Expense. Interest expense decreased $2.0 million, or 13.1%, to $12.9 million in 2002 from $14.9 million in 2001. This decrease reflects a reduction in the total debt balance of $13.0 million.

      Provision for Income Taxes. Our effective tax rate was 46.0% before the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle in 2002 and 165.9% in 2001 due to the establishment of a valuation allowance related to our net operating loss carryforwards in certain tax jurisdictions of one of our subsidiaries. Provision for income taxes increased $0.1 million, or 3.2%, to $5.2 million in 2002 from $5.1 million in 2001.

      Cumulative Effect of Change in Accounting. The cumulative effect of change in accounting for 2002 represents the write-off of goodwill as a result of our adoption of the provisions of SFAS No. 142, effective January 1, 2002.

      Net Income (Loss). Net income for 2002 decreased by $43.5 million to ($45.5) million from ($2.0) million in 2001, primarily as a result of the factors discussed above.

 
Restructuring and Asset Impairment Charges

      In 2000, we recorded a $5.6 million restructuring charge as part of our cost and efficiency initiatives, closing two manufacturing facilities, two administrative centers, and reorganizing our manufacturing and administrative functions. Approximately $1.7 million of the charge was related to employee severance and associated benefits for the 225 terminated employees, approximately $2.6 million related to lease and other contractual commitments associated with the facilities and approximately $1.3 million of asset impairments related to the write-down of assets. All employees were terminated by the end of 2001. Our contractual commitments continue through 2005.

      In 2001, we continued our cost and efficiency initiatives and closed a third manufacturing facility. Of the total $0.4 million restructuring charge, approximately $0.1 million related to employee severance and associated benefits for 77 employees and approximately $0.3 million related to lease and other contractual commitments associated with the facility. All employees were terminated by the end of 2002. The contractual commitments continue through 2005.

36


Table of Contents

      A summary of restructuring activities is as follows:

                                           
Balance at Balance at Balance at
December 31, Payments/ December 31, Payments/ December 31,
2001 Utilization 2002 Utilization 2003





(dollars in thousands)
Facility exit and other contractual costs
  $ 1,996     $ (819 )   $ 1,177     $ (390 )   $ 787  
Employee costs
    201       (103 )     98       (98 )      
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total
  $ 2,197     $ (922 )   $ 1,275     $ (488 )   $ 787  
     
     
     
     
     
 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 
Cash Flows

      For the three months ended March 31, 2004, we generated cash from operations of $6.0 million. For the three months ended March 31, 2003, we used cash from operation of $3.2 million. Cash generated from operations was $10.4 million in 2003, $18.2 million in 2002 and $12.4 million in 2001.

      Net cash used in investing activities was $0.8 million for the first three months of 2004 compared to $1.4 million during the comparable period in 2003. Net cash used in investing activities was $6.0 million during 2003, compared to $4.9 million in 2002, and net cash provided by investing activities was $7.7 million in 2001. Total capital expenditures totaled $0.8 million in the first three months of 2004, compared to $1.4 million in the comparable period in 2003, $6.0 million in 2003, $4.9 million in 2002 and $4.9 million in 2001. Capital expenditures were primarily for equipment and tooling purchases related to new or replacement programs and current equipment upgrades. Cash proceeds of $12.6 million in 2001 were generated from the sale of certain non-core operations in Europe as well as a U.S. facility that was no longer in use. No gain or loss resulted upon these dispositions. We continue to focus on cash management and expect future annual capital expenditures to be below the level of our annual depreciation expense.

      Net cash used in financing activities totaled $7.7 million for the first three months of 2004 compared to net cash provided by financing activities of $3.3 million during the comparable period in 2003. Net cash used in financing activities was $2.8 million during 2003, compared to $14.8 million in 2002 and $24.8 million in 2001.

      The net cash used in 2003 was principally related to repayments of outstanding borrowings under our senior credit facilities. The net cash used in 2002 was the result of $17.3 million of repayments under our senior credit facilities, offset by the issuance of $2.5 million of subordinated debt to certain of our principal stockholders. The net cash used in 2001 was the result of $27.6 million of repayments under our senior credit facilities and repayment of $2.5 million of other long term debt, offset by the issuance of $7.0 million of subordinated debt to certain of our principal stockholders. We also incurred approximately $1.6 million of debt issuance costs during 2001 related to the refinancing of certain of our senior credit agreements and the issuance of the subordinated debt.

 
Debt and Credit Facilities

      As of March 31, 2004, our subsidiaries had an aggregate of $120.8 million of outstanding indebtedness under various financing arrangements, excluding $2.4 million of outstanding letters of credit. This indebtedness consisted of the following:

  •  $15.4 million of revolving credit borrowings and a $40.8 million term loan under a senior credit facility that matures on January 2, 2006. Borrowings under this senior credit facility bear interest at various rates plus a margin based on certain financial ratios. As of March 31, 2004, the $15.4 million borrowings under the revolving credit facility bore interest at a weighted average rate of 5.5% and the $40.8 million borrowings under the term loan bore interest at a weighted average rate of 5.4%.

37


Table of Contents

  •  $8.4 million of revolving credit borrowings and term loans aggregating $35.3 million under a senior credit facility that matures on June 28, 2006. Borrowings under this senior credit facility bear interest at various rates plus a margin based on certain financial ratios. As of March 31, 2004, the $8.4 million borrowings under the revolving credit facility bore interest at a weighted average rate of 5.3% and the $35.3 million borrowings under the term loans bore interest at a weighted average rate of 5.5%.
 
  •  $3.2 million of Sterling loan notes that were issued in connection with the acquisition of one of our subsidiaries in October 2000. The notes bear interest at LIBOR plus 3.5% and are due December 31, 2004. The applicable interest rate was 7.9% at March 31, 2004.
 
  •  $3.0 million of subordinated notes issued in September 2002 to certain of our principal stockholders. These notes bear interest at a rate of 12% per annum and have a maturity date of September 30, 2006. Interest on the notes is payable on a monthly basis through the issuance of additional subordinated notes bearing the same terms as the original notes.
 
  •  $8.2 million of subordinated notes issued in June 2000 to certain of our principal stockholders. These notes bear interest, payable monthly, at a rate of prime plus 1.25% (5.25% as of March 31, 2004) and have a maturity date of June 28, 2006. Interest since January 1, 2002 has been deferred.
 
  •  $6.5 million of indebtedness from borrowings financed through the issuance of industrial development bonds relating to our Vonore, Tennessee facility. These borrowings have a final maturity of August 1, 2006 and bear interest at a variable rate based on the interest rate on the bonds, which is adjusted on a weekly basis by the placement agent such that the interest rate on the bonds is sufficient to cause the market value of the bonds to be equal to, as nearly as practicable, 100% of their principal amount. The interest rate was 1.25% at March 31, 2004.

      The senior credit facilities contain various restrictive covenants, including limitations on indebtedness, rental obligations, investments, cash dividends and capital expenditures. The senior credit facilities also require us to maintain certain financial ratios, including fixed charge coverage and funded debt to EBITDA and a minimum level of net worth. Trim Systems’ senior credit facility required it to maintain a specified ratio of funded debt to EBITDA at the end of each year-end reporting period. Trim System’s funded debt to EBITDA covenant ratio was 5.1 to 1.0 as of December 31, 2003, which failed to meet the 4.00 to 1.0 ratio required by the covenant as of such date. This senior credit facility was amended subsequent to December 31, 2003, and, as part of the amendment, the lenders waived noncompliance as of December 31, 2003 and adjusted the leverage ratio covenant to permit higher leverage ratios as of the end of the first three quarters of 2004. We classified these borrowings as long-term indebtedness on our consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2003 based on our expectation that we will maintain compliance with the restrictive covenants in this senior credit facility during 2004. Our subsidiaries were in compliance with all of their respective covenants as of December 31, 2003 and March 31, 2004. As of December 31, 2003 and March 31, 2004, we had additional borrowing availability under our revolving credit facilities of approximately $19.7 million and $25.1 million, respectively.

      In connection with this offering, we anticipate entering into a new $105.0 million senior credit facility, consisting of a $65.0 million term loan and a $40.0 million revolving credit facility. We intend to use borrowings under the term loan, together with proceeds of the offering contemplated hereby, to repay all of our existing borrowings under our existing senior credit facilities and to repay all of our existing subordinated indebtedness, including all deferred and paid-in-kind interest thereon.

      The final terms of the new senior credit facility are still being discussed with our principal lenders. Based on such discussions, however, we believe that the terms of the new senior credit facility will be as described herein. The actual terms of the new senior credit facility may ultimately be changed once the final terms are agreed with our lenders. Availability under the revolving credit facility will be subject to the lesser of (i) a borrowing base that is equal to the sum of (a) 80% of eligible accounts receivable plus (b) 50% of eligible inventory; or (ii) $40.0 million. Borrowings under the new senior credit facility will bear interest at a floating rate, which can initially be either the prime rate plus 1.00% per annum or

38


Table of Contents

LIBOR plus 2.25% per annum. After the first six months, the applicable margins to the prime rate and LIBOR borrowings will be adjusted based on our leverage ratio. The new senior credit facility will contain various financial covenants, including a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio of not less than 1.30, and a minimum ratio of EBITDA to cash interest expense of not less than 2.50, in each case for the twelve month period ending on December 31 of each year, a limitation on the amount of capital expenditures of not more than $12.0 million in any fiscal year and a maximum ratio of total indebtedness to EBITDA as of the last day of each fiscal quarter as set forth below:
         
Maximum Total
Quarter(s) Ending Leverage Ratio


9/30/04 and 12/31/04
    3.00 to 1.00  
3/31/05 through 12/31/05
    2.75 to 1.00  
3/31/06 through 12/31/06 and each fiscal quarter thereafter     2.50 to 1.00  

      The new senior credit facility will also contain covenants restricting certain corporate actions, including asset dispositions, acquisitions, dividends, changes of control, incurring indebtedness, making loans and investments and transactions with affiliates. If we do not comply with such covenants or satisfy such ratios, our lenders could declare a default under the new senior credit facility, and our indebtedness thereunder could be declared immediately due and payable. The new senior credit facility will be collateralized by substantially all of our assets. The new senior credit facility will also contain customary events of default.

      Following the completion of this offering, we believe that cash flow from operating activities together with available borrowings under our new senior credit facility will be sufficient to fund currently anticipated working capital, planned capital spending and debt service requirements for at least the next twelve months. Capital expenditures for fiscal 2004 are anticipated to be $7.5 million. We do not need the proceeds of this offering to continue operations for the next twelve months. We regularly review acquisition and additional strategic opportunities, which may require additional debt or equity financing. We currently do not have any pending agreements or understandings with respect to any acquisitions or strategic opportunities.

Contractual Obligations and Commercial Commitments

      The following table reflects our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2003:

                                           
Payments Due by Period

Less than 1-3 3-5 More than
Total 1 Year Years Years 5 Years





(dollars in thousands)
Long-term debt obligations
  $ 127,474     $ 15,231     $ 112,243     $     $  
Operating lease obligations
    19,577       4,572       7,426       5,436       2,143  
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total
  $ 147,051     $ 19,803     $ 119,669     $ 5,436     $ 2,143  
     
     
     
     
     
 

      Since December 31, 2003, there have been no material changes outside the ordinary course of our business to our contractual obligations as set forth above.

      The following reflects our long-term debt obligations as of December 31, 2003 on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the new senior credit facility, this offering and the application of the net proceeds therefrom:

                                         
Payments Due by Period

Less than 1-3 3-5 More than
Total 1 Year Years Years 5 Years





(dollars in thousands)
Pro forma long-term debt obligations
  $ 82,474     $ 1,750     $ 15,750     $ 23,000     $ 41,974  
     
     
     
     
     
 

39


Table of Contents

      In addition to the obligations noted above, we have obligations reported as other long-term liabilities that consist principally of pension and post-retirement benefits, facility closure and consolidation costs, forward contracts, loss contracts and other items. In addition, we enter into agreements with our customers at the beginning of a given platform’s life to supply products for the entire life of that vehicle platform, which is typically five to seven years. These agreements generally provide for the supply of a customer’s production requirements for a particular platform, rather than for the purchase of a specific quantity of products. Accordingly, our obligations under these agreements are not reflected in the contractual obligations table above.

      As of December 31, 2003 and March 31, 2004, we were not party to significant purchase obligations for goods or services.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

      We use standby letters of credit to guarantee our performance under various contracts and arrangements, principally in connection with our workers compensation liabilities and for leases on equipment and facilities. These letter of credit contracts are usually extended on a year-to-year basis. As of December 31, 2003 and March 31, 2004, we had outstanding letters of credit of $2.4 million. We do not believe that these letters of credit will be required to be drawn.

      We currently have no non-consolidated special purpose entity arrangements.

Certain Noncash Charges Related to Recent Stock Option Grants and this Offering

      To reward our senior management team for its success in reducing operating costs, integrating businesses and improving processes through cyclical periods, we recently granted options to purchase an aggregate of 910,869 shares of our new common stock to 16 members of our management team. The exercise price for such options is $5.54 per share. As modified, such options have a ten-year term, with 100% of such options being currently exercisable. We incurred a noncash compensation charge of $10.1 million in the second quarter of 2004 as a result of the grant of these options. This noncash compensation charge equals the difference between $5.54 and the fair market value of our common stock as of the grant date of these options.

      In addition, we anticipate incurring a pre-tax, noncash charge of approximately $1.2 million on the early extinguishment of debt with the proceeds of this offering. This relates to the write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs relating to our existing credit facilities.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

      Our significant accounting policies are more fully described in Note 2 of our consolidated financial statements. Certain of our accounting policies require the application of significant judgment by us in selecting appropriate assumptions for calculating financial estimates. By their nature, these judgments are subject to an inherent degree of uncertainty. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate estimates, including those related to revenue recognition and sales commitments, valuation of goodwill, accounting for income taxes and defined benefit pension plan assumptions. We base our estimates on historical experience and assumptions believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Those estimates form the basis for our judgments that affect the amounts reported in our financial statements. Ultimate results could differ from our estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

      Revenue Recognition and Sales Commitments. We recognize revenue as our products are shipped from our facilities to our customers, which is when title passes to the customer for substantially all of our sales. We enter into agreements with our customers at the beginning of a given platform’s life to supply products for that platform. Once we enter into such agreements, fulfillment of our purchasing requirements is our obligation for the entire production life of the platform, with terms generally ranging from five to seven years, and we have no provisions to terminate such contracts. In certain instances, we may be committed under existing agreements to supply product to our customers at selling prices that are not

40


Table of Contents

sufficient to cover the direct cost to produce such product. In such situations, we record a liability for the estimated future amount of such losses. Such losses are recognized at the time that the loss is probable and reasonably estimable and are recorded at the minimum amount necessary to fulfill our obligations to our customers. The estimated amount of such losses was approximately $1.5 million at December 31, 2003. We believe such estimate is reasonable and we do not anticipate additional losses; however, any change in the estimate will result in a change in period income (loss). We are subjected to warranty claims for products that fail to perform as expected due to design or manufacturing deficiencies. Customers continue to require their outside suppliers to guarantee or warrant their products and bear the cost of repair or replacement of such products. Depending on the terms under which we supplied products to our customers, a customer may hold us responsible for some or all of the repair or replacement costs of defective products, when the product supplied did not perform as represented. Our policy is to reserve for estimated future customer warranty costs based on historical trends and current economic factors.

      Valuation of Goodwill. Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of net assets acquired. In July 2001, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141, Business Combinations, and SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. SFAS No. 141 requires all business combinations initiated after June 30, 2001 to be accounted for using the purchase method of accounting. Under SFAS No. 142, goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives are no longer amortized, but reviewed for impairment annually or more frequently if impairment indicators arise. Separable intangible assets that are not deemed to have indefinite lives will continue to be amortized over their useful lives. The amortization provisions of SFAS No. 142 apply to goodwill and intangible assets acquired after June 30, 2001. With respect to goodwill acquired prior to July 1, 2001, we adopted SFAS No. 142 effective January 1, 2002.

      Upon adoption of SFAS No. 142, we completed step one of the transitional goodwill impairment test, using a combination of valuation techniques, including the discounted cash flow approach and the market multiple approach, for each of our three reporting units. Upon completion of the required assessments under SFAS No. 142, we determined that the fair market value of the goodwill assigned to two of our reporting units was lower than its book value, resulting in an after-tax transitional impairment charge of approximately $51.6 million. The write-off was recorded as a cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle in our consolidated statement of operations for the quarter ended March 31, 2002. Under the valuation techniques and approach applied by us in our SFAS No. 142 analysis, a change in certain key assumptions applied, such as the discount rate, projected future cash flows and mix of cash flows by geographic region could significantly impact the results of our assessment. The estimates we used are based upon reasonable and supportable assumptions and consider all available evidence. However, there is inherent uncertainty in estimating future cash flows and termination values.

      We perform impairment tests annually, during the second quarter, and whenever events or circumstances occur indicating that goodwill or other intangible assets might be impaired. Based upon our 2003 annual assessment, no impairment of goodwill was deemed to have occurred.

      Accounting for Income Taxes. As part of the process of preparing our consolidated financial statements, we are required to estimate our income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate, including consideration of legal entity structure. This process involves us estimating our actual current tax expense together with assessing temporary differences resulting from differing treatment of items for tax and accounting purposes. These differences result in deferred tax assets and liabilities, which are included within our consolidated balance sheet. We must then assess the likelihood that our deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income. To the extent we believe that recovery is not likely, we must establish a valuation allowance. To the extent we establish a valuation allowance or increase this allowance in a given period, we must include an expense within the tax provision in the statement of operations. Significant judgment is required in determining our provision for income taxes, deferred tax assets and liabilities and any valuation allowance recorded against our net deferred tax assets. We have recorded a valuation allowance of $3.8 million as of December 31, 2003, due to uncertainties related to our ability to utilize some of our deferred tax assets, primarily certain net operating loss carryforwards and temporary differences at certain of our subsidiaries as a result of legal entity structuring and tax jurisdictions, before

41


Table of Contents

they expire. The valuation allowance is based on our estimates of taxable income by jurisdiction in which we operate and the period over which our deferred tax assets will be recoverable. In the event that our actual results differ from our estimates or we adjust these estimates in future periods, the effects of these adjustments could materially impact our financial position and results of operations. In addition, future acquisitions or sales of our common stock may result in a change of ownership that may have an impact on our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards and require the provision of an additional valuation allowance. The net deferred tax asset as of December 31, 2003 was $15.0 million, net of a valuation allowance of $3.8 million.

      Defined Benefit Pension Plan. We sponsor a defined benefit pension plan that covers certain of our hourly and salaried employees at our United Kingdom operations. Our policy is to make annual contributions to this plan to fund the normal cost as required by local regulations. In calculating obligation and expense, we are required to make certain actuarial assumptions. These assumptions include discount rate, expected long-term rate of return on plan assets and rates of increase in compensation. Our assumptions are determined based on current market conditions, historical information and consultation with and input from our actuaries. We have historically used December 31 as our annual measurement date. For 2003, we assumed a discount rate of 5.75% to determine our benefit obligations. Holding other variables constant (such as expected return on plan assets and rate of compensation increase), a one percentage point decrease in the discount rate would have increased our expense by $0.7 million and our benefit obligation by $6.1 million.

      We employ a building block approach in determining the expected long-term rate of return for plan assets, based on historical markets, long-term historical relationships between equities and fixed income investments and considering current market factors such as inflation and interest rates. Holding other variables constant (such as discount rate and rate of compensation increase) a one percentage point decrease in the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets would have increased our expense by $0.2 million. We expect to contribute approximately $1.1 million to our pension plans in 2004.

      We employ a total return investment approach in managing pension plan assets whereby a mix of equities and fixed income investments are used to maximize the long-term return of plan assets for a prudent level of risk. At December 31, 2003, our pension assets were comprised of 50% equity securities, 27% debt securities and 23% other investments.

      While any negative impact of these Critical Accounting Policies would generally result in noncash charges to earnings, the severity of any charge and its impact on stockholders’ investment could adversely affect our borrowing agreements, cost of capital and ability to raise external capital. Our senior management has reviewed these Critical Accounting Policies with the audit committee of our board of directors, and the audit committee has reviewed its disclosure in this management discussion and analysis.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

      In December 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 132R, a revision to SFAS No. 132, Employers’ Disclosures about Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits. SFAS No. 132R does not change the measurement or recognition related to pension and other postretirement plans required by SFAS No. 87, Employers’ Accounting for Pensions, SFAS No. 88, Employers’ Accounting for Settlements and Curtailments of Defined Benefit Pension Plans and for Termination Benefits, and SFAS No. 106, Employers’ Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions, and retains the disclosure requirements contained in SFAS No. 132. SFAS No. 132R requires additional disclosures about the assets, obligations, cash flows and net periodic benefit cost of defined benefit pension plans and other defined benefit postretirement plans. SFAS No. 132R is effective for financial statements with fiscal years ending after December 15, 2003, with the exception of disclosure requirements related to foreign plans and estimated future benefit payments which are effective for fiscal years ending after June 15, 2004. We have adopted the new disclosure requirements as effective in 2004.

42


Table of Contents

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

 
Interest Rate Risk

      We are exposed to various market risks, including changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates. Market risk is the potential loss arising from adverse changes in market rates and prices, such as foreign currency exchange and interest rates. We do not enter into derivatives or other financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes. We do enter into financial instruments, from time to time, to manage and reduce the impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates and to hedge a portion of future anticipated currency transactions of our United Kingdom operations. The counterparties are major financial institutions.

      We manage our interest rate risk by balancing the amount of our fixed rate and variable rate debt and through the use of interest rate protection agreements. The objective of the interest rate protection agreements is to more effectively balance our borrowing costs and interest rate risk and reduce financing costs. For fixed rate debt, interest rate changes affect the fair market value of such debt but do not impact earnings or cash flows. Conversely for variable rate debt, interest rate changes generally do not affect the fair market value of such debt, but do impact future earnings and cash flows, assuming other factors are held constant. At March 31, 2004, all of our debt other than $3.0 million of our subordinated debt was variable rate debt. Holding other variables constant (such as foreign exchange rates and debt levels), a one percentage point change in interest rates would be expected to have an impact on pre-tax earnings and cash flows for the next year of approximately $1.2 million. The impact on the fair market value of our debt at March 31, 2004 would have been insignificant.

      At March 31, 2004, we had no interest protection agreements outstanding. Outstanding foreign currency forward exchange contracts at March 31, 2004 are more fully described in the notes to our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The fair value of these contracts at March 31, 2004 amounted to a net asset of $2.5 million, which is reflected in other assets in our condensed March 31, 2004 balance sheet. None of these contracts have been designated as cash flow hedges; thus, the change in fair value at each reporting date is reflected as a noncash charge (income) in our statement of operations. We may designate future forward exchange contracts as cash flow hedges.

 
Foreign Currency Risk

      Foreign currency risk is the risk that we will incur economic losses due to adverse changes in foreign currency exchange rates. We use forward exchange contracts to hedge foreign currency translation exposures of our United Kingdom operations. We estimate our projected revenues and purchases in certain foreign currencies or locations, and will hedge a portion or all of the anticipated long or short position. The contracts typically run from three months up to three years. These contracts are marked-to-market and the fair value is included in assets (liabilities) in our balance sheets, with the offsetting noncash gain or loss included in our statements of operations. We do not hold or issue foreign exchange options or forward contracts for trading purposes.

      Our primary exposures to foreign currency exchange fluctuations are pound sterling/ Eurodollar and pound sterling/ Japanese yen. At March 31, 2004, the potential reduction in earnings from a hypothetical instantaneous 10% adverse change in quoted foreign currency spot rates applied to foreign currency sensitive instruments would not have been significant. The foreign currency sensitivity model is limited by the assumption that all of the foreign currencies to which we are exposed would simultaneously decrease by 10% because such synchronized changes are unlikely to occur. The effects of the forward exchange contracts have been included in the above analysis; however, the sensitivity model does not include the inherent risks associated with the anticipated future transactions denominated in foreign currency.

 
Foreign Currency Transactions

      A significant portion of our revenues during the quarter ended March 31, 2004 and year ended December 31, 2003 were derived from manufacturing operations outside of the United States. The results

43


Table of Contents

of operations and the financial position of our operations in these other countries are principally measured in their respective currency and translated into U.S. dollars. A significant portion of the expenses generated in these countries is in currencies different from which revenue is generated. As discussed above, from time to time, we enter into forward exchange contracts to mitigate a portion of this currency risk. The reported income of these subsidiaries will be higher or lower depending on a weakening or strengthening of the U.S. dollar against the respective foreign currency.

      A significant portion of our assets at March 31, 2004 are based in our foreign operations and are translated into U.S. dollars at foreign currency exchange rates in effect as of the end of each period, with the effect of such translation reflected as a separate component of stockholders’ investment. Accordingly, our stockholders’ investment will fluctuate depending upon the weakening or strengthening of the U.S. dollar against the respective foreign currency.

Effects of Inflation

      Inflation potentially affects us in two principal ways. First, a significant portion of our debt is tied to prevailing short-term interest rates that may change as a result of inflation rates, translating into changes in interest expense. Second, general inflation can impact material purchases, labor and other costs. In many cases, we have limited ability to pass through inflation-related cost increases due to the competitive nature of the markets that we serve. In the past few years, however, inflation has not been a significant factor.

44


Table of Contents

INDUSTRY

      Within the commercial vehicle industry, we sell our products primarily to the heavy truck (Class 8) segment of the North American OEM market (53% of our 2003 sales), the North American aftermarket and OEM service organizations for use in Class 8 heavy trucks (23% of our 2003 sales) and the construction segments of the global OEM market (18% of our 2003 sales). The majority of our remaining 6% of 2003 sales were to other global commercial vehicle markets.

Commercial Vehicle Supply Market Overview

      Commercial vehicles are used in a wide variety of end markets, including local and long-haul commercial trucking, bus, construction, mining, general industrial, marine, municipal and recreation. The commercial vehicle supply industry can generally be separated into two categories: (1) sales to OEMs, in which products are sold in relatively large quantities directly for use by OEMs in new commercial vehicles; and (2) “aftermarket” sales, in which products are sold as replacements in varying quantities to a wide range of OEM service organizations, wholesalers, retailers and installers. In the OEM market, suppliers are generally divided into tiers — “Tier 1” suppliers (like our company), who provide their products directly to OEMs, and “Tier 2” or “Tier 3” suppliers, who sell their products principally to other suppliers for integration into those suppliers’ own product offerings.

      Our largest end-market segment, the commercial truck industry, is supplied by heavy- and medium-duty commercial truck suppliers. The commercial truck supplier industry is highly fragmented and comprised of several large companies and many smaller companies. In addition, the heavy-duty (Class 8) truck supplier industry is characterized by relatively low production volumes as well as considerable barriers to entry, including the following: (1) significant capital investment requirements, (2) stringent OEM technical and manufacturing requirements, (3) high switching costs to shift production to new suppliers, (4) just-in-time delivery requirements to meet OEM needs and (5) strong brand name recognition. Foreign competition is limited in the North American commercial vehicle market due to many factors, including the need to be responsive to order changes on short notice, high shipping costs, customer concerns about quality given the safety aspect of many of our products and service requirements.

      Although OEM demand for our products is directly correlated with new vehicle production, suppliers like us also can grow by increasing their product content per vehicle through cross selling and bundling of products, further penetrating business with existing customers and gaining new customers and expanding into new geographic markets. We believe that companies with a global presence and advanced technology, engineering, manufacturing and support capabilities, such as our company, are well positioned to take advantage of these opportunities.

Commercial Truck Market

      Purchasers of commercial trucks include fleet operators, owner operators and other industrial end users. Commercial vehicles used for local and long-haul commercial trucking are generally classified by gross vehicle weight. Class 8 vehicles are trucks with gross weight in excess of 33,000 lbs. and Class 5 through 7 vehicles are trucks with gross weight from 16,001 lbs. to 33,000 lbs. The following table shows commercial vehicle production levels for 1999 through 2003 in North America:

                                           
1999 2000 2001 2002 2003





(thousands of units)
Class 8 heavy trucks
    333       252       146       181       177  
Class 5 - 7 light and medium-duty trucks
    237       215       185       191       195  
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total
    570       467       331       372       372  
     
     
     
     
     
 

Source: ACT Research.

45


Table of Contents

      The following describes the major segments of the commercial vehicle market in which we compete:

 
Class 8 Truck Market

      The global Class 8 truck manufacturing market is concentrated in three primary regions: North America, Asia-Pacific and Europe. We believe that North America has the largest truck market of these three regions. The global Class 8 truck market is localized in nature due to the following factors: (1) the prohibitive costs of shipping components from one region to another, (2) the high degree of customization of Class 8 trucks to meet the region-specific demands of end users, and (3) the ability to meet just-in-time delivery requirements. According to ACT, four companies represented approximately 99% of North American Class 8 truck production in 2003. The percentages of Class 8 production represented by Freightliner, PACCAR, Volvo/Mack and International were 39%, 25%, 19% and 16%, respectively. We supply products to all of these OEMs.

      Production of commercial vehicles in North America peaked in 1999 and experienced a downturn from 2000 to 2003 that was due to a weak economy, reduced sales following above-normal purchases in advance of new EPA emissions standards, an oversupply of new and used vehicle inventory and lower spending on commercial vehicles and equipment. Following a substantial decline from 1999 to 2001, truck unit production increased modestly to 181,000 units in 2002 from 146,000 units produced in 2001, due primarily to the pre-buying of trucks that occurred prior to the October 2002 mandate for more stringent engine emissions requirements. Subsequent to the pre-buy, truck production continued to remain at historically low levels due to the continuing economic recession and the reluctance of many trucking companies to invest during this period.

      In mid-2003, evidence of renewed growth emerged and truck tonmiles (number of miles driven multiplied by number of tons transported) began to increase. Accompanying the increase in truck tonmiles, new truck sales also began to increase. During the second half of 2003, new truck dealer inventories declined and, consequently, OEM truck order backlogs began to increase. According to ACT, monthly truck order rates began increasing significantly in December 2003 and have continued to do so since. Class 8 net truck orders for the first four months of 2004 were approximately 135,000 units, up 123% from approximately 61,000 units in the same time period in 2003. Since 2003, all of the major OEMs have increased their truck build rates to meet the increased demand.

      The following table illustrates North American Class 8 truck orders for the first four months of 2004 compared to the same time period in 2003:

North American Class 8 Truck Orders

(BAR CHART)

Sources: ACT Research — Monthly Market Indicators (May 2004); ACT Research — Truck, Bus and RV Industry Management Statistics (May 2004).

46


Table of Contents

      According to ACT, unit production for 2004 is estimated to increase approximately 36% over 2003 levels to 244,000 units. According to the same source, truck unit production is expected to continue increasing in 2005 and 2006, with projected unit production of 298,000 units and over 300,000 units, respectively. We believe that this projected increase is due to several factors, including (1) improvement in the general economy in North America, which is expected to lead to growth in the industrial sector, (2) corresponding growth in the movement of goods, which is expected to lead to demand for new trucks and increasing requirements of logistics companies, (3) rising hauler profits, (4) the growing acceptance of new engines and (5) under-investment during the recent recession, and the growing need to replace aging truck fleets.

      We believe the following factors are currently driving the North American Class 8 truck market:

      Economic Conditions. The North American truck industry is directly influenced by overall economic growth and consumer spending. Since truck OEMs supply the fleet lines of North America, their production levels generally match the demand for freight. The freight carried by these trucks includes consumer goods, machinery, food and beverages, construction equipment and supplies, electronic equipment and a wide variety of other materials. Since most of these items are driven by macroeconomic conditions, the truck industry tends to follow trends of gross domestic product, or GDP. Generally, given the dependence of North American shippers on trucking as a freight alternative, general economic conditions have been a primary indicator of future truck builds.

      Truck Freight Growth. ACT projects that total domestic truck freight will continue to increase over the next five years, driven by growth in GDP. In addition, national suppliers and distribution centers, burdened by the pricing pressure of large manufacturing and retail customers, have continued to reduce on-site inventory levels. This reduction requires freight handlers to provide “to-the-hour” delivery options. As a result, Class 8 heavy-duty trucks have replaced manufacturing warehouses as the preferred temporary storage facility for inventory. Since trucks are typically viewed as the most reliable and flexible shipping alternative, truck tonmiles, as well as truck platform improvements, should continue to increase in order to meet the increasing need for flexibility under the just-in-time system. ACT forecasts that total heavy-duty truck tonmiles will increase from 2,545 billion in 2003 to 3,083 billion in 2008, as summarized in the following graph:

Total U.S. Tonmiles (Class 8)

(number of tonmiles in billions)

(BAR CHART)

“E” — Estimated

Source: Freight Transportation Research Associates (April 2004).

      Truck Replacement Cycle and Fleet Aging. In 2002, the average age of Class 8 trucks passed the ten-year average of 5.5 years. In 2003, the average age increased further to 5.9 years. The average fleet age tends to run in cycles as freight companies permit their truck fleets to age during periods of lagging demand and then replenish those fleets during periods of increasing demand. Additionally, as truck fleets age, their maintenance costs increase. Freight companies must therefore continually evaluate the economics between repair and replacement. Other factors, such as inventory management and the growth

47


Table of Contents

in less-than-truckload freight shipping, also tend to increase fleet mileage and, as a result, the truck replacement cycle. The chart below illustrates the average age of active U.S. Class 8 trucks:

Average Age of Active U.S. Class 8 Trucks

(number of years)

(BAR CHART)

Source: ACT Research (2004).

      Suppliers’ Relationships with OEMs. Supplier relationships with OEMs are long-term, close and cooperative in nature. OEMs must expend both time and resources to work with suppliers to form an efficient and trusted operating relationship. Following this investment, and in some cases, the designation of a supplier as standard, OEMs are typically hesitant to change suppliers given the potential for disruptions in production.

 
Commercial Truck Aftermarket

      Demand for aftermarket products tends to be less cyclical than OEM demand because vehicle owners are more likely to repair vehicles than purchase new ones during recessionary periods, and thus aftermarket demand generally is more stable during such periods. Demand for aftermarket products is driven by the quality of OEM parts, the number of vehicles in operation, the average age of the vehicle fleet, vehicle usage, the average useful life of vehicle parts and total tonmiles. The aftermarket is a growing market, as the overall size of the North American fleet of Class 8 trucks has continued to increase and is attractive because of the recurring nature of the sales. Additionally, aftermarket sales tend to be at a higher margin, as truck component suppliers are able to leverage their already established fixed cost base and exert moderate pricing power with their replacement parts. The recurring nature of aftermarket revenue provides some insulation to the overall cyclical nature of the industry, as it tends to provide a more stable stream of revenues.

 
Commercial Construction Vehicle Market

      Purchasers of heavy construction equipment (weighing over 12 metric tons) include construction companies, municipalities, local governments, rental fleet owners, quarrying and mining companies, waste management companies and forestry related concerns. Purchasers of light construction equipment (weighing under 12 metric tons) include contractors, rental fleet owners, landscapers, logistics companies and farmers. Sales of heavy construction equipment are particularly dependent on the level of major infrastructure construction and repair projects such as highways, dams and harbors, which is a function of government spending and economic growth. The principal factor influencing sales of light construction equipment is the level of residential and commercial construction, remodeling and renovation, which in turn is influenced by interest rates.

48


Table of Contents

Commercial Vehicle Industry Trends

      Our performance and growth are directly related to trends in the commercial vehicle market that are focused on end-user retention, comfort and safety. These commercial vehicle industry trends include the following:

      System Sourcing. Commercial vehicle OEMs are beginning to seek suppliers capable of providing fully-engineered, complete systems rather than suppliers who produce the separate parts that comprise a system. By outsourcing complete systems, OEMs are able to reduce the costs associated with the design and integration of different components and improve quality by requiring their suppliers to assemble and test major portions of the vehicle prior to beginning production. In addition, OEMs are able to develop more efficient assembly processes when complete systems are delivered in sequence rather than as individual parts or components.

      Globalization of Suppliers. To serve multiple markets more cost effectively, many commercial vehicle OEMs are manufacturing global vehicle platforms that are designed in a single location but are produced and sold in many different geographic markets around the world. Having operations in the geographic markets in which OEMs produce their global platforms enables suppliers to meet OEMs’ needs more economically and more efficiently.

      Shift of Design and Engineering to Suppliers. OEMs are focusing their efforts on brand development and overall vehicle design, instead of the design of individual vehicle systems. OEMs are increasingly looking to their suppliers to provide suggestions for new products, designs, engineering developments and manufacturing processes. As a result, Tier 1 suppliers are gaining increased access to confidential planning information regarding OEMs’ future vehicle designs and manufacturing processes. Systems and modules increase the importance of Tier 1 suppliers because they generally increase the Tier 1 suppliers’ percentage of vehicle content.

      Broad Manufacturing Capabilities. With respect to commercial vehicle interiors, OEMs are requiring their suppliers to manufacture interior systems and products utilizing alternative materials and processes in order to meet OEMs’ demand for customized styling or cost requirements. In addition, while OEMs seek to differentiate their vehicles through the introduction of innovative interior features, suppliers are proactively developing new interior products with enhanced features.

      Ongoing Supplier Consolidation. The worldwide commercial vehicle supply industry is in the early stages of consolidating as suppliers seek to achieve operating synergies through business combinations, shift production to locations with more flexible work rules and practices, acquire complementary technologies, build stronger customer relationships and follow their OEM customers as they expand globally. Suppliers need to provide OEMs with single-point sourcing of integrated systems and modules on a global basis, and this is expected to drive further industry consolidation. Furthermore, the cost focus of most major OEMs has forced suppliers to reduce costs and improve productivity on an ongoing basis, including by achieving economies of scale through consolidation.

49


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Our Company

      We are a leading supplier of interior systems, vision safety solutions and other cab-related products for the global commercial vehicle market, including the heavy-duty (Class 8) truck market, the construction market and other specialized transportation markets. As a result of our strong leadership in cab-related products and systems, we are positioned to benefit from the increased focus of our customers on cab design and comfort to better serve their end user, the driver. Our products include suspension seat systems, interior trim systems (including instrument panels, door panels, headliners, cabinetry and floor systems), mirrors, wiper systems, controls and switches specifically designed for applications in commercial vehicle cabs. We are differentiated from suppliers to the automotive industry by our ability to manufacture low volume customized products on a sequenced basis to meet the requirements of our customers. As a result of our high-quality, innovative products, well-recognized brand names and customer service, a majority of the largest 100 fleet operators specifically request our products. We believe that we have the number one or two position in all of our major markets and that we are the only supplier in the North American commercial vehicle market that can offer complete interior systems including seats, interior trim and flooring.

      We offer a broad range of products and system solutions for a variety of end market vehicle applications. Over 60% of our 2003 sales were to the heavy-duty (Class 8) OEMs, with Freightliner (DaimlerChrysler), PACCAR, International (Navistar) and Volvo/ Mack, together with their respective service organizations, accounting for 18%, 26%, 8% and 4%, respectively, of our sales in 2003. In total, approximately 70% of our sales are in North America, with the balance in Europe and Asia. The following charts depict our 2003 net sales by product category and end markets served.

     
Product Category End Markets Served
(PRODUCT CATEGORY PIE GRAPH)
  (END MARKETS SERVED PIE GRAPH)

      Since 2000, we have been able to improve our operating margins each year despite the cyclical downturn in our end markets. In our largest market, the North American heavy-duty (Class 8) truck market, vehicle unit build rates declined from 332,600 units in 1999 to a low of 146,000 units in 2001, rebounding slightly to 176,700 units in 2003. Demand for commercial vehicles is expected to improve in 2004 due to a variety of factors, including a broad economic recovery in North America, the need to replace aging truck fleets as a result of under-investment, increasing freight volumes and improving hauler profits. According to ACT Research, the North American heavy-duty (Class 8) unit build rates are expected to grow from 176,700 in 2003 to over 300,000 in 2006. This trend is reflected in the North American heavy-duty (Class 8) order rate of approximately 135,000 units in the first four months of 2004, an increase of 123% from the same period in 2003.

      For the year ended December 31, 2003 and the three months ended March 31, 2004, our revenues were approximately $285.6 million and approximately $86.0 million, respectively, and our net income was approximately $4.0 million and approximately $5.5 million, respectively. At March 31, 2004, on an as adjusted basis after giving effect to this offering and the application of the net proceeds therefrom as described under “Use of Proceeds,” we would have had total indebtedness of approximately $75.8 million and stockholders’ equity of approximately $85.6 million.

50


Table of Contents

Our Competitive Strengths

      We believe that our competitive strengths include the following:

      Leading Market Positions and Brands. We believe that we are the leading supplier of seating systems and interior trim products and the second largest supplier of wiper systems and mirrors for the North American commercial vehicle market. We believe that we are the largest global supplier of construction vehicle seating systems based upon the amount of our revenue derived from sales to this market. Our products are marketed under brand names that are well known by our customers and truck fleet operators. These brands include KAB Seating, National Seating, Trim Systems, Sprague Devices, Sprague Controls, Prutsman TM , Moto Mirror TM and RoadWatch®.

      Comprehensive Cab Product and Interior System Solutions. We believe that we offer the broadest product range of any commercial vehicle interior supplier. We manufacture approximately 50 product categories, many of which are critical to the interior subsystems of a commercial vehicle cab. We also utilize a variety of different processes, such as urethane molding, vacuum forming and “twin shell” vacuum forming, that enable us to meet each customer’s unique styling and cost requirements. The breadth of our product offering enables us to provide a “one-stop shop” for our customers, who increasingly require complete cab solutions from a single supply source. As a result, we believe that we have a substantial opportunity for further customer penetration through cross-selling initiatives and by bundling our products to provide complete system solutions.

      End-User Focused Product Innovation. A key trend in the commercial vehicle market is that OEMs are increasingly focused on cab design and comfort to better serve their end user, the driver, and our customers are seeking suppliers that can provide product innovation. We have a full service engineering and product development organization that proactively presents solutions to OEMs to meet these needs and enables us to increase our overall content on current platforms and models. Examples of our recent innovations that will result in better cost and performance parameters for our customers include: a new high performance air suspension seating system; the back cycler mechanism designed to reduce driver fatigue; the RoadWatch® system installed in a mirror base to detect road surface temperature; an aero-molded mirror; and a low-weight, cost effective tubular wiper system design.

      Flexible Manufacturing Capabilities. Because commercial vehicle OEMs permit their customers to select from an extensive menu of cab options, our customers frequently request modified products in low volumes within a limited time frame. We have a highly variable cost structure and can efficiently leverage our flexible manufacturing capabilities to provide low volume, customized products to meet each customer’s styling, cost and just-in-time delivery requirements. We have a network of 13 manufacturing locations in North America and Europe and are among the first commercial vehicle suppliers to establish operations in China. Our facilities are located near our customers to reduce distribution costs and to maintain a high level of customer service and flexibility.

      Strong Relationships with Leading Customers and Major Fleets. Because of our comprehensive product offerings, leading brand names and product innovation, we believe we are an important long-term supplier to all of the leading Class 8 truck manufacturers in North America and also a global supplier to leading construction and agriculture customers such as Caterpillar, Komatsu, Volvo, CNH Global (Case New Holland) and John Deere. In addition, through our sales and engineering forces, we maintain active relationships with the major truck fleet organizations that are end users of our products such as Yellow Freight, Swift Transportation, Schneider National and Ryder Leasing. As a result of our high-quality, innovative products, well-recognized brand names and customer service, a majority of the largest 100 fleet operators specifically request our products.

      Proven Management Team. Our management team is highly respected within the commercial vehicle market, and our nine senior managers have an average of 19 years of experience in the industry. We believe that our team has substantial depth in critical operational areas and has demonstrated success in reducing costs, integrating business acquisitions and improving processes through cyclical periods.

51


Table of Contents

Our Business Strategy

      In addition to capitalizing on expected growth in our end markets, our primary growth strategies are as follows:

      Increase Content, Expand Customer Penetration and Leverage System Opportunities. We are the only integrated commercial vehicle supplier that can offer complete interior systems. We are focused on securing additional sales from our existing customer base, and we actively cross-market a diverse portfolio of products to our customers to increase our content on the cabs manufactured by these OEMs. To complement our North American capabilities and enhance our customer relationships, we are working with OEMs as they increase their focus on international markets. We are one of the first commercial vehicle suppliers to establish operations in China and are aggressively working to secure new business from both existing customers with Chinese manufacturing operations and Chinese OEMs. We believe we are well positioned to capitalize on the migration by OEMs in the heavy truck and commercial vehicle sector towards commercial vehicle suppliers that can offer a complete interior system.

      Leverage Our New Product Development Capabilities. During the recent downturn, we invested significantly in our engineering capabilities and new product development in order to anticipate the evolving demands of our customers and end users. For example, we recently introduced a new wiper system utilizing a tubular linkage system with a single motor that operates both wipers, reducing the cost, space and weight of the wiper system. Also, we believe that our new high performance seat should enable us to capture additional market share in North America and provide us with opportunities to market this seat on a global basis. We will continue to design and develop new products that add or improve content and increase cab comfort and safety.

      Capitalize on Operating Leverage. We continuously seek ways to lower costs, enhance product quality, improve manufacturing efficiencies and increase product throughput. Over the past three years, we realized operating synergies with the integration of our sales, marketing and distribution processes; reduced our fixed cost base through the closure and consolidation of several manufacturing and design facilities; and have begun to implement our Lean Manufacturing and TQPS programs. We believe our ongoing cost saving initiatives and the establishment of our sourcing relationships in China will enable us to continue to lower our manufacturing costs. As a result, we are well positioned to grow our operating margins and capitalize on any volume increases in the heavy truck sector with minimal additional capital expenditures.

      Grow Sales to the Aftermarket. While the average life of a commercial vehicle is approximately six years, certain components, such as seats, wipers and mirrors, are replaced more frequently. We believe that there are opportunities to leverage our brand recognition to increase our sales to the replacement aftermarket. Since many aftermarket participants are small and locally focused, we plan to leverage our national scale to increase our market share in the fragmented aftermarket.

      Pursue Strategic Acquisitions. We will selectively pursue complementary strategic acquisitions that allow us to leverage the marketing, engineering and manufacturing strengths of our business and expand our sales to new and existing customers. The markets in which we operate are highly fragmented and provide ample consolidation opportunities.

Products

      We offer OEMs a broad range of products and system solutions for a variety of end market vehicle applications that include local and long-haul commercial truck, bus, construction and agricultural, end market industrial, marine, municipal and recreation. Fleets and OEMs are increasing their focus on cabs and their interiors to differentiate products and improve driver comfort and retention. We manufacture approximately 50 product categories, many of which are critical to the interior subsystems of a commercial vehicle cab. Although a portion of our products are sold directly to OEMs as finished components, we use most of our products to produce “systems” or “subsystems,” which are groups of component parts located throughout the vehicle that operate together to provide a specific vehicle function. Systems currently produced by us include seating, trim, body panels, storage cabinets, floor covering, mirrors, windshield

52


Table of Contents

wipers, headliners, window lifts, door locks and temperature measurement. We classify our products into three general categories: seats and seating systems, trim systems and components and mirrors, wipers and controls.

      The following table shows the percentage of sales from our principal product categories in 2003:

           
Product Category

Seats and Seating Systems
    56 %
Cab and Trim Systems
    27  
Mirrors, Wipers and Controls
    17  
     
 
 
Total
    100 %
     
 

      For additional information regarding our sales by product category, see Note 9 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

      Set forth below is a brief description of our products and their applications:

      Seats and Seating Systems. We design, engineer and produce seating systems primarily for Class 8 heavy trucks in North America and for commercial vehicles used in the construction and agricultural industries through our European operations. For the most part, our seats and seating systems are fully-assembled and ready for installation when they are delivered to the OEM. We offer a wide range of seats that include air suspension seats, static seats, passenger seats, bus seats and rail car seats. As a result of our strong product design and product technology, we are a leader in designing seats with convenience features and enhanced safety. Seats and seating systems are the most complex and highly specialized products of our three product categories.

      Class 8 Heavy Trucks. We produce seats and seating systems for Class 8 heavy trucks in our North American operations. Our Class 8 heavy truck seating systems are designed to achieve maximum driver comfort by adding a wide range of manual and power features such as lumbar supports, cushion and back bolsters and leg and thigh supports. Our Class 8 heavy truck seats are highly specialized based on a variety of different seating options offered in OEM product lines. Our seats are built to customer specifications in low volumes and consequently are produced in numerous combinations with a wide range of price points. There are approximately 350 parts in each seat, resulting in approximately 2.5 million possible seat combinations. Adding features to a standard seat is the principal way to increase pricing, and the price of one seat can range from $180 for a standard suspension seat to over $400 for an air seat with enhanced features.

      We differentiate our seats from our competitors’ seats by focusing on three principal goals: driver comfort, driver retention and decreased workers’ compensation claims. Drivers of Class 8 heavy trucks recognize and are often given the opportunity to specify their choice of seat brands, and we strive to develop strong customer loyalty both at the commercial vehicle OEMs and among the drivers. We believe that we have superior technology and can offer a unique seat base that is ergonomically designed, accommodates a range of driver sizes and absorbs shock to maximize driver comfort. We recently introduced the “Back Cycler” seat mechanism to reduce driver fatigue and a new high performance air suspension seat system.

      Other Commercial Vehicles. We produce seats and seating systems for commercial vehicles used in the global construction and agricultural, bus, commercial transport and municipal industries. The principal focus of these seating systems is durability. These seats are ergonomically designed for difficult working environments, to provide comfort and control throughout the range of seats and chairs. In addition, we currently have future orders to produce seats for boat manufacturers.

      Other Seating Products. Our European operations also manufacture office seating products. Our office chair was developed as a result of our experience supplying chairs for the heavy truck, agricultural and construction industry and is fully adjustable to maximize comfort at work. Our office chairs are

53


Table of Contents

available in a wide variety of colors and fabrics to suit many different office environments, such as emergency services, call centers, receptions, studios, boardrooms and general office.

      Trim Systems and Components. We design, engineer, and produce trim systems and components for the interior cabs of commercial vehicles. Our interior trim products are designed to provide a comfortable interior for the vehicle occupants as well as a variety of functional and safety features. The wide variety of features that can be selected by the Class 8 heavy truck customer makes trim systems and components a complex and highly specialized product category. For example, a sleeper cab can contain three times as many trim components as a day cab, and can cost, on average, over $900 for a fully loaded sleeper cab as compared to $260 for an average day cab. Set forth below is a brief description of our principal trim systems and components:

      Trim Products. Our trim products include A-Pillars, B-Pillars, door panels and interior trim panels. Door panels consist of several component parts that are attached to a substrate. Specific components include vinyl or cloth-covered appliqués, armrests, radio speaker grilles, map pocket compartments, carpet and sound-reducing insulation. In addition, door panels often incorporate electronic and electrical distribution systems and products, including lock and latch, window glass, window regulators and audio systems as well as wire harnesses for the control of power seats, windows, mirrors and door locks. Our products are attractive, lightweight solutions from a traditional cut and sew approach to a contemporary “molded” styling theme. The parts can be color matched or top good wrapped to integrate seamlessly with the rest of the interior. We recently developed a one-step “twin shell” vacuum forming process for flooring systems and headliners.

      Instrument Panels. We produce and assemble instrument panels that can be integrated with the rest of the interior trim. The instrument panel is a complex system of coverings and foam, plastic and metal parts designed to house various components and act as a safety device for the vehicle occupant.

      Body Panels (Headliners/ Wall Panels). Headliners consist of a substrate and a finished interior layer made of fabrics and materials. While headliners are an important contributor to interior aesthetics, they also provide insulation from road noise and can serve as carriers for a variety of other components, such as visors, overhead consoles, grab handles, coat hooks, electrical wiring, speakers, lighting and other electronic and electrical products. As the amount of electronic and electrical content available in vehicles has increased, headliners have emerged as an important carrier of electronic features such as lighting systems.

      Storage Systems. Our modular storage units and custom cabinetry are designed to improve comfort and convenience for the driver. These storage systems are designed to be integrated with the interior trim. These units may be easily expanded and customized with features that include refrigerators, sinks and water reservoirs. Our storage systems are constructed with durable materials and designed to last the life of the vehicle.

      Floor Covering Systems. We have an extensive and comprehensive portfolio of floor covering systems and dash insulators. Carpet flooring systems generally consist of tufted or non-woven carpet with a thermoplastic backcoating which, when heated, allows the carpet to be fitted precisely to the interior or trunk compartment of the vehicle. Additional insulation materials are added to minimize noise, vibration and harshness. Non-carpeted flooring systems, used primarily in commercial and fleet vehicles, offer improved wear and maintenance characteristics. The dash insulator separates the passenger compartment from the engine compartment and prevents engine noise and heat from entering the passenger compartment.

      Sleeper Bunks. We offer a wide array of design choices for upper and lower sleeper bunks for heavy trucks. All parts of our sleeper bunks can be integrated to match the rest of the interior trim. Our sleeper bunks arrive at OEMs fully assembled and ready for installation.

      Grab Handles and Armrests. Our grab handles and armrests are designed and engineered with specific attention to aesthetics, ergonomics and strength. Our T-Skin TM product uses a wide range of inserts

54


Table of Contents

and substrates for structural integrity. The integral skin urethane offers a soft touch and can be in-mold coated to specific colors.

      Bumper Fascias and Fender Covers. Our highly durable, lightweight bumper fascias and fender covers are capable of withstanding repeated impacts that would deform an aluminum or steel bumper. We utilize a production technique that chemically bonds a layer of paint to the part after it has been molded, thereby enabling the part to keep its appearance even after repeated impacts.

      Privacy Curtains. We produce privacy curtains for use in sleeper cabs. Our privacy curtains include features such as integrated color matching of both sides of the curtain, choice of cloth or vinyl, full “black out” features and low-weight.

      Sun Visors. Our sun visors are fully integrated for multi access mounting and pivot hardware. Our sun visor system includes multiple options such as mirrors, map pockets and different options for positioning. We use low pressure injection molding to produce our premium sun visors with a simulated grain texture.

      Mirrors, Wipers and Controls. We design, engineer and produce a wide range of mirrors, wipers and controls used in commercial vehicles. Set forth below is a brief description of our principal products in this category:

      Mirrors. We offer a wide range of round, rectangular, motorized and heated mirrors and related hardware, including brackets, braces and side bars. Most of our mirror designs utilize stainless steal pins, fasteners and support braces to ensure durability. We have recently introduced both road and outside temperature devices that are integrated into the mirror face or the vehicle’s dashboard through our Road Watch TM family of products. These systems are principally utilized by municipalities throughout North America to monitor surface temperatures and assist them in dispersing chemicals for snow and ice removal. We have recently introduced a new lower-cost system for use in long-haul commercial trucks and mission critical vehicles such as ambulances. We have also recently introduced a new molded aerodynamic mirror that is integrated into the truck’s exterior.

      Windshield Wiper Systems. We offer application-specific windshield wiper systems and individual windshield wiper components for all segments of the commercial vehicle market. Our windshield wiper systems are generally delivered to the OEM fully assembled and ready for installation. A windshield wiper system is typically comprised of a pneumatic electric motor, linkages, arms, wiper blades, washer reservoirs and related pneumatic or electric pumps. We also produce air-assisted washing systems for headlights and cameras to assist drivers with visibility for safe vehicle operation. These systems utilize window wash fluid and air to create a turbulent liquid/air stream that removes road grime from headlights and cameras. We offer an optional programmable washing system that allows for periodic washing and dry cycles for maximum safety. We have recently introduced a new low-weight, cost effective tubular wiper system design.

      Controls. We offer a range of controls and control systems that includes a complete line of window lifts and door locks, mechanic, pneumatic, electrical and electronic HVAC controls and electric switch products. We specialize in air-powered window lifts and door locks, which are highly reliable and cost effective as compared to similar products powered by electricity. We also offer a variety of electric window lifts and door locks.

Customers and Marketing

      We sell our products principally to the commercial vehicle OEM market. Approximately 72% of our 2003 sales were derived from sales to commercial vehicle OEMs, with the remainder derived principally from aftermarket sales.

55


Table of Contents

      We supply our products primarily to heavy truck OEMs, the aftermarket and OEM service segment and other commercial vehicle OEMs. The following is a summary of our sales by end-user market segment in 2003:

           
End-User Market

Heavy Truck OEM
    53 %
Aftermarket and OEM Service
    23  
Construction
    18  
Bus
    4  
Other
    2  
     
 
 
Total
    100 %
     
 

      Our principal customers in the OEM market include Freightliner, International, PACCAR, Volvo/ Mack, Blue Bird and Thomas Built Buses. We believe we are an important long-term supplier to all leading Class 8 truck manufacturers in North America because of our comprehensive product offerings, leading brand names and product innovation. In our European operations, our principal customers include Volvo, CNH Global (Case New Holland), Komatsu and Caterpillar. We also sell our trim products to OEMs in the marine and recreational vehicle industries and seating products to office product manufacturers principally in Europe.

      The following is a summary of our significant OEM customers in 2003:

           
Customer

PACCAR
    26 %
Freightliner
    18  
International
    8  
Caterpillar
    6  
Volvo/ Mack
    4  
Komatsu
    3  
Other
    35  
     
 
 
Total
    100 %
     
 

Except as set forth in the above table, no other customer accounted for more than 10% of our revenues in 2003.

      Primarily as a result of our European operations, we derived approximately 30% of our sales from outside of North America in 2003. Our European operations currently serve customers located in Europe and Asia. For additional information regarding our sales to our principal customers and by geographic region, see Notes 9 and 10 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

      Our OEM customers generally source business to us pursuant to written contracts, purchase orders or other firm commitments in terms of price, quality, technology and delivery. Awarded business generally covers the supply of all or a portion of a customer’s production and service requirements of a particular product program rather than the supply of a specific quantity of products. In general, these contracts, purchase orders and commitments provide that the customer can terminate the contract, purchase order or commitment if we do not meet specified quality and delivery requirements. Such contracts, purchase orders or other firm commitments generally extend for the entire life of a platform, which is typically five to seven years. Although these contracts, purchase orders or other commitments may be terminated at any time by our customers (but not by us), such terminations have been minimal and have not had a material impact on our results of operations. In order to reduce our reliance on any one vehicle model, we produce products for a broad cross-section of both new and more established models.

56


Table of Contents

      Our contracts with our major OEM customers generally provide for an annual productivity cost reduction. These reductions are calculated on an annual basis as a percentage of the previous year’s purchases by each customer. The reduction is achieved through engineering changes, material cost reductions, logistics savings, reductions in packaging cost and labor efficiencies. Historically, most of these cost reductions have been offset by both internal reductions and through the assistance of our supply base, although no assurances can be given that we will be able to achieve such reductions in the future. If the annual reduction targets are not achieved then the difference is recovered through price reductions. Our cost structure is comprised of a high percentage of variable costs that provides us with additional flexibility during economic cycles.

      Our sales and marketing efforts with respect to our OEM sales are designed to create overall awareness of our engineering design and manufacturing capabilities and to enable us to be selected to supply products for new and redesigned models of our OEM customers. Our sales and marketing staff works closely with our design and engineering personnel to prepare the materials used for bidding on new business as well as to provide a consistent interface between us and our key customers. Most of our sales and marketing personnel have engineering backgrounds which enable them to participate in the design and engineering aspects of acquiring new business as well as ongoing customer service. We currently have sales and marketing personnel located in every major region in which we operate. From time to time, we also participate in industry trade shows and advertise in industry publications. One of our ongoing initiatives is to negotiate and enter into long term supply agreements with our existing customers that allow us to leverage all of our business and provide a complete interior package to our commercial vehicle OEM customers.

      Our principal customers for our aftermarket sales include the OEM dealers and independent wholesale distributors. Our sales and marketing efforts for our aftermarket sales are focused on support of these two distribution chains, as well as direct contact with all major fleets.

Design and Engineering Support

      We work with our customers’ engineering and development teams at the beginning of the design process for new components and assemblies, or the redesign process for existing components and assemblies, in order to maximize production efficiency and quality. These processes may take place from one to three years prior to the commencement of production. On average, development of a new component takes 12 to 24 months during the design phase, while the re-engineering of an existing part may take from one to six months. Early design involvement can result in a product that meets or exceeds the customer’s design and performance requirements and is more efficient to manufacture. In addition, our extensive involvement enhances our position for bidding on such business. We work aggressively to ensure that our quality and delivery metrics distinguish us from our competitors.

      We focus on bringing our customers integrated products that have superior content, comfort and safety. Consistent with our value-added engineering focus, we have developed relationships with the engineering departments of our customers and have placed resident engineers with PACCAR and Freightliner, our two largest customers. These relationships not only help us to identify new business opportunities but also enable us to compete based on the quality of our products and services, rather than exclusively on price. We are currently involved in the design stage of several products for our customers and will begin production of these products in the years 2005 to 2007.

Intellectual Property

      We consider ourselves to be a leader in both product and process technology, and, therefore, protection of intellectual property is important to our business. Our principal intellectual property consists of product and process technology, a limited number of United States and foreign patents, trade secrets, trademarks and copyrights. Although our intellectual property is important to our business operations and in the aggregate constitutes a valuable asset, we do not believe that any single patent, trade secret, trademark or copyright, or group of patents, trade secrets, trademarks or copyrights is critical to the

57


Table of Contents

success of our business. Our policy is to seek statutory protection for all significant intellectual property embodied in patents, trademarks and copyrights. From time to time, we grant licenses under our patents and technology and receive licenses under patents and technology of others.

      We market our products under well-known brand names that include KAB Seating, National Seating, Trim Systems, Sprague Devices, Sprague Controls, Prutsman TM , Moto Mirror TM and RoadWatch®. We believe that our brands are valuable and are increasing in value with the growth of our business, but that our business is not dependent on such brands. We own U.S. federal registrations for several of our brands.

Research and Development

      Our objective is to be a leader in offering superior quality and technologically advanced products to our customers at competitive prices. We engage in ongoing engineering, research and development activities to improve the reliability, performance and cost-effectiveness of our existing products and to design and develop new products for existing and new applications.

Manufacturing

      A description of the manufacturing processes we utilize for each of our principal product categories is set forth below:

  •  Seats and Seating Systems. Our seating operations utilize a variety of manufacturing techniques whereby fabric is affixed to an underlying seat frame. We also manufacture and assemble the seat frame, which involves complex welding. For the most part, we utilize outside suppliers to produce the individual components used to assemble the seat frame.
 
  •  Trim Systems and Components. Our interior systems process capabilities include injection molding, low-pressure injection molding, urethane molding and foaming processes, compression molding, and vacuum and twin steel vacuum forming as well as various trimming and finishing methods.
 
  •  Mirrors, Wipers and Controls. We manufacture our mirrors, wipers and controls utilizing a variety of manufacturing processes and techniques. Our mirrors, wipers and controls are 100% hand assembled, tested and packaged.

      We have a broad array of processes to offer our commercial vehicle OEM customers to enable us to meet their styling and cost requirements. The interior of the truck is the most significant and appealing aspect to the driver of the vehicle, and consequently each commercial vehicle OEM has unique requirements as to feel, appearance and features. Within the last three years, we added new technologies, including injection molding, compression molding and vacuum forming capabilities, to our facilities through research and development, licenses of patented technology and equipment purchases.

      The end markets for our products are highly specialized and our customers frequently request modified products in low volumes within an expedited delivery timeframe. As a result, we primarily utilize flexible manufacturing cells in the production of substantially all of our products. Manufacturing cells are clusters of individual manufacturing operations and work stations grouped in a circular configuration, with the operators placed centrally within the configuration. This provides flexibility by allowing efficient changes to the number of operations each operator performs. When compared to the more traditional, less flexible assembly line process, cell manufacturing allows us to maintain our product output consistent with our OEM customers’ requirements and reduce the level of inventory.

      When an end-user buys a truck, the end-user will specify the seat and other features for that truck. Because each of our seating systems is unique, our manufacturing facilities have significant complexity which we manage by building in sequence. We build our seating systems as orders are received, and systems are delivered to the customer’s rack in the sequence that the trucks come down the assembly line. We have systems in place that allow us to provide complete customized interior kits in boxes that are delivered in sequence. We keep track of our build sequence by vehicle identification number, and each

58


Table of Contents

component is identified by bar code. Sequencing reduces our cost of production because it eliminates warehousing costs and reduces waste and obsolescence, offsetting any increased labor costs. Our manufacturing facilities are strategically located near our customers’ assembly plants, which facilitates this process and minimizes shipping costs.

      With respect to all of our products, we employ just-in-time manufacturing and system sourcing to meet customer requirements for faster deliveries and to minimize our need to carry significant inventory levels. We utilize visual material systems to manage inventory levels, and in certain locations we have inventory delivered as often as two times per day from a nearby facility based on the previous day’s order. This eliminates the need to carry excess inventory at our facilities.

      Typically, in a strong economy, new vehicle production increases and there is more money to be spent on enhancements to the truck interior. As demand goes up, the mix of our products shifts towards more expensive systems, such as sleeper units, with enhanced features and higher quality materials. The shift from low-end units to high-end units amplifies the positive effect a strong economy has on our business. Conversely, when the market drops and customers shift away from ordering high-end units with enhanced features, our business suffers from both lower volume and lower pricing. We strive to manage down cycles by running our facilities at capacity while maintaining the capability and flexibility to expand. We work with our employees and rely on their involvement to help eliminate problems and re-align our capacity. During a ramp-up of production, we have plans in place to manage increased demand and achieve on-time delivery. Our strategies include alternating between human and machine production and allowing existing employees to try higher skilled positions while hiring new employees for lower skilled positions.

      During 2002, as a means to enhance our operations, we began to implement TQPS throughout our operations. TQPS is our customized version of Lean Manufacturing and consists of a 32 hour interactive class that is taught exclusively by members of our management team. While we are in the beginning phases of TQPS initiatives, a significant portion of the labor efficiencies we gained over the past few years is due to the program. TQPS is an analytical process in which we analyze each of our manufacturing cells and identify the most efficient process to improve efficiency and quality. The goal is to achieve total cost management and continuous improvement. Some examples of TQPS-related improvements are: reduced labor to move parts around the facility, clear walking paths in and around manufacturing cells and increased safety. An ongoing goal is to reduce the time employees spend waiting for materials within a facility.

Raw Materials and Suppliers

      A description of the principal raw materials we utilize for each of our principal product categories is set forth below:

  •  Seats and Seating Systems. The principal raw materials used in our seat systems include steel, aluminum and foam chemicals, and are generally readily available and obtained from multiple suppliers under various supply agreements. Leather, fabric and certain components are also purchased from multiple suppliers under supply agreements. Typically, our supply agreements last for at least one year and can be terminated by us for breach or convenience. Some purchased components are obtained from our customers.
 
  •  Trim Systems and Components. The principal raw materials used in our interior systems processes are resin and chemical products, which are formed and assembled into end products. These raw materials are obtained from multiple suppliers, typically under supply agreements which last for at least one year and are terminable by us for breach or convenience.
 
  •  Mirrors, Wipers and Controls. The principal raw materials used to manufacture our mirrors, wipers and controls are steel, stainless steel, aluminum, glass and rubber, which are generally readily available and obtained from multiple suppliers.

      Our supply agreements generally provide for fixed pricing but do not require us to purchase any specified quantities. We have not experienced any significant shortages of raw materials and normally do

59


Table of Contents

not carry inventories of raw materials or finished products in excess of those reasonably required to meet production and shipping schedules as well as service requirements. We purchase materials such as steel, foam, vinyl and cloth in large quantities on a global basis through our central corporate office, and other materials for which we require lower volumes are purchased directly by our facilities. We purchase steel at market prices, which in recent months have increased to historical highs as a result of a relatively low level of supply and a relatively high level of demand. As a result, we are currently being assessed surcharges on certain of our purchases of steel, and, in certain circumstances, we have experienced difficulty in identifying steel for purchase. We are currently in discussions with our customers regarding passing these surcharges through to such customers. We do not believe we are dependent on a single supplier or limited group of suppliers for our raw materials.

Competition

      Within each of our principal product categories, we compete with a variety of independent suppliers and, in limited circumstances, with OEMs’ in-house operations, primarily on the basis of price, breadth of product offerings, product quality, technical expertise and development capability, product delivery and product service. We believe we are the only supplier in the North American commercial vehicle market that can offer complete interior systems, including seats, interior trim and flooring systems. A summary of our estimated market position and primary independent competitors is set forth below.

  •  Seats and Seating Systems. We believe that we have the number one market position in North America with respect to our seating operations. We also believe that we have the number one market position in supplying seats and seating systems to commercial vehicles used in the construction industry on a worldwide basis. Our primary independent competitors in the North American commercial vehicle market include Sears Manufacturing Company, Transportation Technologies Industries, Inc. and Seats, Inc., and our primary competitors in the European commercial vehicle market include Grammar and Isringhausen.
 
  •  Trim Systems and Components. We believe that we have the number one market position in North America with respect to our interior trim products. We face competition from a number of different competitors with respect to each of our trim system products and components. Overall, our primary independent competitors are ConMet, Fabriform, TPI, Findlay, Superior and Mitras.
 
  •  Mirrors, Wipers and Controls. We believe that we hold the number two market position in North America with respect to our windshield wiper systems and mirrors. We face competition from a number of different competitors with respect to each of our principal products in this category. Our principal competitors for mirrors are Hadley, Lang-Mekra and Trucklite, and our principal competitors for windshield wiper systems are Johnson Electric, Trico and Valeo.

Seasonality

      OEMs’ production requirements are generally higher in the first three quarters of the year as compared to the fourth quarter. We believe this seasonality is due, in part, to demand for new vehicles softening during the holiday season and as a result of the winter months in North America and Europe. Also, the major North American OEM manufacturers generally close their production facilities for the last two weeks of the year.

Employees

      As of March 31, 2004, we had approximately 1,925 employees. Overall, approximately 20% of our employees are salaried and the balance are hourly. None of our hourly employees in our North American operations are unionized. We have experienced limited unionization efforts at certain of our facilities from time to time. Approximately 50% of our hourly employees in our United Kingdom operations are represented by a shop steward committee. We have not experienced any work stoppages and consider our relationship with our employees to be satisfactory.

60


Table of Contents

Backlog

      We do not generally obtain long-term, firm purchase orders from our customers. Rather, our customers typically place annual blanket purchase orders, but these orders do not obligate them to purchase any specific or minimum amount of products from us until a release is issued by the customer under the blanket purchase order. Releases are typically placed within 30 to 90 days of required delivery and may be canceled at any time, in which case the customer would be liable for work in process and finished goods. We do not believe that our backlog of expected product sales covered by firm purchase orders is a meaningful indicator of future sales since orders may be rescheduled or canceled.

Properties

      Our corporate office is located in New Albany, Ohio. Substantially all of our manufacturing facilities are located near our OEM customers to reduce our distribution costs, reduce risk of interruptions in our delivery schedule, further improve customer service and provide our customers with reliable delivery of stock and custom requirements even under condensed time constraints. The following table provides selected information regarding our principal manufacturing facilities:

             
Approximate
Location Products Produced Square Footage Ownership Interest




Vonore, Tennessee (2 facilities)
  Seats, Mirrors   245,000 sq. ft.   Owned/ Leased
Northampton, England
  Seats (office and commercial vehicle)   210,000 sq. ft.   Leased
Statesville, North Carolina (2 facilities)
  Interior Trim, Seats   163,000 sq. ft.   Leased
Seattle, Washington
  RIM Process, Interior Trim, Seats   156,000 sq. ft.   Owned
Michigan City, Indiana
  Wipers, Switches   87,000 sq. ft.   Leased
Dublin, Virginia
  Interior Trim, Seats   79,000 sq. ft.   Owned
Denton, Texas(1)
  Interior Trim, Seats   69,000 sq. ft.   Leased
Vancouver, Washington (2 facilities)
  Interior Trim   63,000 sq. ft.   Leased
Chillicothe, Ohio
  Interior Trim, Dash Assembly   62,000 sq. ft.   Owned
Canby, Oregon
  Switches/ Controls   53,000 sq. ft.   Owned
Shanghai, China
  Seats   50,000 sq. ft.   Leased
New Albany, Ohio
  Corporate Headquarters   8,000 sq. ft.   Leased
Tacoma, Washington
  Injection Molding   25,000 sq. ft.   Leased
Plain City, Ohio
  R&D, Lab   8,000 sq. ft.   Leased
Seneffs (Brussels), Belgium
  Seat Assembly   35,000 sq. ft.   Leased
Brisbane (HQ), Australia
  Seat Assembly   50,000 sq. ft.   Leased
Sodentalje (Stockholm), Sweden
  Seat Assembly   12,000 sq. ft.   Leased
Dublin, Ohio
  Administration   14,000 sq. ft.   Leased


(1)  This facility is currently dormant. We are subleasing a portion for a warehousing operation.

      We also have leased sales and service offices located in Australia and France. We currently expect to begin production at our Shanghai, China facility in the fourth quarter of 2004.

      Utilization of our facilities varies with North American and European commercial vehicle production and general economic conditions in such regions. All locations are principally used for manufacturing. All properties in the United States and Europe will be pledged as collateral to secure our obligations under our new senior credit facility.

61


Table of Contents

Legal Proceedings

      From time to time, we are involved in various disputes and litigation matters that arise in the ordinary course of business. We do not have any material litigation at this time.

Environmental Matters

      We are subject to foreign, federal, state, and local laws and regulations governing the protection of the environment and occupational health and safety, including laws regulating air emissions, wastewater discharges, the generation, storage, handling, use and transportation of hazardous materials; the emission and discharge of hazardous materials into the soil, ground or air; and the health and safety of our colleagues. We are also required to obtain permits from governmental authorities for certain of our operations. Although we strive to comply with all applicable environmental, health, and safety requirements, we cannot assure you that we are, or have been, in complete compliance with such requirements. If we violate or fail to comply with environmental laws, regulations or permits, we could be fined or otherwise sanctioned by regulators. In some instances, such a fine or sanction could have a material adverse effect on us.

      Several of our facilities are in the process of becoming certified in accordance with ISO 14000 (the international environmental management standard) or are developing similar environmental management systems. Although we have made, and will continue to make, capital expenditures to implement such environmental programs and comply with environmental requirements, we do not expect to make material capital expenditures for environmental controls in 2004 or 2005. The environmental laws to which we are subject have become more stringent over time, however, and we could incur material costs or expenses in the future to comply with environmental laws. For example, our Northampton, U.K. facility will likely be required to obtain an Integrated Pollution Prevention Control (IPPC) permit prior to 2007. That permit will require that we use best available techniques at the facility to minimize pollution. Although the requirements of the permit are not yet known, because the facility is already operating under an integrated pollution control permit, we do not expect to have to make material capital expenditures to obtain or comply with the IPPC permit.

      Certain of our operations generate hazardous substances and wastes. If a release of such substances or wastes occurs at or from our properties, or at or from any offsite disposal location to which substances or wastes from our current or former operations were taken, or if contamination is discovered at any of our current or former properties, we may be held liable for the costs of cleanup and for any other response by governmental authorities or private parties, together with any associated fines, penalties or damages. In most jurisdictions, this liability would arise whether or not we had complied with environmental laws governing the handling of hazardous substances or wastes.

Government Regulation

      The products we manufacture and supply to commercial vehicle OEMs are not subject to significant government regulation. Our business, however, is indirectly impacted by the extensive governmental regulation applicable to commercial vehicle OEMs. These regulations primarily relate to safety, emissions and noise standards imposed by the EPA, state regulatory agencies, such as the California Air Resources Board (CARB), and other regulatory agencies around the world. Commercial vehicle OEMs are also subject to the National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act and Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards promulgated by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration.

      Changes in emission standards and other governmental regulations impact the demand for commercial vehicles and, as a result, indirectly impact our operations. For example, new emission standards governing heavy-duty diesel engines that went into effect in the United States on October 1, 2002 resulted in significant purchases of new trucks by fleet operators prior to such date and reduced short term demand for such trucks in periods following such date. New emission standards for engines used in Class 5 to 8 trucks imposed by the EPA and CARB are scheduled to come into effect during 2007.

62


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

      The following table sets forth certain information with respect to our current directors, director designees and executive officers (ages as of June 30, 2004).

             
Name Age Principal Position(s)



Scott D. Rued
    47     Chairman and Director
Mervin Dunn
    50     President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
Donald P. Lorraine
    51     Managing Director — KAB Seating
Gerald L. Armstrong
    42     President — CVG Americas
Robert E. Averitt
    43     General Manager — Trim Systems
Timothy W. Schwartz
    42     General Manager — CVS
Kevin D. Richards
    43     Vice President of Engineering and Quality
James A. Lindsey
    48     Vice President of Sales and Marketing
James F. Williams
    57     Vice President of Human Resources
Chad M. Utrup
    31     Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer
S.A. Johnson
    64     Director
Eric J. Rosen
    43     Director designee
Richard A. Snell
    62     Director designee

      The following biographies describe the business experience of our executive officers and directors.

      Scott D. Rued has served as a Director since February 2001 and Chairman since April 2002. Since September 2003, Mr. Rued has served as a Managing Partner of Thayer Capital Partners. Prior to joining Thayer, Mr. Rued served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Hidden Creek from May 2000 to August 2003. From January 1994 through April 2000, Mr. Rued served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Hidden Creek and from June 1989 through 1993 he served as Vice President — Finance and Corporate Development. Mr. Rued was a Director of Tower Automotive, Inc., a designer and producer of structural metal components and assemblies for the automotive market, from April 1993 to April 2003. Mr. Rued served as Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and a Director of Automotive Industries Holding, Inc. from April 1990 to 1995. Mr. Rued is presently the Chairman and a Director of Dura Automotive Systems, Inc., a manufacturer of driver control systems, window systems and door systems for the global automotive industry.

      Mervin Dunn has served as our President and Chief Executive Officer since June 2002, and prior thereto served as the Vice President Manufacturing of Trim Systems, upon his joining us in October 1999. From 1998 to 1999, Mr. Dunn served as the President and Chief Executive Officer of Bliss Technologies, a heavy metal stamping company. From 1988 to 1998 Mr. Dunn served in a number of key leadership roles at Arvin Industries, including Vice President of Operating Systems (Arvin North America), Vice President of Quality, and President of Arvin Ride Control. From 1985 to 1988, Mr. Dunn held several key management positions in engineering and quality assurance at Johnson Controls Automotive Group, an automotive trim company, including Division Quality Manager. From 1980 to 1985, Mr. Dunn served in a number of management positions for engineering and quality departments of Hyster Corporation, a manufacturer of heavy lift trucks.

      Donald P. Lorraine has served as the Managing Director of KAB Seating since 1989, as Group Operations Director from 1986 to 1989, and as the Factory Manager of KAB Seating’s main manufacturing facility in the United Kingdom from 1983 to 1986. Prior to joining KAB Seating, Mr. Lorraine served in several different roles in production management for the domestic appliance division of Tube Investments, a United Kingdom engineering company.

63


Table of Contents

      Gerald L. Armstrong has served as the President — CVG Americas since March 2003. From July 2002 to March 2003, Mr. Armstrong served as Vice President and General Manager of National Seating and KAB North America. Prior to joining us, Mr. Armstrong served from 1995 to 2000 and from 2000 to July 2002 as Vice President and General Manager, respectively, of Gabriel Ride Control Products, a manufacturer of shock absorbers and related ride control products for the automotive and light truck markets, and a wholly owned subsidiary of ArvinMeritor Inc. Mr. Armstrong began his service with ArvinMeritor Inc., a manufacturer of automotive and commercial vehicle components, modules and systems in 1987, and served in various positions of increasing responsibility within its light vehicle original equipment and aftermarket divisions before starting at Gabriel Ride Control Products. Prior to 1987, Mr. Armstrong held various positions of increasing responsibility including Quality Engineer and Senior Quality Supervisor and Quality Manager with Schlumberger Industries and Hyster Corporation.

      Robert E. Averitt has served as the Vice President and General Manager of Trim Systems since January 2003 and prior thereto served as Director of Operations since 2002 and Manager and Director of Lean Manufacturing since 1999. Prior to joining us, Mr. Averitt served as the Vice President of Manufacturing at Bliss Technologies from 1998 to September 1999 and in several different management positions in industrial engineering, production control and continuous improvement at Arvin Industries from February 1989 to December 1997.

      Timothy W. Schwartz has served as the General Manager of CVS, Inc. since January 2000, and prior thereto served as Industrial Engineer at CVS starting in 1990 and in a number of key management positions prior to being appointed General Manager.

      Kevin D. Richards has served as the Vice President of Engineering and Quality since March 2002; joining us in December 1999 as Director of Quality. Prior to joining us, Mr. Richards served from January 1998 in various positions of increasing responsibility in engineering, quality and operations at Bliss Technologies, Inc., in both its light vehicle original equipment and aftermarket divisions, concluding his tenure there in September 1999 as its Vice President of Quality and Engineering. Prior to that, Mr. Richards served at Arvin Industries from October 1989 to January 1998 in a number of key positions including Vice President of Quality and Engineering.

      James A. Lindsey has served as the Vice President of Sales and Marketing since April 2002, and prior thereto served as Director of Industrial Products since August 1997. Prior to joining us, Mr. Lindsey served as Director of Sales for Parts Distribution and Development for Stewart and Stevenson, a contract management company.

      James F. Williams has served as the Vice President of Human Resources since August 1999. Prior to joining us, Mr. Williams served as Corporate Vice President of Human Resources and Administration for SPECO Corporation from January 1996 to August 1999. From April 1984 to January 1996, Mr. Williams served in various key human resource management positions in General Electric’s Turbine, Lighting and Semi Conductor business. In addition, Mr. Williams served as Manager of Labor Relations and Personnel Services at Mack Trucks’ Allentown Corporate location from 1976 to 1984.

      Chad M. Utrup has served as the Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since January 2003, and prior thereto served as the Vice President of Finance at Trim Systems since 2000. Prior to joining us in February 1998, Mr. Utrup served as a project management group member at Electronic Data Systems, a systems integration and IT support company. While with Electronic Data Systems, Mr. Utrup’s responsibilities included implementing cost recovery and efficiency programs at various Delphi Automotive Systems support locations.

      S.A. (“Tony”) Johnson has served as a Director since September 2000. Mr. Johnson served as the Chairman of Hidden Creek from May 2001 to May 2004 and from 1989 to May 2001 was its Chief Executive Officer and President. Prior to forming Hidden Creek, Mr. Johnson served from 1985 to 1989 as Chief Operating Officer of Pentair, Inc., a diversified industrial company. Mr. Johnson served as Chairman and a Director of Automotive Industries Holding, Inc., a supplier of interior trim components to the automotive industry, from May 1990 to August 1995. Mr. Johnson is also Chairman and Director of

64


Table of Contents

Tower Automotive, Inc., a Director of Dura Automotive Systems, Inc. and a Director of J.L. French Automotive Castings, Inc.

      Eric J. Rosen will be named a Director upon completion of this offering. Mr. Rosen is Managing Director of Onex Investment Corp., an affiliate of Onex Corporation, a diversified industrial corporation, and has held that position since 1994. Mr. Rosen served as a Vice President of Onex Investment Corp. from 1989 to 1994. Prior thereto, Mr. Rosen was employed in the merchant banking group at Kidder, Peabody & Co. from 1987 to 1989. Mr. Rosen served as member of the board of directors of Automotive Industries Holding, Inc. from 1994 to 1995, of Tower Automotive, Inc. from 1993 to 1999 and of Dura Automotive Systems, Inc. from January 1995 to May 2003. Mr. Rosen also currently serves as a Director of J.L. French Automotive Castings, Inc. and DRS Technologies, Inc.

      Richard A. Snell will be named a Director upon completion of this offering. Mr. Snell has served as an Operating Partner at Thayer Capital Partners since 2003. Prior to joining Thayer, Mr. Snell served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Federal-Mogul Corporation, an automotive parts manufacturer, from 1996 to October 2002 and as Chief Executive Officer of Tenneco Automotive, also an automotive parts manufacturer. Mr. Snell currently serves on the boards of Schneider National, Inc., The Brown Corporation of America, Inc., Heckethorn Manufacturing Company, Inc. and Associated Asphalt, Inc.

      Each director is elected to serve until the next annual meeting of stockholders or until a successor is duly elected and qualified. Our executive officers are duly elected by the board to serve until their respective successors are elected and qualified. There are no family relationships between any of our directors or executive officers. Our existing directors were elected pursuant to the terms of an investor stockholders agreement. See “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions — Investor Stockholders Agreement.”

Composition of the Board of Directors after this Offering

      Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will be in effect immediately prior to this offering, will provide for a classified board of directors consisting of three staggered classes of directors, as nearly equal in number as possible. At each annual meeting of stockholders, a class of directors will be elected for a three-year term to succeed the directors of the same class whose terms are then expiring. The terms of the directors will expire upon election and qualification of successor directors at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held during the years 2005 for the Class I directors, 2006 for the Class II directors and 2007 for the Class III directors.

      Upon the closing of this offering:

  •  our Class I director will be Scott D. Rued;
 
  •  our Class II directors will be Mervin Dunn and S.A. Johnson; and
 
  •  our Class III directors will be Eric J. Rosen and Richard A. Snell.

      Our amended and restated by-laws, which will be in effect immediately prior to this offering, will provide that the authorized number of directors, which will be five, may be changed by a resolution adopted by at least two-thirds of our directors then in office. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in number of directors may only be filled by the directors and will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors. This classification of our board of directors could have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in control or changes in our management.

      Upon the completion of this offering, our board of directors will consist of five members, one of whom will qualify as “independent” according to the rules and regulations of the SEC and The Nasdaq National Market. The rules of the SEC and The Nasdaq National Market require that we add an additional “independent” director within 90 days after the completion of this offering and that a majority of our board of directors qualify as “independent” no later than the first anniversary of the completion of this

65


Table of Contents

offering. We intend to comply with these requirements and expect to add additional “independent” directors by the first anniversary of the completion of this offering.

Compensation of Directors

      Our directors are currently not entitled to receive any compensation for serving on the board. Directors are reimbursed for their out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with such services. Following this offering, directors who are not our employees or who are not otherwise affiliated with us or our principal stockholders will receive compensation that is commensurate with arrangements offered to directors of companies that are similar to us. Compensation arrangements for independent directors established by our board may be in the form of cash payments and/or option grants.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

      None of our executive officers serves as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our compensation committee. No interlocking relationship exists between the board or directors or the compensation committee of any other company. See “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions — Management Agreement” for a discussion of the relationship between us and Hidden Creek.

Committees of the Board of Directors

      Upon completion of this offering, our board of directors will have an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee. The board may also establish other committees from time to time to assist in the discharge of its responsibilities.

      Audit Committee. Upon completion of this offering, our audit committee will be comprised of Messrs. Rued, Rosen and Snell. Mr. Rued will initially be named as our “audit committee financial expert” as such term is defined in Item 401(h) of Regulation S-K. The audit committee will be responsible for: (1) the appointment, compensation, retention and oversight of the work of the independent auditors engaged for the purpose of preparing and issuing an audit report; (2) reviewing the independence of the independent auditors and taking, or recommending that our board of directors take, appropriate action to oversee their independence; (3) approving, in advance, all audit and non-audit services to be performed by the independent auditors; (4) overseeing our accounting and financial reporting processes and the audits of our financial statements; (5) establishing procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by us regarding accounting, internal control or auditing matters and the confidential, anonymous submission by our employees of concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters; (6) engaging independent counsel and other advisers as the audit committee deems necessary; (7) determining compensation of the independent auditors, compensation of advisors hired by the audit committee and ordinary administrative expenses; (8) reviewing and assessing the adequacy of a formal written charter on an annual basis; and (9) handling such other matters that are specifically delegated to the audit committee by our board of directors from time to time. Our board of directors will adopt a written charter for our audit committee, which will be posted on our web site. Deloitte & Touche LLP currently serves as our independent accountants.

      Compensation Committee. Upon completion of this offering, our compensation committee will be comprised of Messrs. Rued, Rosen and Snell. The compensation committee will be responsible for: (1) determining, or recommending to our board of directors for determination, the compensation and benefits of all of our executive officers; (2) reviewing our compensation and benefit plans to ensure that they meet corporate objectives; (3) administering our stock plans and other incentive compensation plans; and (4) such other matters that are specifically delegated to the compensation committee by our board of directors from time to time. Our board of directors will adopt a written charter for our compensation committee, which will be posted on our web site.

      Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. Upon completion of this offering, our nominating and corporate governance committee will be comprised of Messrs. Rued, Rosen and Snell. The

66


Table of Contents

nominating and corporate governance committee will be responsible for: (1) selecting, or recommending to our board of directors for selection, nominees for election to our board of directors; (2) making recommendations to our board of directors regarding the size and composition of the board, committee structure and makeup and retirement procedures affecting board members; (3) monitoring our performance in meeting our obligations of fairness in internal and external matters and our principles of corporate governance; and (4) such other matters that are specifically delegated to the nominating and corporate governance committee by our board of directors from time to time. Our board of directors will adopt a written charter for our nominating and corporate governance committee, which will specifically address the nominations process and will be posted on our web site.

      We expect that the additional “independent” directors that we will add in the year following completion of this offering will replace existing members of our audit, compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees to the extent necessary to comply with the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and The Nasdaq National Market.

Compensation of Executive Officers

      The following table shows compensation information for the year ended December 31, 2003 for our chief executive officer and the four other executive officers who were our most highly compensated executive officers for that year (the “Named Executive Officers”).

Summary Compensation Table

                                   
Annual Compensation

Other Annual All Other
Name and Principal Position Salary ($) Bonus ($) Compensation ($)(1) Compensation ($)





Mervin Dunn
  $ 314,995     $ 297,442           $ 4,725 (2)
 
President and Chief Executive Officer
                               
Donald P. Lorraine(3)
    216,214       148,788              
 
Managing Director — KAB Seating
                               
Gerald L. Armstrong
    170,000       81,532             5,100 (4)
 
President — CVG Americas
                               
James F. Williams
    165,007       79,137             2,475 (5)
 
Vice President of Human Resources
                               
Chad M. Utrup
    151,008       75,715             2,265 (6)
  Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer                                


(1)  Pursuant to applicable SEC regulations, perquisites and other personal benefits are omitted because they did not exceed the lesser of either $50,000 or 10% of total annual salary and bonus.
 
(2)  Consists of a matching payment of $4,725 to one of our 401(k) plans.
 
(3)  Amounts paid to Mr. Lorraine have been translated into United States dollars at a rate of $1.6532 = £1.00, the average exchange rate during the year ended December 31, 2003.
 
(4)  Consists of a matching payment of $5,100 to one of our 401(k) plans.
 
(5)  Consists of a matching payment of $2,475 to one of our 401(k) plans.
 
(6)  Consists of a matching payment of $2,265 to one of our 401(k) plans.

Option Grants in Last Fiscal Year

      We did not grant any options to the Named Executive Officers during our last completed fiscal year. See “Management — Employee Benefit Plans — Management Stock Option Plan” for a description of the stock options we recently granted to members of our senior management team.

67


Table of Contents

Option Exercises in Last Fiscal Year and Fiscal Year-End Option Values

      Our Named Executive Officers did not exercise any options during our last completed fiscal year and did not hold any unexercised options as of December 31, 2003.

Change in Control and Non-Competition Agreements

      We have agreements with each of our named executive officers pursuant to which each is entitled to a severance payment equal to 12 months salary and outplacement assistance for a period of one year in the event of termination without cause following a change of control.

      Prior to completion of the offering, we intend to enter into non-competition agreements with each of our executive officers pursuant to which each will agree not to compete with us during the period in which each is employed by us and for a two-year period thereafter.

Employment Agreement

      We have entered into an employment agreement, dated as of May 16, 1997, with Donald P. Lorraine, pursuant to which Mr. Lorraine serves as the Managing Director — KAB Seating. The employment agreement with Mr. Lorraine continues until terminated by either party, and will automatically terminate under certain circumstances. The employment agreement provides for a base salary that is subject to annual review and a performance related bonus.

      If, within one year of a change of control, Mr. Lorraine resigns, his employment is terminated or there is a material change in his responsibilities, or if we materially breach the employment agreement, Mr. Lorraine will be entitled to receive 24 months’ salary, payable on termination of the employment agreement, and the value of certain of his benefits had the employment agreement continued for a further period of 24 months. The employment agreement contains various covenants, including covenants relating to confidentiality, non-competition and non-solicitation.

Pension Plan

      We sponsor a defined benefit plan that covers certain of our employees in the United Kingdom. The following table illustrates the approximate annual pension benefits payable under this pension plan to Mr. Donald P. Lorraine, one of our named executive officers. All amounts have been translated into United States dollars at a rate of $1.653=£1.00, the average exchange rate during the year ended December 31, 2003.

                                         
Years of Service at Retirement

Compensation 15 20 25 30 35






$125,000
  $ 31,250     $ 41,667     $ 52,083     $ 62,500     $ 72,917  
  150,000
    37,500       50,000       62,500       75,000       87,500  
  175,000
    43,750       58,333       72,917       87,500       102,083  
  200,000
    50,000       66,667       83,333       100,000       116,667  
  225,000
    56,250       75,000       93,750       112,500       131,250  
  250,000
    62,500       83,333       104,167       125,000       145,833  
  300,000
    75,000       100,000       125,000       150,000       175,000  
  400,000
    100,000       133,333       166,667       200,000       233,333  
  450,000
    112,500       150,000       187,500       225,000       262,500  
  500,000
    125,000       166,667       208,333       250,000       291,667  

      Pension benefits are calculated on the basis of one sixtieth of final pensionable salary for each year of service. The definition of final pensionable salary is an average of the best three consecutive salaries in the 10 years prior to retirement. Benefits shown in the table are computed on a straight life annuity (with a

68


Table of Contents

10-year certain term) beginning at age 65 and not subject to any deduction for any other social security benefits. Mr. Lorraine has 23 years of credited service under the plan.

Employee Benefit Plans

 
Equity Incentive Plan

      Our board of directors plans to adopt and submit to our stockholders for approval an Equity Incentive Plan (the “Equity Incentive Plan”), which will be effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering. The Equity Incentive Plan is designed to enable us to attract, retain and motivate our directors, officers, employees and consultants, and to further align their interests with those of our stockholders, by providing for or increasing their ownership interests in our company.

      Administration. The Equity Incentive Plan will be administered by the compensation committee of our board of directors. Our board may, however, at any time resolve to administer the Equity Incentive Plan. Subject to the specific provisions of the Equity Incentive Plan, the compensation committee is authorized to select persons to participate in the Equity Incentive Plan, determine the form and substance of grants made under the Equity Incentive Plan to each participant, and otherwise make all determinations for the administration of the Equity Incentive Plan.

      Participation. Individuals who will be eligible to participate in the Equity Incentive Plan will be directors (including non-employee directors), officers (including non-employee officers) and employees of, and other individuals performing services for, or to whom an offer of employment has been extended by, us or our subsidiaries.

      Type of Awards. The Equity Incentive Plan will provide for the issuance of stock options, stock appreciation rights, or SARs, restricted stock, deferred stock, dividend equivalents, other stock-based awards and performance awards. Performance awards may be based on the achievement of certain business or personal criteria or goals, as determined by the compensation committee.

      Available Shares. An aggregate of 1,000,000 shares of our common stock will initially be reserved for issuance under the Equity Incentive Plan, subject to certain adjustments reflecting changes in our capitalization. If any grant under the Equity Incentive Plan expires or terminates unexercised, becomes unexercisable or is forfeited as to any shares, or is tendered or withheld as to any shares in payment of the exercise price of the grant or the taxes payable with respect to the exercise, then such unpurchased, forfeited, tendered or withheld shares will thereafter be available for further grants under the Equity Incentive Plan unless, in the case of options granted under the Equity Incentive Plan, related SARs are exercised. The Equity Incentive Plan will provide that the compensation committee shall not grant, in any one calendar year, to any one participant awards to purchase or acquire a number of shares of common stock in excess of 20% of the total number of shares authorized for issuance under the Equity Incentive Plan.

      Option Grants. Options granted under the Equity Incentive Plan may be either incentive stock options within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code or non-qualified stock options, as the compensation committee may determine. The exercise price per share for each option will be established by the compensation committee, except that in the case of the grant of any incentive stock option, the exercise price may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of a share of common stock as of the date of grant of the option. In the case of the grant of any incentive stock option to an employee who, at the time of the grant, owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all of our classes of stock then outstanding, the exercise price may not be less than 110% of the fair market value of a share of common stock as of the date of grant of the option.

      Terms of Options. The term during which each option may be exercised will be determined by the compensation committee, but if required by the Internal Revenue Code and except as otherwise provided in the Equity Incentive Plan, no option will be exercisable in whole or in part more than ten years from the date it is granted, and no incentive stock option granted to an employee who at the time of the grant owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all of our classes of stock will be exercisable

69


Table of Contents

more than five years from the date it is granted. All rights to purchase shares pursuant to an option will, unless sooner terminated, expire at the date designated by the compensation committee. The compensation committee will determine the date on which each option will become exercisable and may provide that an option will become exercisable in installments. The shares constituting each installment may be purchased in whole or in part at any time after such installment becomes exercisable, subject to such minimum exercise requirements as may be designated by the compensation committee. Prior to the exercise of an option and delivery of the shares represented thereby, the optionee will have no rights as a stockholder, including any dividend or voting rights, with respect to any shares covered by such outstanding option. If required by the Internal Revenue Code, the aggregate fair market value, determined as of the grant date, of shares for which an incentive stock option is exercisable for the first time during any calendar year under all of our equity incentive plans may not exceed $100,000.

      Stock Appreciation Rights. SARs entitle a participant to receive the amount by which the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of exercise exceeds the grant price of the SAR. The grant price and the term of an SAR will be determined by the compensation committee. However, no SAR may have a term exceeding ten years.

      Termination of Options and SARs. Unless otherwise determined by the compensation committee, and subject to certain exemptions and conditions, if a participant ceases to be a director, officer or employee of, or to otherwise perform services for us for any reason other than death, disability, retirement or termination for cause, all of the participant’s options and SARs that were exercisable on the date of such cessation will remain exercisable for, and will otherwise terminate at the end of, a period of 30 days after the date of such cessation. In the case of death or disability, all of the participant’s options and SARs that were exercisable on the date of such death or disability will remain so for a period of 180 days from the date of such death or disability. In the case of retirement, all of the participant’s options and SARs that were exercisable on the date of retirement will remain exercisable for, and shall otherwise terminate at the end of, a period of 90 days after the date of retirement. In the case of a termination for cause, or if a participant does not become a director, officer or employee of, or does not begin performing other services for us for any reason, all of the participant’s options and SARs will expire and be forfeited immediately upon such cessation or non-commencement, whether or not then exercisable.

      Restricted Stock and Deferred Shares. Restricted stock is a grant of shares of our common stock that may not be sold or disposed of, and that may be forfeited in the event of certain terminations of employment, prior to the end of a restricted period set by the compensation committee. A participant granted restricted stock generally has all of the rights of a stockholder, unless the compensation committee determines otherwise. An award of deferred shares confers upon a participant the right to receive shares of our common stock at the end of a deferral period set by the compensation committee, subject to possible forfeiture of the award in the event of certain terminations of employment prior to the end of the deferral period. Prior to settlement, an award of deferred shares carries no voting or dividend rights or other rights associated with share ownership, although dividend equivalents may be granted in connection with restricted stock or deferred shares.

      Dividend Equivalents. Dividend equivalents confer the right to receive, currently or on a deferred basis, cash, shares of our common stock, other awards or other property equal in value to dividends paid on a specific number of shares of our common stock. Dividend equivalents may be granted alone or in connection with another award, and may be paid currently or on a deferred basis. If deferred, dividend equivalents may be deemed to have been reinvested in additional shares of our common stock.

      Other Stock-Based Awards. The compensation committee is authorized to grant other awards that are denominated or payable in, valued by reference to, or otherwise based on or related to shares of our common stock, under the Equity Incentive Plan. These awards may include convertible or exchangeable debt securities, other rights convertible or exchangeable into shares of common stock, purchase rights for shares of common stock, awards with value and payment contingent upon our performance as a company or any other factors designated by the compensation committee. The compensation committee will determine the terms and conditions of these awards.

70


Table of Contents

      Performance Awards. The compensation committee may subject a participant’s right to exercise or receive a grant or settlement of an award, and the timing of the grant or settlement, to performance conditions specified by the compensation committee. Performance awards may be granted under the Equity Incentive Plan in a manner that results in their qualifying as performance-based compensation exempt from the limitation on tax deductibility under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code for compensation in excess of $1,000,000 paid to our chief executive officer and our four highest compensated officers. The compensation committee will determine performance award terms, including the required levels of performance with respect to particular business criteria, the corresponding amounts payable upon achievement of those levels of performance, termination and forfeiture provisions and the form of settlement. In granting performance awards, the compensation committee may establish unfunded award “pools,” the amounts of which will be based upon the achievement of a performance goal or goals based on one or more business criteria. Business criteria might include, for example, total stockholder return, net income, pretax earnings, EBITDA, earnings per share, or return on investment.

      Amendment of Outstanding Awards and Amendment/ Termination of Plan. The board of directors or the compensation committee generally will have the power and authority to amend or terminate the Equity Incentive Plan at any time without approval from our stockholders. The compensation committee generally will have the authority to amend the terms of any outstanding award under the plan, including, without limitation, the ability to reduce the exercise price of any options or SARS or to accelerate the dates on which they become exercisable or vest, at any time without approval from our stockholders. No amendment will become effective without the prior approval of our stockholders if stockholder approval would be required by applicable law or regulations, including if required for continued compliance with the performance-based compensation exception of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, under provisions of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code or by any listing requirement of the principal stock exchange on which our common stock is then listed. Unless previously terminated by the board or the committee, the Equity Incentive Plan will terminate on the tenth anniversary of its adoption. No termination of the Equity Incentive Plan will materially and adversely affect any of the rights or obligations of any person, without his or her written consent, under any grant of options or other incentives theretofore granted under the Equity Incentive Plan.

 
Management Stock Option Plan

      On May 20, 2004, our board of directors approved our Management Stock Option Plan, which authorizes the grant of nonqualified stock options to our executives and other key employees. Awards to purchase an aggregate of 910,869 shares of our new common stock were granted on May 20, 2004, at an exercise price of $5.54 per share, to 16 members of our management team (after giving effect to the reclassification and stock split). As modified, such options have a ten-year term, with 100% of such options being currently exercisable. Awards were granted to a participant pursuant to an agreement entered into between us and such person. Provisions of such agreements set forth the types of awards being granted, the total number of shares of common stock subject to the award, the price, the periods during which such award may be exercised and such other terms, provisions, limitations, and performance objectives as are approved by our board of directors or its designated committee, which are not inconsistent with the terms of the Management Stock Option Plan. We do not intend to issue any additional options under this plan.

 
Other Outstanding Options

      In connection with our merger with Trim Systems, options to purchase 10,000 shares of Trim Systems, Inc.’s common stock at an exercise price of $36.40 per share were converted into options to purchase 38,601 shares of our new common stock at an exercise price of $9.43 per share.

 
401(k) Plans

      We sponsor various tax-qualified employee savings and retirement plan, or 401(k) plans, that cover most employees who satisfy certain eligibility requirements relating to minimum age and length of service. Under the 401(k) plans, eligible employees may elect to contribute a minimum of 1% of their annual compensation, up to a maximum amount equal to the lesser of 6% of their annual compensation or the

71


Table of Contents

statutorily prescribed annual limit. We may also elect to make a matching contribution to the 401(k) plan in an amount equal to a discretionary percentage of the employee contributions, subject to certain statutory limitations. We announce annually the amount of funds which we will match. Our expenses related to these plans amounted to approximately $291,000, $380,000 and $221,000 in 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

Director and Officer Indemnification and Limitation on Liability

      Our certificate of incorporation provides that, to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law and except as otherwise provided in our by-laws, none of our directors shall be liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for a breach of fiduciary duty. In addition, our certificate of incorporation provides for indemnification of any person who was or is made, or threatened to be made, a party to any action, suit or other proceeding, whether criminal, civil, administrative or investigative, because of his or her status as a director or officer of CVG, or service as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise at our request to the fullest extent authorized under the Delaware General Corporation Law against all expenses, liabilities and losses reasonably incurred by such person. Further, our certificate of incorporation provides that we may purchase and maintain insurance on our own behalf and on behalf of any other person who is or was a director, officer or agent of CVG or was serving at our request as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.

72


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

Relationships Among Certain Stockholders and Directors

      Mr. S.A. Johnson, who currently serves as a member of our board of directors, served as the Chairman of Hidden Creek Industries from May 2001 to May 2004 and as its Chief Executive Officer from 1989 to May 2001. Hidden Creek is a private industrial management company that is a partnership controlled by Onex and is based in Minneapolis, Minnesota. Mr. Scott D. Rued, our current Chairman, served as an executive officer of Hidden Creek from June 1989 through August 2003. Both Mr. Johnson and Mr. Rued are stockholders in a corporation that is the general partner of Hidden Creek. Two of our former directors, Mr. Daniel F. Moorse and Ms. Judith A. Vijums, are also executive officers of Hidden Creek. In addition, three of the selling stockholders in the offering, Messrs. Kenneth W. Hager, David J. Huls and Carl E. Nelson, are also executive officers of Hidden Creek. Messrs. Scott D. Rued, S.A. Johnson, Carl E. Nelson, Kenneth W. Hager, David J. Huls and Daniel F. Moorse and Ms. Judith A. Vijums are all general partners in J2R Partners VI (other than Mr. Hager) and J2R Partners VII and Messrs. Scott D. Rued, S.A. Johnson, Carl E. Nelson and David J. Huls and Ms. Judith A. Vijums are general partners of J2R Partners II. These three partnerships invested along with Onex in the acquisitions of Trim Systems, CVS and National/ KAB Seating. Prior to the completion of this offering, these partnerships will distribute the shares of common stock they currently hold to their respective partners.

CVS Merger

      On March 28, 2003, we merged one of our wholly owned subsidiaries into CVS. Pursuant to the merger, the former stockholders of CVS received our shares on a one-for-one basis resulting in the issuance of an aggregate of 2,917 shares of our Class A Common Stock, 50,000 shares of our Class B Common Stock, 12,500 shares of our Class C Common Stock, 47,593 shares of our Class D-1 Common Stock and 11,898 shares of our Class E Common Stock. Certain of our current and former directors, principal stockholders and other affiliated entities were issued shares in this merger as follows:

                 
Name Class No. of Shares*



Scott D. Rued
    Class A       350.00  
S.A. Johnson
    Class A       1,166.70  
Judith A. Vijums
    Class A       72.93  
Daniel F. Moorse
    Class A       72.93  
Hidden Creek
    Class A       437.60  
Onex and affiliates
    Class B       50,000.00  
Baird Capital Partners III L.P. and its affiliates
    Class D-1       28,148.00  
Norwest Equity Partners VII L.P. 
    Class D-1       18,519.00  
J2R Partners VI
    Class C       12,500.00  
      Class E       11,898.00  


Does not give effect to the reclassification and stock split to be effected in connection with this offering.

73


Table of Contents

Trim Systems Merger

      On August 2, 2004, we merged one of our wholly owned subsidiaries with and into Trim Systems. Pursuant to the merger, the former stockholders of Trim Systems received an aggregate of 71,639 shares of our common stock in exchange for their shares of Trim Systems. Certain of our current and former directors, principal stockholders and other affiliated entities were issued shares in this merger as follows:

                 
Name Class No. of Shares*



Onex and affiliates
    Class  A       34,886  
      Class  B       27,932  
J2R Partners II
    Class  C       5,569  
Mervin Dunn
    Class  A       85  
Chad M. Utrup
    Class  A       47  
James F. Williams
    Class  A       34  
Daniel F. Moorse
    Class  A       54  
Scott D. Rued
    Class  A       208  
Judith A. Vijums
    Class  A       69  


* Does not give effect to the reclassification and stock split to be effected in connection with this offering.

Investor Stockholders Agreement

      Substantially all of our existing stockholders are party to an investor stockholders agreement. This agreement provides that our board of directors would be initially comprised of: (1) two representatives designated by Hidden Creek, (2) one representative designated by Onex, (3) one representative designated by Baird Capital Partners III L.P. and its affiliates and (4) one representative designated by Norwest Equity Partners VII L.P. Pursuant to the terms of this agreement, each of the parties agreed to vote their common stock as directed by J2R Partners VII on the designation of director representatives, the election of directors and on all other matters submitted to a vote of stockholders, and has granted the person who is at any time the Managing General Partner of J2R Partners VII a proxy to vote their common stock, with certain exceptions. The voting provisions of this agreement will automatically terminate in connection with the completion of this offering.

      The stockholders agreement also generally restricts the transfer of any shares of common stock held by the parties to the agreement by granting certain parties thereto rights of first offer and participation rights in connection with any proposed transfer by any other party, with certain exceptions. In addition, we have agreed not to issue to any person at any time prior to an initial public offering of equity securities, any shares of common stock or any other securities entitled to participate in distributions or to vote (or securities convertible or exercisable for any of the foregoing) unless the parties to the stockholders agreement are given the opportunity to purchase their pro rata share at the same price and on the same terms, subject to certain exceptions.

      In connection with our merger with Trim Systems, substantially all of the prior non-management stockholders of Trim Systems were added as parties to this agreement.

Management Stockholders Agreement

      Trim Systems entered into a management stockholders agreement with certain members of its former management. Pursuant to this agreement, each management stockholder granted a right of first refusal to Trim Systems and certain of its non-management stockholders with regard to the disposition of his shares. If Trim Systems had become a public company, under this agreement, a management stockholder desiring to sell his stock would have been able to sell up to 5% of his stock in the public market during any 90-day

74


Table of Contents

period, up to a maximum of one-third of the stock acquired by the management stockholder prior to such date, subject to this right of first refusal.

      Each of the management stockholders party to this agreement also agreed that they would sell their stock, at book value, to either Trim Systems or certain of its non-management stockholders, in the event their employment was terminated for any reason at any time prior to an initial public offering. If Trim Systems had become a public company, after such time, a management stockholder would have been able to sell his stock in the public market, provided that, in the event such management stockholder’s employment had terminated due to: (1) retirement, he could sell his stock so long as he did not sell more than 75% of his stock during the year following his termination; (2) his death or disability, he could sell without restriction; and (3) in all other cases, he could sell his stock so long as he did not sell more than 50% of his stock in the year following his termination.

      The agreement further provided that, in the event Trim Systems’ board of directors had approved a sale of the company, Trim Systems would have had a right to require each management stockholder to sell such management stockholder’s stock to the proposed purchaser. In addition, in the event Trim Systems had effected a public offering, it had agreed to include each management stockholder’s stock in such offering, provided that each management stockholder did not register a greater proportion of his stock than the proportion of Trim Systems’ stock being registered in such offering.

      In connection with our merger with Trim Systems, we intend to enter into a new management stockholders agreement with certain members of Trim Systems’ management on substantially the same terms as Trim Systems’ former management stockholders agreement. The terms of the new management stockholders agreement will govern all common stock owned or later acquired by the management stockholders other than any stock purchased in the open market after we have consummated this offering.

Registration Agreement

      Substantially all of our existing stockholders are party to a registration agreement. Pursuant to the terms of this agreement, (1) the holders of a majority of our shares of Class B Common Stock, or (2) if no Class B Common Stock shall remain outstanding, the holders of a majority of the shares of our common stock, may request, at any time, up to five registrations of all or any part of their common stock on Form S-1 or any similar long-form registration statement or, if available, an unlimited number of registrations on Form S-2 or S-3 or any similar short-form registration statement, each at our expense. In addition, at any time after we have completed a public offering, the holders of a majority of the shares of our Class D-1 Common Stock may request an unlimited number of registrations of all or any part of their common stock on Form S-1 or any similar long-form registration statement or, if available, on Form S-2 or S-3 or any similar short-form registration statement, each at our expense. The rights of the holders of our Class D-1 Common Stock to request registration terminates once such holders hold less than 10% of the shares of Class D-1 Common Stock that they held at the time that this agreement was entered. At present, Onex or its affiliates own 100.0% of the outstanding Class B Common Stock and Baird Capital III L.P. and its affiliates and Norwest Equity Partners VII L.P. own 47.6% and 50.1%, respectively, of the outstanding Class D-1 common stock. In addition, in connection with our merger with Trim Systems, substantially all of the prior stockholders of Trim Systems were added as parties to this agreement.

      In the event that the holders of these securities make such a demand registration request, all other parties to the registration agreement will be entitled to participate in such registration, subject to certain limitations. The registration agreement also grants to the parties thereto piggyback registration rights with respect to all other registrations by us and we will pay all expenses related to such piggyback registrations.

Management Agreements

      On October 5, 2000, we entered into a management agreement with Hidden Creek, which was amended and restated on March 28, 2003 in connection with the CVS merger. Pursuant to this agreement, Hidden Creek agreed to assist in financing activities, strategic initiatives, and acquisitions in exchange for an annual fee of $1.0 million (subject to annual increases based on changes in the consumer price index). In addition, we also agreed to pay Hidden Creek a reasonable and customary fee as compensation for services rendered

75


Table of Contents

in transactions that we may enter into from time to time. Trim Systems had a similar management agreement with Hidden Creek. This agreement will terminate in accordance with its terms upon completion of this offering. Any future management agreement will be subject to the approval of our board of directors. In the aggregate, Hidden Creek received $1.7 million, $1.0 million and $1.6 million for services rendered under these agreements and related expenses in 2001, 2002 and 2003, respectively.

Transactions with Significant Stockholders

      On September 30, 2002, we borrowed an aggregate of $2.5 million through the issuance of subordinated promissory notes to certain of our principal stockholders and affiliated entities as follows: Hidden Creek — $1,507,407, Norwest Equity Partners VII L.P. — $622,222, Baird Capital Partners III L.P. and its affiliates — $370,371. These notes bear interest at a rate of 12% per annum and have a maturity date of September 30, 2006. Interest on the notes is payable in kind on a monthly basis.

      On June 28, 2001, Trim Systems Operating Corp. borrowed an aggregate of $7.0 million through the issuance of two promissory notes, one to an affiliate of Onex, for $6.85 million and the other to J2R Partners II-B, LLC, an affiliate of J2R Partners VI and J2R Partners VII, for $0.15 million. Each note bears interest, payable monthly, at a rate of prime plus 1.25% (5.25% as of March 31, 2004) and has a maturity date of June 28, 2006.

      On June 28, 2001, Trim Systems entered into an assignment and waiver agreement with the lenders under its senior credit facility whereby an affiliate of Onex and an affiliate of J2R Partners VI and J2R Partners VII purchased, collectively, a one-third interest in its senior credit facility.

      We intend to use all of the net proceeds from this offering to repay all of our outstanding subordinated indebtedness and a significant portion of our senior indebtedness. The table below sets forth the amounts that will have been paid to certain of our principal stockholders or their affiliates upon the repayment of this indebtedness:

           
Stockholder Amount


Onex affiliates
  $ 20,115,722  
Hidden Creek
    1,857,728  
J2R Partners affiliates
    499,555  
Baird Capital Partners III L.P. and its affiliates
    456,445  
Norwest Equity Partners VII L.P.
    766,826  
     
 
 
Total
  $ 23,696,276  
     
 

Other Affiliate Transactions

      In 2002, Trim Systems recognized $1.8 million for design services provided to ASC Incorporated, an entity which at that time owned more than 5% of Trim Systems’ voting securities.

      On May 1, 2004, we entered into a Product Sourcing Assistance Agreement with Baird Asia Limited, an affiliate of Baird Capital Partners III L.P. Pursuant to the agreement, Baird Asia Limited will assist us in procuring materials and parts from Asia, including the countries of China, Malaysia, Hong Kong and Taiwan. Baird Asia Limited will receive as compensation a percentage of the price of the materials and parts supplied to us, of at least 2% of the price but not exceeding 10% of the price, to be determined on a case-by-case basis. To date, we have not made any compensation payments to Baird Asia Limited under this agreement.

76


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

      The table below sets forth certain information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our new common stock by:

  •  each person or entity known by us to beneficially own five percent or more of a class of our voting common stock;
 
  •  each director, director designee and named executive officer; and
 
  •  all of our directors and executive officers as a group.

Unless otherwise stated, each of the persons named in the table has sole voting and investment power with respect to the securities beneficially owned by it, him or her as set forth opposite their name. Beneficial ownership of the common stock listed in the table has been determined in accordance with the applicable rules and regulations promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. For more information regarding the terms of the common stock, see “Description of Capital Stock.”

                                   
Shares Beneficially Shares Beneficially
Owned Prior Owned After
to the Offering the Offering
Directors, Director Designees,

Executive Officers and 5% Stockholders Number Percentage Number Percentage





Onex American Holdings II LLC and affiliated investors(1)
    8,670,474       62.5 %     4,788,586       28.2 %
Baird Capital Partners III L.P. and affiliated investors(2)
    1,976,651       14.3       1,091,679       6.4  
Norwest Equity Partners VII L.P.(3)
    2,102,153       15.2       1,160,991       6.8  
Mervin Dunn(4)
    309,966       2.2       309,966       1.8  
Donald P. Lorraine(5)
    72,133       *       72,133       *  
Gerald R. Armstrong(6)
    82,973       *       82,973       *  
James F. Williams(7)
    73,454       *       73,454       *  
Chad M. Utrup(8)
    93,831       *       93,831       *  
S.A. Johnson
    359,151       2.6       198,354       1.2  
Scott D. Rued
    138,073       1.0       138,073       *  
Eric J. Rosen(9)
    8,670,474       62.5       4,788,586       28.2  
Richard A. Snell
                       
All directors, director designees
                               
 
and officers as a group
                               
 
(13 persons)
    10,029,470       68.2 %     5,986,785       33.6 %


  * Denotes less than one percent.

(1)  Includes 4,838,547 shares held of record by Onex American Holdings II LLC (“Onex AH”), 211,532 shares held of record by Bostrom Executive Investco LLC, 148,352 shares held of record by CVS Executive Investco LLC, 2,261,105 shares held of record by Onex DHC LLC, 577,179 shares held of record by Onex Advisor III LLC, 99,044 shares held of record by Hidden Creek and an aggregate of 534,715 shares held of record by certain employees and related parties of Onex Corporation or one of its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Onex Stockholders”). Onex AH has voting and dispositive power with respect to all of the shares held by the other Onex Stockholders. Onex AH is an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Onex Corporation. Mr. Gerald W. Schwartz is the indirect holder of all the issued and outstanding Multiple Voting Shares of Onex Corporation, which are entitled to elect sixty percent (60%) of the members of its board of directors and carry such number of votes in the aggregate as represents 60% of the aggregate votes attached to all voting shares of Onex Corporation and is thus an indirect beneficial owner of the shares reported. The address for Onex Corporation and Mr. Schwartz is 161 Bay Street, P.O. Box 700, Toronto, Ontario M5J 2S1 and

77


Table of Contents

the address for Onex AH and the other Onex Stockholders is c/o Onex Investment Corp., 712 Fifth Avenue, New York, New York 10019.
 
(2)  Includes 1,180,056 shares held by Baird Capital Partners III L.P.; 246,138 shares held by Baird Capital Partners II L.P.; 236,027 shares held by BCP III Affiliates Fund L.P.; 168,376 shares held by BCP III Special Affiliates L.P.; and 146,054 shares held by BCP II Affiliates Fund L.P. Each of these investment funds are controlled, either directly or indirectly, by Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated, which is the ultimate beneficial owner of such shares held by these investment funds. The address for Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated and each of these investment funds is 777 E. Wisconsin Ave., Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202.
 
(3)  Itasca LBO Partners VII, L.P., the sole general partner of Norwest Equity Partners VII, L.P., is managed by three managing general partners, each of whom exercises voting and investment control over the shares beneficially owned by Norwest Equity Partners VII L.P. These managing general partners are Messrs. Timothy C. DeVries, John E. Lindahl and John P. Whaley. The address for Norwest Equity Partners VII L.P. is 3600 IDS Center, 80 South 8th Street, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402.
 
(4)  Includes 306,664 shares issuable upon exercise of currently exercisable options.
 
(5)  Includes 72,133 shares issuable upon exercise of currently exercisable options.
 
(6)  Includes 82,973 shares issuable upon exercise of currently exercisable options.
 
(7)  Includes 72,133 shares issuable upon exercise of currently exercisable options.
 
(8)  Includes 91,980 shares issuable upon exercise of currently exercisable options.
 
(9)  Includes shares held by the Onex Stockholders. Mr. Rosen is a Managing Director of Onex Investment Corp. and may be deemed to beneficially own the shares held of record by the Onex Stockholders. Mr. Rosen disclaims beneficial ownership of any securities in which he does not have a pecuniary interest. The address for Mr. Rosen is c/o Onex Investment Corp., 712 Fifth Avenue, 40th Floor, New York, New York 10019.

78


Table of Contents

SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

      The following table presents certain information regarding the beneficial ownership of our new common stock (but without giving effect to the underwriters’ exercise of the over-allotment option) by the selling stockholders. To the extent that the over-allotment option is exercised, the selling stockholders will sell pro rata amounts of their shares of common stock. Please see “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions,” “Principal Stockholders,” and “Legal Matters” for a description of the material relationships between us and the selling stockholders.

                                         
Shares Beneficially Owned Shares Beneficially
Prior to the Offering Shares Being Owned After the Offering

Sold in the
Name of Beneficial Owner Number Percentage Offering Number Percentage






Onex Stockholders:
                                       
Onex American Holdings II LLC
    4,838,547       34.9 %     2,166,283       2,672,264       15.7 %
Bostrom Executive Investco LLC
    211,532       1.5       94,706       116,826       *  
CVS Executive Investco LLC
    148,352       1.1       66,419       81,933       *  
Onex DHC LLC
    2,261,105       16.3       1,012,327       1,248,778       7.4  
Trim Systems Executive Investco LLC
    87,836       *       39,325       48,511       *  
Trim Systems Executive Investco II LLC
    74,901       *       33,534       41,367       *  
Bostrom Partners LP
    49,265       *       22,057       27,208       *  
1170821 Ontario Inc. 
    35,129       *       15,728       19,401       *  
1170809 Ontario Inc. 
    29,506       *       13,210       16,296       *  
1170812 Ontario Inc. 
    50,412       *       22,570       27,842       *  
Kyzalea Company
    16,141       *       7,227       8,914       *  
1170819 Ontario Inc. 
    11,714       *       5,245       6,469       *  
1170698 Ontario Inc. 
    10,124       *       4,533       5,591       *  
1301449 Ontario Inc. 
    4,624       *       2,070       2,554       *  
1352536 Ontario Inc. 
    2,595       *       1,162       1,433       *  
1376653 Ontario Inc. 
    1,104       *       494       610       *  
1352537 Ontario Inc. 
    329       *       147       182       *  
Tim Duncanson
    984       *       441       543       *  
3-G Investments Limited
    29,537       *       13,224       16,313       *  
Serge Gouin
    19,692       *       8,816       10,876       *  
Brian King
    2,954       *       1,323       1,631          
J.W.E. Mingo
    1,970       *       882       1,088       *  
Robert Prichard
    9,846       *       4,408       5,438       *  
1299039 Ontario Inc. 
    1,970       *       882       1,088       *  
2668921 Manitoba Ltd
    5,908       *       2,645       3,263       *  
Onex Advisor III LLC
    577,179       4.2       258,411       318,768       1.9  
CVS Partners, LP
    34,550       *       15,469       19,081       *  
3062601 Nova Scotia Company
    44,901       *       20,103       24,798       *  
Hidden Creek Industries
    99,044       *       44,343       54,701       *  
AMON Canadian Investments Ltd. 
    4,486       *       2,008       2,478       *  
MHON Canadian Investments Ltd. 
    4,237       *       1,897       2,340       *  
Other Selling Stockholders:
            *                          
Baird Capital Partners III L.P. 
    1,180,056       8.5       528,327       651,729       3.8  
Baird Capital Partners II L.P. 
    246,138       1.8       110,199       135,939       *  
BCP III Affiliates Fund L.P. 
    236,027       1.7       105,672       130,355       *  
BCP III Special Affiliates L.P. 
    168,376       1.2       75,384       92,992       *  

79


Table of Contents

                                         
Shares Beneficially Owned Shares Beneficially
Prior to the Offering Shares Being Owned After the Offering

Sold in the
Name of Beneficial Owner Number Percentage Offering Number Percentage






BCP II Affiliates Fund L.P. 
    146,054       1.1       65,390       80,664       *  
Norwest Equity Partners VII L.P. 
    2,102,153       15.2       941,162       1,160,991       6.8  
Kenneth W. Hager
    26,696       *       11,952       14,744       *  
David J. Huls
    76,787       *       34,379       42,408       *  
S.A. Johnson
    359,151       2.6       160,797       198,354       1.2  
Daniel F. Moorse
    72,050       *       32,258       39,792       *  
Carl E. Nelson
    79,613       *       35,644       43,969       *  
Judith A. Vijums
    72,756       *       32,574       40,182       *  
Marni L. Nagy
    10,800       *       4,835       5,965       *  
Ronald A. Johnson
    10,800       *       4,835       5,965       *  
Randolph Street Partners II
    70,608       *       31,612       38,996       *  
Robert R. Hibbs
    5,653       *       2,531       3,122       *  
John C. Read
    5,653       *       2,531       3,122       *  
Mary-Louise R. Johnson Trust
    2,826       *       1,265       1,561       *  
Michael Szczepanski
    1,930       *       864       1,066       *  
ASC Incorporated
    136,023       *       60,900       75,123       *  


Denotes less than one percent.

80


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General Matters

      Prior to this offering, we had six classes of common stock outstanding designated as Class A, Class B, Class C, Class D-1, Class D-2 and Class E. Our outstanding classes of common stock generally differ with respect to dividend, liquidation preference and voting rights. Immediately prior to this offering the number of shares of common stock held by certain holders will be adjusted to give affect to the relative preference rankings of such existing common stock and thereafter all of our existing classes of common stock will be reclassified on a share-for-share basis into a single class of common stock. All of our existing stockholders will receive shares of common stock in such reclassification. Immediately after such reclassification, we will effect a 38.991-to-one stock split of our existing common stock. As of March 31, 2004 (without giving effect to the stock split), we had 281,043 shares of common stock outstanding held by 46 holders of record. On August 2, 2004, we issued an additional 71,639 shares of common stock in connection with the Trim Systems merger (without giving effect to the stock split).

      Upon completion of this offering, our total amount of authorized capital stock will be 30,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, and 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $.01 per share. Upon completion of this offering and after giving effect to the reclassification and stock split described above, 16,988,752 shares of common stock will be issued and outstanding and no shares of preferred stock will be issued or outstanding. The discussion set forth below describes our capital stock, certificate of incorporation and by-laws as will be in effect upon consummation of this offering. The following summary of certain provisions of our capital stock describes all material provisions of, but does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and qualified in its entirety by, our certificate of incorporation and by-laws and by the provisions of applicable law. Our certificate of incorporation and by-laws, as will be in effect upon completion of this offering, are included as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Common Stock

      All of our existing common stock is, and the shares of common stock being offered by us in the offering will be, upon payment therefor, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. Set forth below is a brief discussion of the principal terms of our common stock.

      Dividend Rights. Subject to preferences that may apply to shares of preferred stock outstanding at the time, holders of outstanding shares of common stock are entitled to receive dividends out of assets legally available at the times and in the amounts as the board of directors may from time to time determine.

      Voting Rights. Each outstanding share of common stock is entitled to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders.

      Preemptive or Similar Rights. Our common stock is not entitled to preemptive or other similar subscription rights to purchase any of our securities.

      Conversion Rights. Our common stock is not convertible.

      Right to Receive Liquidation Distributions. Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the holders of our common stock are entitled to receive pro rata our assets which are legally available for distribution, after payment of all debts and other liabilities and subject to the prior rights of any holders of preferred stock then outstanding.

      Nasdaq Listing. We have applied to list our common stock on The Nasdaq National Market under the symbol “CVGI.”

81


Table of Contents

Preferred Stock

      Our board of directors may, without further action by our stockholders, from time to time, direct the issuance of shares of preferred stock in series and may, at the time of issuance, determine the rights, preferences and limitations of each series. Satisfaction of any dividend preferences of outstanding shares of preferred stock would reduce the amount of funds available for the payment of dividends on shares of our common stock. Holders of shares of preferred stock may be entitled to receive a preference payment in the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding-up before any payment is made to the holders of shares of our common stock. Under specified circumstances, the issuance of shares of preferred stock may render more difficult or tend to discourage a merger, tender offer or proxy contest, the assumption of control by a holder of a large block of our securities or the removal of incumbent management. Upon the affirmative vote of a majority of the total number of directors then in office, the board of directors, without stockholder approval, may issue shares of preferred stock with voting and conversion rights which could adversely affect the holders of shares of our common stock. Upon consummation of this offering, there will be no shares of preferred stock outstanding, and we have no present intention to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Anti-takeover Effects of our Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws

      Our certificate of incorporation and by-laws will contain certain provisions that are intended to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the composition of the board of directors and which may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a future takeover or change in control of the company unless such takeover or change in control is approved by the board of directors.

      These provisions include:

      Classified Board. Our certificate of incorporation will provide that our board of directors will be divided into three classes of directors, with the classes as nearly equal in number as possible. As a result, approximately one-third of our board of directors will be elected each year. The classification of directors will have the effect of making it more difficult for stockholders to change the composition of our board. Our certificate of incorporation will provide that, subject to any rights of holders of preferred stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the number of directors will be fixed in the manner provided in the by-laws. Our certificate of incorporation and the by-laws will provide that the number of directors will be fixed from time to time solely pursuant to a resolution adopted by two-thirds of our directors then in office. Upon completion of this offering, our board of directors will have five members.

      Action by Written Consent; Special Meetings of Stockholders. Our certificate of incorporation will provide that stockholder action can be taken only at an annual or special meeting of stockholders and cannot be taken by written consent in lieu of a meeting. Our certificate of incorporation and the by-laws will provide that, except as otherwise required by law, special meetings of the stockholders can only be called by the chairman of the board, or pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the board of directors. Stockholders will not be permitted to call a special meeting or to require the board of directors to call a special meeting.

      Advance Notice Procedures. Our by-laws will establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder proposals to be brought before an annual meeting of our stockholders, including proposed nominations of persons for election to the board of directors. Stockholders at an annual meeting will only be able to consider proposals or nominations specified in the notice of meeting or brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the board of directors or by a stockholder who was a stockholder of record on the record date for the meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has given our Secretary timely written notice, in proper form, of the stockholder’s intention to bring that business before the meeting. Although the by-laws will not give the board of directors the power to approve or disapprove stockholder nominations of candidates or proposals regarding other business to be conducted at a special or annual meeting, the by-laws may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the proper procedures are not followed or may discourage or deter a potential acquiror from conducting a

82


Table of Contents

solicitation of proxies to elect its own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of the company.

      Super Majority Approval Requirements. The Delaware General Corporation Law provides generally that the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares entitled to vote on any matter is required to amend a corporation’s certificate of incorporation or by-laws, unless either a corporation’s certificate of incorporation or by-laws require a greater percentage. Our certificate of incorporation and by-laws will provide that the affirmative vote of holders of at least 66 2/3% of the total votes eligible to be cast in the election of directors will be required to amend, alter, change or repeal specified provisions. This requirement of a super-majority vote to approve amendments to our certificate of incorporation and by-laws could enable a minority of our stockholders to exercise veto power over any such amendments.

      Authorized but Unissued Shares. Our authorized but unissued shares of common stock and preferred stock will be available for future issuance without stockholder approval. These additional shares may be utilized for a variety of corporate purposes, including future public offerings to raise additional capital, corporate acquisitions and employee benefit plans. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of common stock and preferred stock could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of a majority of our common stock by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise.

Anti-takeover Effects of Delaware Law

      Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides that, subject to exceptions specified therein, an “interested stockholder” of a Delaware corporation shall not engage in any “business combination,” including general mergers or consolidations or acquisitions of additional shares of the corporation, with the corporation for a three-year period following the time that such stockholder becomes an interested stockholder unless:

  •  prior to such time, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;
 
  •  upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an “interested stockholder,” the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced (excluding specified shares); or
 
  •  on or subsequent to such time, the business combination is approved by the board of directors of the corporation and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding voting stock not owned by the interested stockholder.

Under Section 203, the restrictions described above also do not apply to specified business combinations proposed by an interested stockholder following the announcement or notification of one of specified transactions involving the corporation and a person who had not been an interested stockholder during the previous three years or who became an interested stockholder with the approval of a majority of the corporation’s directors, if such transaction is approved or not opposed by a majority of the directors who were directors prior to any person becoming an interested stockholder during the previous three years or were recommended for election or elected to succeed such directors by a majority of such directors.

      Except as otherwise specified in Section 203, an “interested stockholder” is defined to include:

  •  any person that is the owner of 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation, or is an affiliate or associate of the corporation and was the owner of 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation at any time within three years immediately prior to the date of determination; and
 
  •  the affiliates and associates of any such person.

83


Table of Contents

Under some circumstances, Section 203 makes it more difficult for a person who is an interested stockholder to effect various business combinations with a corporation for a three-year period. We have not elected to be exempt from the restrictions imposed under Section 203.

Limitations on Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors

      Our certificate of incorporation limits the liability of directors to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law. In addition, our certificate of incorporation provides that we shall indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by such law. We expect to enter into indemnification agreements with our current directors and executive officers.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

      Equiserve Trust Company, N.A. will be appointed as the transfer agent and registrar for our common stock upon completion of this offering.

84


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

      Prior to this offering, there was no market for our common stock. We can make no predictions as to the effect, if any, that sales of shares of common stock or the availability of shares of common stock for sale will have on the market price prevailing from time to time. Nevertheless, sales of significant amounts of our common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales may occur, could adversely affect prevailing market prices.

Sale of Restricted Shares

      Upon completion of this offering, we will have 16,988,752 shares of common stock outstanding, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option. Of these shares of common stock, the 9,250,000 shares of common stock being sold in this offering, plus any shares issued upon exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option, will be freely tradeable without restriction under the Securities Act, except for any such shares which may be held or acquired by an “affiliate” of ours, as that term is defined in Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, which shares will be subject to the volume limitations and other restrictions of Rule 144 described below. The remaining shares of common stock held by our existing stockholders upon completion of this offering will be “restricted securities,” as that phrase is defined in Rule 144, and may not be resold, in the absence of registration under the Securities Act, except pursuant to an exemption from such registration, including among others, the exemptions provided by Rule 144, 144(k) or 701 under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized below. Upon expiration of the lock-up agreements described below, approximately 6.2 million shares will be available for sale pursuant to Rules 144, 144(k) and 701.

Rule 144

      In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person or persons whose shares are aggregated, who has beneficially owned restricted shares for at least one year, including persons who may be deemed to be our “affiliates,” would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

  •  1.0% of the number of shares of common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately 169,888 shares immediately after this offering; or
 
  •  the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on The Nasdaq National Market during the four calendar weeks before a notice of the sale on Form 144 is filed.

Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of certain public information about us.

Rule 144(k)

      Under Rule 144(k), a person who is not deemed to have been one of our “affiliates” at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least two years, including the holding period of any prior owner other than an “affiliate,” is entitled to sell these shares without complying with the manner of sale, public information, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144.

Rule 701

      Securities issued in reliance on Rule 701 are also restricted and may be sold by stockholders other than affiliates of ours subject only to the manner of sale provisions of Rule 144 and by affiliates under Rule 144 without compliance with its one-year holding period requirement.

85


Table of Contents

Options

      We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register approximately 1,949,470 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our Equity Incentive Plan and Management Stock Option Plan. This registration statement is expected to be filed approximately six months following the date of this prospectus and will be effective upon filing. Shares issued upon the exercise of stock options after the effective date of the Form S-8 registration statement will be eligible for resale in the public market without restriction, subject to Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates and the lock-up agreements described below.

Lock-Up Agreements

      Notwithstanding the foregoing, our executive officers, directors and existing stockholders have agreed not to offer, sell, contract to sell or otherwise dispose of any shares of our common stock for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus pursuant to agreements with Credit Suisse First Boston LLC, as representative of the underwriters. This lock-up period may be extended in certain circumstances. See “Underwriting.”

Registration Rights

      After the completion of this offering, the holders of approximately 7.7 million shares of our common stock will be entitled to certain rights with respect to the registration of such shares under the Securities Act. See “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions — Registration Agreement.”

86


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

General

      The following is a general discussion of the material United States federal income and estate tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of common stock that may be relevant to you if you are a non-United States Holder. In general, a “non-United States Holder” is any person or entity that is, for United States federal income tax purposes, a foreign corporation, a nonresident alien individual, a foreign partnership or a foreign estate or trust. This discussion is based on current law, which is subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect, or different interpretations. This discussion is limited to non-United States Holders who hold shares of common stock as capital assets. Moreover, this discussion is for general information only and does not address all the tax consequences that may be relevant to you in light of your personal circumstances, nor does it discuss special tax provisions, which may apply to you if you relinquished United States citizenship or residence.

      If you are an individual, you may, in many cases, be deemed to be a resident alien, as opposed to a nonresident alien, by virtue of being present in the United States for at least 31 days in the calendar year and for an aggregate of at least 183 days during a three-year period ending in the current calendar year. For these purposes all the days present in the current year, one-third of the days present in the immediately preceding year, and one-sixth of the days present in the second preceding year are counted. Resident aliens are subject to United States federal income tax as if they were United States citizens.

      EACH PROSPECTIVE PURCHASER OF COMMON STOCK IS ADVISED TO CONSULT A TAX ADVISOR WITH RESPECT TO CURRENT AND POSSIBLE FUTURE TAX CONSEQUENCES OF PURCHASING, OWNING AND DISPOSING OF OUR COMMON STOCK AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES THAT MAY ARISE UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY UNITED STATES STATE, MUNICIPALITY OR OTHER TAXING JURISDICTION.

Dividends

      If dividends are paid, as a non-United States Holder, you will be subject to withholding of United States federal income tax at a 30% rate or a lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. To claim the benefit of a lower rate under an income tax treaty, you must properly file with the payor an Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN, or successor form, claiming an exemption from or reduction in withholding under the applicable tax treaty. In addition, where dividends are paid to a non-United States Holder that is a partnership or other pass through entity, persons holding an interest in the entity may need to provide certification claiming an exemption or reduction in withholding under the applicable treaty.

      If dividends are considered effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business by you within the United States and, where a tax treaty applies, are attributable to a United States permanent establishment of yours, those dividends will be subject to United States federal income tax on a net basis at applicable graduated individual or corporate rates but will not be subject to withholding tax, provided an Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI, or successor form, is filed with the payor. If you are a foreign corporation, any effectively connected dividends may, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a rate of 30% or a lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

      You must comply with the certification procedures described above, or, in the case of payments made outside the United States with respect to an offshore account, certain documentary evidence procedures, directly or under certain circumstances through an intermediary, to obtain the benefits of a reduced rate under an income tax treaty with respect to dividends paid with respect to your common stock. In addition, if you are required to provide an Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI or successor form, as discussed above, you must also provide your tax identification number.

87


Table of Contents

      If you are eligible for a reduced rate of United States withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty, you may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by filing an appropriate claim for refund with the Internal Revenue Service.

Gain on Disposition of Common Stock

      As a non-United States Holder, you generally will not be subject to United States federal income tax on any gain recognized on the sale or other disposition of common stock unless:

  •  the gain is considered effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business by you within the United States and, where a tax treaty applies, is attributable to a United States permanent establishment of yours (and, in which case, if you are a foreign corporation, you may be subject to an additional branch profits tax equal to 30% or a lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty).
 
  •  you are an individual who holds the common stock as a capital asset and are present in the United States for 183 or more days in the taxable year of the sale or other disposition and other conditions are met; or
 
  •  we are or become a United States Real Property Holding Corporation (USRPHC). We believe that we are not currently, and are not likely not to become, a USRPHC. If we were to become a USRPHC, then gain on the sale or other disposition of common stock by you generally would not be subject to United States federal income tax provided:
 
  •  the common stock was “regularly traded on an established securities market”; and
 
  •  you do not actually or constructively own more than 5% of the common stock during the shorter of (i) the five-year period preceding the disposition or (ii) your holding period.

Federal Estate Tax

      If you are an individual, common stock held at the time of your death will be included in your gross estate for United States federal estate tax purposes, and may be subject to United States federal estate tax, unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding Tax

      We must report annually to the Internal Revenue Service and to each of you the amount of dividends paid to you and the tax withheld with respect to those dividends, regardless of whether withholding was required. Copies of the information returns reporting those dividends and withholding may also be made available to the tax authorities in the country in which you reside under the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty or other applicable agreements.

      Backup withholding is generally imposed at a rate currently not to exceed 28% on certain payments to persons that fail to furnish the necessary identifying information to the payor. You generally will be subject to backup withholding tax with respect to dividends paid on your common stock at a rate currently not to exceed 28% unless you certify your non-United States status.

      The payment of proceeds of a sale of common stock effected by or through a United States office of a broker is subject to both backup withholding and information reporting unless you provide the payor with your name and address and you certify your non-United States status or you otherwise establish an exemption. In general, backup withholding and information reporting will not apply to the payment of the proceeds of a sale of common stock by or through a foreign office of a broker. If, however, such broker is, for United States federal income tax purposes, a United States person, a controlled foreign corporation, a foreign person that derives 50% or more of its gross income for certain periods from the conduct of a trade or business in the United States or a foreign partnership that at any time during its tax year either is engaged in the conduct of a trade or business in the United States or has as partners one or more United States persons that, in the aggregate, hold more than 50% of the income or capital interest in the

88


Table of Contents

partnership, backup withholding will not apply but such payments will be subject to information reporting, unless such broker has documentary evidence in its records that you are a non-United States Holder and certain other conditions are met or you otherwise establish an exemption.

      Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules generally will be allowed as a refund or a credit against your United States federal income tax liability provided the required information is furnished in a timely manner to the Internal Revenue Service.

89


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

      Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in an underwriting agreement dated                     , 2004, we and the selling stockholders have agreed to sell to the underwriters named below, for whom Credit Suisse First Boston LLC is acting as representative, the following respective numbers of shares of common stock:

           
Number of
Underwriter Shares


Credit Suisse First Boston LLC
       
Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated
       
Lehman Brothers Inc. 
       
RBC Capital Markets Corporation
       
     
 
 
Total
    9,250,000  
     
 

      The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters are obligated to purchase all the shares of common stock in this offering if any are purchased, other than those shares covered by the over-allotment option described below. The underwriting agreement also provides that, if an underwriter defaults, the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may be increased or this offering may be terminated.

      We and the selling stockholders have granted to the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase on a pro rata basis up to 693,750 additional shares of common stock from us and an aggregate of 693,750 additional shares of our common stock from the selling stockholders, in each case, at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions. The option may be exercised only to cover any over-allotments of common stock.

      The underwriters propose to offer the shares of common stock initially at the public offering price on the cover page of this prospectus and to selling group members at that price less a selling concession of $           per share. The underwriters and selling group members may allow a discount of $           per share on sales to other broker/ dealers. After the initial public offering, the representative may change the public offering price and concession and discount to broker/ dealers.

      The following table summarizes the compensation and estimated expenses we and the selling stockholders will pay:

                                 
Per Share Total


Without With Without With
Over-allotment Over-allotment Over-allotment Over-allotment




Underwriting Discounts and Commissions paid by us
  $       $       $       $    
Expenses payable by us
  $       $       $       $    
Underwriting Discounts and Commissions paid by selling stockholders
  $       $       $       $    

      We have agreed pursuant to the terms of our registration agreement to pay all of the expenses of the selling stockholders in connection with this offering other than any underwriting discounts and commissions.

      The underwriters will not confirm sales to any accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority without first receiving a written consent from those accounts.

90


Table of Contents

      This offering is being conducted in accordance with the applicable provisions of Rule 2720 of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Conduct Rules because affiliates of Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated, one of the underwriters, own 10% or more of our common stock. Rule 2720 requires that the initial public offering price of the shares of common stock not be higher than that recommended by a “qualified independent underwriter” meeting certain standards. Accordingly, Credit Suisse First Boston LLC is assuming the responsibilities of acting as the qualified independent underwriter in pricing the offering and conducting due diligence. The initial public offering price of the shares of common stock is no higher than the price recommended by Credit Suisse First Boston LLC.

      We have agreed that we will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing, without the prior written consent of Credit Suisse First Boston LLC for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. However, in the event that either (1) during the last 17 days of the “lock-up” period, we release earnings results or material news or a material event relating to us occurs or (2) prior to the expiration of the “lock-up” period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the “lock-up” period, then in either case the expiration of the “lock-up” period will be extended until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of release of the earnings results or the occurrence of the material news or material event, as applicable, unless Credit Suisse First Boston LLC waives such an extension.

      Our executive officers, directors and existing stockholders have agreed that they will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock, enter into a transaction that would have the same effect, or enter into any swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common stock, whether any of these transactions are to be settled by delivery of our common stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge or disposition, or to enter into any transaction, swap, hedge or other arrangement, without, in each case, the prior written consent of Credit Suisse First Boston LLC for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. However, in the event that either (1) during the last 17 days of the “lock-up” period, we release earnings results or material news or a material event relating to us occurs or (2) prior to the expiration of the “lock-up” period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the “lock-up” period, then in either case the expiration of the “lock-up” period will be extended until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of release of the earnings results or the occurrence of the material news or material event, as applicable, unless Credit Suisse First Boston LLC waives such an extension.

      The underwriters have reserved for sale at the initial public offering price up to                      shares of the common stock for employees, directors and other persons associated with us who have expressed an interest in purchasing common stock in this offering. The number of shares available for sale to the general public in this offering will be reduced to the extent these persons purchase the reserved shares. Any reserved shares not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares.

      We and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against liabilities under the Securities Act, or contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make in that respect. The selling stockholders may be deemed “underwriters” within the meaning of Section 2(11) of the Securities Act. Each of the selling stockholders represented to us at the time of their respective purchases of our common stock that such purchase was made for investment purposes and not with a view towards distribution.

      We have applied to list our common stock on The Nasdaq National Market.

91


Table of Contents

      Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates may have from time to time performed and may in the future perform various financial advisory, commercial banking and investment banking services for us in the ordinary course of business, for which they received or will receive customary fees. In particular, affiliates of Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated are holders of a portion of our outstanding subordinated notes and will be selling stockholders in this offering.

      Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be negotiated between the representative, us and certain of the selling stockholders. In determining the initial public offering price of our common stock, the representative will consider:

  •  prevailing market conditions;
 
  •  the stage of our product development efforts;
 
  •  estimates of our business potential and earnings prospects;
 
  •  our historical performance and capital structure;
 
  •  an overall assessment of our management; and
 
  •  the consideration of these factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

      In connection with this offering the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, over-allotment transactions, syndicate covering transactions, and penalty bids in accordance with Regulation M under the Exchange Act.

  •  Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase the underlying security so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum.
 
  •  Over-allotment involves sales by the underwriters of shares in excess of the number of shares the underwriters are obligated to purchase, which creates a syndicate short position. The short position may be either a covered short position or a naked short position. In a covered short position, the number of shares over-allotted by the underwriters is not greater than the number of shares that they may purchase in the over-allotment option. In a naked short position, the number of shares involved is greater than the number of shares in the over-allotment option. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their over-allotment option and/or purchasing shares in the open market.
 
  •  Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of the common stock in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover syndicate short positions. In determining the source of shares to close out the short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the over-allotment option. If the underwriters sell more shares than could be covered by the over- allotment option, a naked short position, the position can only be closed out by buying shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there could be downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering.
 
  •  Penalty bids permit the representative to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the common stock originally sold by the syndicate member is purchased in a stabilizing or syndicate covering transaction to cover syndicate short positions.

These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock. As a result the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. These transactions may be effected on The Nasdaq National Market or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

92


Table of Contents

      A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the web sites maintained by one or more of the underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering, and one or more of the underwriters participating in this offering may distribute prospectuses electronically. The representative may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the underwriters and selling group members that will make internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

93


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

      The validity of the common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Kirkland & Ellis LLP (a partnership that includes professional corporations), Chicago, Illinois. Certain partners of Kirkland & Ellis LLP are partners in Randolph Street Partners, which owns 1,667 shares of Class D-1 Common Stock, which will be reclassified into 70,608 shares of common stock upon completion of this offering, and will be a selling stockholder in this offering. Kirkland & Ellis LLP has provided legal services to us and to Hidden Creek Industries from time to time and may continue to do so in the future. The underwriters have been represented by Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP, New York, New York.

EXPERTS

      Our consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2002 and 2003 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2003 included in this prospectus and the related financial statement schedule included elsewhere in the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their reports appearing herein and elsewhere in such registration statement (which reports express an unqualified opinion and include an explanatory paragraph regarding the adoption of SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets”), and have been so included in reliance upon the reports of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

      We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares to be sold in this offering. This prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement, certain parts of which are omitted in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information about us and the shares to be sold in this offering, please refer to the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract, agreement or other document referred to, are not necessarily complete, and in each instance please refer to the copy of the contract, agreement or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, each statement being qualified in all respects by this reference.

      You may read and copy all or any portion of the registration statement or any reports, statements or other information we file with the SEC at the public reference facility maintained by the SEC at Room 1024, Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549. Copies of such material are also available by mail from the Public Reference Branch of the SEC at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549 at prescribed rates.

      Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for more information on the public reference rooms. You can also find our SEC filings at the SEC’s web site at http://www.sec.gov.

94


Table of Contents

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

           
Commercial Vehicle Group, Inc. Consolidated Financial Statements
       
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for the three months ended March 31, 2003 and 2004
       
 
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets
    F-2  
 
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations
    F-3  
 
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
    F-4  
 
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
    F-5  
Audited Consolidated Financial Statements for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003:
       
 
Report of Deloitte & Touche LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
    F-13  
 
Consolidated Balance Sheets
    F-14  
 
Consolidated Statements of Operations
    F-15  
 
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Investment
    F-16  
 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
    F-17  
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
    F-18  
 
Report of Deloitte & Touche LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
    F-36  

F-1


Table of Contents

COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (UNAUDITED)

December 31, 2003 and March 31, 2004
                     
2003 2004


(in thousands)
ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
               
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 3,486     $ 1,094  
 
Accounts receivable — net
    40,211       49,906  
 
Inventories
    29,667       29,244  
 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    3,754       3,789  
 
Deferred income taxes
    5,995       6,267  
     
     
 
   
Total current assets
    83,113       90,300  
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT — Net
    33,492       32,394  
GOODWILL
    82,872       83,633  
DEFERRED INCOME TAXES
    9,011       7,704  
OTHER ASSETS — Net
    2,007       4,480  
     
     
 
    $ 210,495     $ 218,511  
     
     
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ INVESTMENT
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
               
 
Current maturities of long-term debt
  $ 15,231     $ 14,539  
 
Accounts payable
    23,310       32,723  
 
Accrued liabilities
    16,356       16,589  
     
     
 
   
Total current liabilities
    54,897       63,851  
     
     
 
LONG-TERM DEBT — Net
    101,204       95,016  
SUBORDINATED DEBT DUE TO RELATED PARTIES
    11,039       11,227  
OTHER LONG-TERM LIABILITIES
    8,549       7,790  
     
     
 
   
Total liabilities
    175,689       177,884  
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Notes 3, 9, and 10) 
               
STOCKHOLDERS’ INVESTMENT
    34,806       40,627  
     
     
 
    $ 210,495     $ 218,511  
     
     
 

See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-2


Table of Contents

COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (UNAUDITED)

Three Months Ended March 31, 2003 and 2004
                   
2003 2004


(in thousands)
REVENUES
  $ 66,383     $ 85,990  
COST OF SALES
    56,228       70,503  
     
     
 
GROSS PROFIT
    10,155       15,487  
SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES
    5,960       7,497  
AMORTIZATION EXPENSE
    46       36  
     
     
 
OPERATING INCOME
    4,149       7,954  
(GAIN) LOSS ON FOREIGN CURRENCY FORWARD EXCHANGE CONTRACTS
    2,404       (3,270 )
INTEREST EXPENSE
    2,730       2,268  
LOSS ON EARLY EXTINGUISHMENT OF DEBT
    2,972        
     
     
 
 
Income (loss) before income taxes
    (3,957 )     8,956  
(BENEFIT) PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES
    (2,258 )     3,407  
     
     
 
NET INCOME (LOSS)
  $ (1,699 )   $ 5,549  
     
     
 
BASIC EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE
  $ (0.12 )   $ 0.40  
     
     
 
DILUTED EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE
  $ (0.12 )   $ 0.40  
     
     
 

See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-3


Table of Contents

COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (UNAUDITED)

Three Months Ended March 31, 2003 and 2004
                       
2003 2004


(in thousands)
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
               
 
Net income (loss)
  $ (1,699 )   $ 5,549  
     
     
 
 
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
               
   
Depreciation and amortization
    2,122       2,060  
   
Noncash amortization of debt financing costs
    153       138  
   
Loss on early extinguishment of debt
    2,151        
   
Deferred income tax provision (benefit)
    (942 )     1,307  
   
Noncash (gain) loss on forward exchange contracts
    2,404       (3,270 )
   
Noncash interest expense on subordinated debt
    183       189  
   
Change in other operating items
    (7,538 )     19  
     
     
 
     
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
    (3,166 )     5,992  
     
     
 
CASH FLOWS (USED IN) INVESTING ACTIVITIES —
               
 
Capital expenditures
    (1,411 )     (798 )
     
     
 
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
               
 
Payments on capital leases
    (5 )     (3 )
 
Change in revolving credit facility and long-term borrowings — Net
    3,335       (7,663 )
     
     
 
     
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    3,330       (7,667 )
     
     
 
EFFECT OF EXCHANGE RATE CHANGES ON CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
    (71 )     80  
     
     
 
NET DECREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
    (1,318 )     (2,392 )
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS — Beginning of period
    1,637       3,486  
     
     
 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS — End of period
  $ 319     $ 1,094  
     
     
 
SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
               
 
Cash paid for interest
  $ 1,939     $ 1,694  
     
     
 
 
Cash paid (refunded) for income taxes — Net
  $ 463     $ (62 )
     
     
 

See notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-4


Table of Contents

COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

March 31, 2004 and December 31, 2003
 
1. Basis of Presentation

      Commercial Vehicle Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries (“CVG” or the “Company”) (formerly Bostrom Holding, Inc., a Delaware corporation) designs and manufactures seat and seating systems, cab and trim systems, mirrors, wipers and controls for the North American heavy truck and specialty transportation markets. In addition, the Company manufactures seat systems for the worldwide construction and agriculture vehicle markets. The Company has operations located in Indiana, North Carolina, Ohio, Oregon, Tennessee, Texas, Virginia, Washington, Australia, Belgium, Sweden and the United Kingdom.

      The Company has prepared the condensed consolidated financial statements of CVG without audit, pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). The information furnished in the condensed consolidated financial statements includes normal recurring adjustments and reflects all adjustments which are, in our opinion, necessary for a fair presentation of the results of operations and statements of financial position for the interim periods presented. Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America have been condensed or omitted pursuant to such rules and regulations. We believe that the disclosures are adequate to make the information presented not misleading when read in conjunction with our fiscal 2003 consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto as filed with the SEC for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002, and 2003.

      Revenue and operating results for the three months ended March 31, 2004 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full year.

      The Company was formed on August 22, 2000. On October 6, 2000, the Company acquired the assets of Bostrom plc in exchange for $83.6 million in cash and assumption of certain liabilities (the “Acquisition”). The source of the cash consisted of $49.8 million of debt and $33.8 million of equity. The Company had no operations prior to October 6, 2000.

      The Acquisition was accounted for using the purchase method of accounting. Accordingly, the assets acquired and liabilities assumed by the Company were recorded at fair value as of the date of the Acquisition. The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed has been recorded as goodwill.

      On March 28, 2003, the Company and Commercial Vehicle Systems Holdings, Inc. (“CVS”) entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger whereby a subsidiary of the Company was merged into CVS. The holders of the outstanding shares of CVS received, in exchange, shares of the Company on a one-for-one basis resulting in the issuance of 4,870,228 shares of common stock. On May 20, 2004, the Company and Trim Systems, Inc. (“Trim”) entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger whereby a subsidiary of the Company was merged into Trim (the CVS and Trim mergers are collectively referred to as the “Mergers”). The holders of the outstanding shares of Trim received, in exchange, shares of the Company on a .099-for-one basis resulting in the issuance of 2,769,567 shares of common stock. In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 141, the Mergers were accounted for as a combination of entities under common control. Thus, the accounts of CVS, Trim, and the Company were combined based upon their respective historical bases of accounting. The financial statements reflect the combined results of the Company, CVS and Trim as if the Mergers had occurred as of the beginning of the earliest period presented.

F-5


Table of Contents

COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(UNAUDITED) — (Continued)
 
2. Inventories

      Inventories are valued at the lower of first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) cost or market. Cost includes applicable material, labor and overhead. Inventories consisted of the following (in thousands):

                 
December 31, March 31,
2003 2004


Raw materials
  $ 21,664     $ 20,882  
Work in process
    1,781       1,682  
Finished goods
    6,222       6,680  
     
     
 
    $ 29,667     $ 29,244  
     
     
 

      Inventory quantities on-hand are regularly reviewed, and where necessary, provisions for excess and obsolete inventory are recorded based primarily on the Company’s estimated production requirements driven by current market volumes. Excess and obsolete provisions may vary by product depending upon future potential use of the product.

 
3. Stockholders’ Investment

      Common Stock — The authorized capital stock of the Company consists of 30,000,000 shares of common stock with a par value of $0.01 per share, with 13,778,599 shares outstanding at December 31, 2003 and March 31, 2004.

      Preferred Stock — The authorized capital stock of the Company consists of 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock with a par value of $0.01 per share, with no shares outstanding at December 31, 2003 and March 31, 2003.

      Earnings Per Share — Basic earnings (loss) per share was computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the quarter in accordance with SFAS No. 128. Diluted earnings per share for the quarter ended March 31, 2004 includes the effects of outstanding stock options and warrants using the treasury stock method. Potential common shares of 112,997 related to stock options and warrants were excluded from the computation of diluted earnings (loss) per share for the quarter ended March 31, 2003, as inclusion of these shares would have been antidilutive.

                 
Three Months Ended
March 31,

2003 2004


(in thousands, except
per share amounts)
Net income (loss) applicable to common stockholders — basic and diluted
  $ (1,699 )   $ 5,549  
     
     
 
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding
    13,779       13,779  
Dilutive effect of outstanding stock options and warrants after application of the treasury stock method
          113  
     
     
 
Diluted shares outstanding
    13,779       13,892  
     
     
 
Basic earnings (loss) per share
  $ (0.12 )   $ 0.40  
     
     
 
Diluted earnings (loss) per share
  $ (0.12 )   $ 0.40  
     
     
 

F-6


Table of Contents

COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(UNAUDITED) — (Continued)

      Stock Options and Warrants — In 1998, the Company issued options to purchase 38,601 shares of common stock at $9.43 per share, which are exercisable through December 2008, in connection with an acquisition. In addition, the Company has outstanding warrants to purchase 136,023 shares of common stock at $3.42 per share, which are exercisable through June 2011. None of the initially granted options or warrants have been exercised as of March 31, 2004. The options and warrants were granted at exercise prices determined to be at or above fair value on the date of the grant.

      Dividends — The Company has not declared or paid any cash dividends in the past. The Company’s credit agreement prohibits the payment of cash dividends.

 
4. Restructuring and Integration

      Restructuring — In 2000, the Company recorded a $5.6 million restructuring charge as part of its cost and efficiency initiatives, closing two manufacturing facilities, two administrative centers, and reorganizing its manufacturing and administrative functions. Approximately $1.7 million of the charge was related to employee severance and associated benefits for the 225 terminated employees, approximately $2.6 million related to lease and other contractual commitments associated with the facilities, and approximately $1.3 million of asset impairments related to the write-down of assets. All employees were terminated by 2001. The contractual commitments continue through mid-2005.

      In 2001, the Company continued its cost and efficiency initiatives and closed a third manufacturing facility. Of the total $0.4 million restructuring charge, approximately $0.1 million related to employee severance and associated benefits for 77 employees and approximately $0.3 million related to lease and other contractual commitments associated with the facility. All employees were terminated by 2002. The contractual commitments continue through 2008.

      A summary of restructuring activities for the quarter ended March 31, 2004 is as follows (in thousands):

                   
Facility Exit
and Other
Contractual
Costs Total


Balance — December 31, 2003
  $ 787     $ 787  
 
Usage/cash payments
    (129 )     (129 )
     
     
 
Balance — March 31, 2004
  $ 658     $ 658  
     
     
 

      Integration — In connection with the acquisitions of Bostrom plc and the predecessor to CVS, facility consolidation plans were designed and implemented to reduce the cost structure of the Company and to better integrate the acquired operations. Purchase liabilities recorded as part of the acquisitions included approximately $3.3 million for costs associated with the shutdown and consolidation of certain acquired facilities and severance and other contractual costs. At March 31, 2004, the Company had principally completed its actions under these plans, other than certain contractual commitments, which continue through 2008.

F-7


Table of Contents

COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(UNAUDITED) — (Continued)

      A summary of restructuring activities for the quarter ended March 31, 2004 is as follows (in thousands):

                   
Facility Exit
and Other
Contractual
Costs Total


Balance — December 31, 2003
  $ 620     $ 620  
 
Usage/cash payments
           
     
     
 
Balance — March 31, 2004
  $ 620     $ 620  
     
     
 
 
5. Debt

      Debt consisted of the following at December 31 (in thousands):

                 
December 31, March 31,
2003 2004


Revolving credit facilities, interest rates varying from 4.65% to 7.56% as of March 31, 2004 and from 4.89% to 7.75% as of December 31, 2003
  $ 26,530     $ 23,751  
Term loans, with principal and interest payable quarterly, with interest varying from 4.62% to 7.53% as of March 31, 2004 and from 4.89% to 7.29% as of December 31, 2003
    73,640       76,098  
Sterling loan notes
    9,748       3,193  
Other
    6,517       6,513  
     
     
 
      116,435       109,555  
Less current maturities
    15,231       14,539  
     
     
 
    $ 101,204     $ 95,016  
     
     
 

      Credit Agreement — The Company’s senior credit agreements consist of revolving credit facilities of $51.0 million and term loans of $106.4 million, of which approximately $91.4 million expires in January 2006 and approximately $66.0 million expires in June 2006. Quarterly repayments of approximately $3.3 million are required under the term loans. Borrowings bear interest at various rates plus a margin based on certain financial ratios of the Company, as defined. The senior credit agreements contain various restrictive covenants, including limiting indebtedness, rental obligations, investments and cash dividends, and also require the maintenance of certain financial ratios, including fixed charge coverage, funded debt to EBITDA and a minimum level of net worth requirement. Compliance with respect to these covenants as of March 31, 2004 was achieved. Borrowings under the senior credit agreements are secured by specifically identified assets of the Company, comprising, in total, substantially all assets of the Company. In addition, at March 31, 2004 the Company has outstanding letters of credit of approximately $2.4 million expiring through 2008.

      One of the Credit Agreements provides the Company with the ability to denominate a portion of its borrowings in foreign currencies. As of March 31, 2004, $15.7 million of revolving credit facility borrowings and $66.0 million of the term loans were denominated in U.S. dollars and $8.1 million of the revolving credit facility borrowings and $10.1 million of the term loans were denominated in British pounds sterling.

      During March 2003, in conjunction with the Company’s merger with CVS, the Company amended its Credit Agreement. Based on the provisions of EITF 96-19, Debtor’s Accounting for a Modification or Exchange of Debt Instruments , the Company wrote off the unamortized cost of its old and new fees paid

F-8


Table of Contents

COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(UNAUDITED) — (Continued)

to the financial institution and third party fees related to the then existing Credit Agreement as a loss on extinguishment of debt. The third party fees related to the amended Credit Agreement were capitalized and are being amortized over the life of the amended Credit Agreement.

      Sterling Loan Notes — In conjunction with the acquisition of Bostrom plc, Sterling loan notes were issued in exchange for certain shares acquired by the Company. The notes bear interest at LIBOR and are due December 31, 2004. The applicable interest rate was 7.9% at March 31, 2004. Each note holder may, as provided by British regulations, exercise a semiannual option to have the Company redeem the notes in multiples of £100. As of March 31, 2004, the Company had been notified of elections and redeemed approximately £3.7 million of loan notes through additional borrowings under its Credit Agreement.

      The Company has a provision in one of its senior credit agreements that allow it to borrow additional amounts under its term loan facility to repay Sterling loan note maturities; therefore, the Sterling loan notes have been classified as long-term debt in the consolidated balance sheets.

      Subordinated Debt — In June 2001, Onex Corporation, the controlling stockholder of the Company, and its affiliates (“Onex”) loaned the Company $7 million pursuant to a five-year promissory note. Interest, which was deferred in 2002, 2003 and through March 31, 2004, is prime plus 1.25%. The promissory note is collateralized by all assets of the Company and its subsidiaries and is subject to an intercreditor agreement between the Company, certain of its lenders, and Onex. Total accrued interest at March 31, 2004 was approximately $1.2 million. This amount is included in accrued liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.

      In September 2002, the Company issued subordinated debt in the amount of $2.5 million to its principal stockholders, including Onex. The debt bears interest at 12.0% and matures September 30, 2006. Accrued interest over the term of the obligation is payable in kind (“PIK”) at maturity. Interest accrued during 2004 and added to principal was approximately $0.1 million. Total PIK interest accrued and added to principal at March 31, 2004 was approximately $0.5 million.

 
6. Goodwill

      Goodwill represents the excess of acquisition purchase price over the fair value of net assets acquired, which prior to the adoption on January 1, 2002, of SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Intangible Assets, was being amortized on a straight-line basis over 40 years. In July 2001, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued SFAS No. 141, Business Combinations, and SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Intangible Assets. SFAS No. 141 requires all business combinations initiated after June 30, 2001 to be accounted for using the purchase method of accounting. Under SFAS No. 142, goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives are no longer amortized, but reviewed annually, or more frequently if impairment indicators arise. Separable intangible assets that are not deemed to have indefinite lives will continue to be amortized over their useful lives, but with no maximum life.

      The Company performs impairment tests annually during the second quarter and whenever events or circumstances occur indicating that goodwill might be impaired. During the first quarter of 2004, the Company increased goodwill by $0.8 million due to currency translation adjustments.

 
7. Comprehensive Income (Loss)

      The Company follows the provisions of SFAS No. 130, Reporting Comprehensive Income, which established standards for reporting and display of comprehensive income and its components. Comprehensive income reflects the change in equity of a business enterprise during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances from nonowner sources. For the Company, comprehensive income (loss) represents net income (loss) adjusted for foreign currency translation adjustments and minimum pension

F-9


Table of Contents

COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(UNAUDITED) — (Continued)

liability. In accordance with SFAS No. 130, the Company has chosen to disclose comprehensive income (loss) in the consolidated statements of stockholders’ investment. The components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) consisted of the following as of March 31, 2004 (in thousands):

         
Foreign currency translation adjustment
  $ 3,444  
Minimum pension liability
    (1,849 )
     
 
    $ 1,595  
     
 

      Comprehensive income (loss) for the three month period ended March 31 is as follows (in thousands):

                       
2003 2004


Net income (loss)
  $ (1,699 )   $ 5,549  
 
Other comprehensive income:
               
   
Foreign currency translation adjustment
    209       272  
   
Derivative instruments
    (196 )      
     
     
 
     
Comprehensive income (loss)
  $ (1,686 )   $ 5,821  
     
     
 
 
8. Commitments and Contingencies

      Warranty — The Company is subject to warranty claims for products that fail to perform as expected due to design or manufacturing deficiencies. Customers continue to require their outside suppliers to guarantee or warrant their products and bear the cost of repair or replacement of such products. Depending on the terms under which the Company supplies products to its customers, a customer may hold the Company responsible for some or all of the repair or replacement costs of defective products, when the product supplied did not perform as represented. The Company’s policy is to reserve for estimated future customer warranty costs based on historical trends and current economic factors. The following represents a summary of the warranty provision as of March 31, 2004 (in thousands):

           
Balance — Beginning of period
  $ 1,999  
 
Additional provisions recorded
    411  
 
Deduction for payments made
    (76 )
 
Currency translation adjustment
    12  
     
 
Balance — End of period
  $ 2,346  
     
 

      Foreign Currency Forward Exchange Contracts — The Company uses forward exchange contracts to hedge certain of its foreign currency transaction exposures of its United Kingdom operations. The Company estimates its projected revenues and purchases in certain foreign currencies or locations, and will hedge a portion or all of the anticipated long or short position. The contracts typically run from three months up to three years. These contracts are marked-to-market and the fair value is included in assets (liabilities) in the consolidated balance sheets, with the offsetting noncash gain or loss included in the consolidated statements of operations. The Company does not hold or issue foreign exchange options or

F-10


Table of Contents

COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(UNAUDITED) — (Continued)

forward contracts for trading purposes. The following table summarizes the notional amount of the Company’s open foreign exchange contracts at March 31, 2004 (in thousands):

                           
March 31, 2004

U.S. $
Local Equivalent
Currency U.S. $ Fair
Amount Equivalent Value



Commitments to sell currencies:
                       
 
U.S. dollar
  $ 1,000     $ 1,257     $ 1,029  
 
Eurodollar
    41,300       52,472       52,165  
 
Swedish krona
    23,500       3,264       3,159  
 
Japanese yen
    2,773,000       29,831       27,962  
 
Australian dollar
    6,250       4,673       4,725  

      The difference between the U.S. $ equivalent and U.S. $ equivalent fair value of approximately $2.5 million is included in other assets in the consolidated balance sheet at March 31, 2004.

      Litigation — The Company is subject to various legal actions and claims incidental to its business, including those arising out of alleged defects, product warranties, employment-related matters and environmental matters. Management believes that the Company maintains adequate insurance to cover these claims. The Company has established reserves for issues that are probable and estimatable in amounts management believes are adequate to cover reasonable adverse judgments not covered by insurance. Based upon the information available to management and discussions with legal counsel, it is the opinion of management that the ultimate outcome of the various legal actions and claims that are incidental to the Company’s business will not have a material adverse impact on the consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows of the Company; however, such matters are subject to many uncertainties, and the outcomes of individual matters are not predictable with assurance.

 
9. Defined Benefit Plan and Postretirement Benefits

      The Company sponsors a defined benefit plan that covers certain hourly and salaried employees in the United Kingdom. The Company’s policy is to make annual contributions to the plan to fund the normal cost as required by local regulations. In addition, the Company has an informal postretirement medical benefit plan for certain retirees and their dependents of the U.S. operations, and has recorded a liability for its estimated obligation under this plan. The postretirement medical benefit plan covers certain former employees and is no longer available to current employees. The impact of the postretirement medical benefit plan was not significant as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2004.

      The components of net periodic benefit cost related to the defined benefit plan is as follows (in thousands):

                 
Three Months
Ended March 31,

2003 2004


Service cost
  $ 250     $ 301  
Interest cost
    362       446  
Expected return on plan assets
    (321 )     (446 )
Recognized actuarial loss
    85       64  
     
     
 
Net periodic benefit cost
  $ 376     $ 365  
     
     
 

F-11


Table of Contents

COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(UNAUDITED) — (Continued)

      The Company previously disclosed in its financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2003, that it expected to contribute $1.1 million to its pension plans in 2004. As of March 31, 2004, $0.3 million of contributions have been made to the pension plans, respectively. The Company anticipates contributing an additional $0.8 million to its pension plans in 2004 for total estimated contributions during 2004 of $1.1 million.

 
10. Related Party Transactions

      In addition to the items discussed in Note 5, the following related party transactions occurred during the periods ended March 31, 2004 and 2003:

  •  The Company made payments of $0.4 million and $0.4 million to Hidden Creek Industries, an affiliate of the Company, for financing and acquisition-related services for the three month period ended March 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. These services are included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.
 
  •  In 2001, Onex acquired a one-third interest in the Company’s $66.0 million senior credit facility. Total interest expense related to the portion of this senior credit facility owned by Onex was approximately $0.2 million and $0.2 million for the three month period ended March 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.
 
  •  As of December 31, 2003, Onex controlled substantially all of the outstanding voting shares of the Company.

 
11. Subsequent Events (Unaudited)

      In May 2004, the Company granted options to purchase 910,869 shares of common stock at $5.54 per share. These options have a ten year term, with 50% of such options being immediately exercisable and the remaining 50% becoming exercisable ratably on June 30, 2005 and June 30, 2006. During June 2004, the Company modified the terms of these options to be 100% vested immediately. The Company recorded a noncash compensation charge of $10.1 million, equal to the difference between $5.54 and the estimated fair market value.

      In August, 2004, the Company reclassified all of its existing classes of common stock into one class of common stock, which effectively resulted in a 38.991-to-one stock split. The stock split has been reflected as of the beginning of all periods presented.

      On August 2, 2004, the Company effected the merger of the Company and Trim discussed in Note 1.

      In May, 2004, the Company filed a Form S-1 Registration Statement for the offering of 9,250,000 shares of its common stock. Upon consummation of the offering, Onex will have voting control of approximately 28% of the Company’s common stock.

F-12


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Commercial Vehicle Group, Inc.

      We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Commercial Vehicle Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries (the “Company”) (formerly Bostrom Holding, Inc., a Delaware corporation) as of December 31, 2002 and 2003 and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ investment, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2003. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

      We conducted our audits in accordance with standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

      In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Commercial Vehicle Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2002 and 2003 and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2003, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

      As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, effective January 1, 2002, the Company changed its method of accounting for goodwill and other intangible assets.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Minneapolis, Minnesota

August 2, 2004

F-13


Table of Contents

COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

December 31, 2002 and 2003
                       
2002 2003


(in thousands)
(except share amounts)
ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
               
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 1,637     $ 3,486  
 
Accounts receivable, net of reserve for doubtful accounts of $2,309 and $2,530, respectively
    29,683       40,211  
 
Inventories
    29,739       29,667  
 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    5,148       3,754  
 
Deferred income taxes
    5,523       5,995  
     
     
 
   
Total current assets
    71,730       83,113  
     
     
 
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT:
               
 
Land and buildings
    14,408       15,075  
 
Machinery and equipment
    49,213       56,697  
 
Construction in progress
    1,705       1,462  
 
Less accumulated depreciation
    (30,302 )     (39,742 )
     
     
 
     
Property, plant and equipment — net
    35,024       33,492  
     
     
 
GOODWILL
    80,624       82,872  
DEFERRED INCOME TAXES
    11,024       9,011  
OTHER ASSETS, net of accumulated amortization of $1,627 and $1,098, respectively
    5,815       2,007  
     
     
 
    $ 204,217     $ 210,495  
     
     
 
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ INVESTMENT
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
               
 
Current maturities of long-term debt
  $ 20,267     $ 15,231  
 
Accounts payable
    24,420       23,310  
 
Accrued liabilities
    18,234       16,356  
     
     
 
   
Total current liabilities
    62,921       54,897  
     
     
 
LONG-TERM DEBT, net of current maturities
    96,652       101,204  
SUBORDINATED DEBT DUE TO RELATED PARTIES
    10,283       11,039  
OTHER LONG-TERM LIABILITIES
    7,336       8,549  
     
     
 
   
Total liabilities
    177,192       175,689  
     
     
 
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Notes 4, 8, 10, 11, and 12) 
               
STOCKHOLDERS’ INVESTMENT:
               
 
Common stock $.01 par value; 30,000,000 shares authorized; 13,778,599 shares issued and outstanding
    138       138  
 
Additional paid-in capital
    76,803       76,803  
 
Retained Earnings (accumulated deficit)
    (46,992 )     (43,028 )
 
Stock subscription receivable
    (430 )     (430 )
 
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
    (2,494 )     1,323  
     
     
 
   
Total stockholders’ investment
    27,025       34,806  
     
     
 
    $ 204,217     $ 210,495  
     
     
 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-14


Table of Contents

COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

Years Ended December 31, 2001, 2002, and 2003
                             
2001 2002 2003



(in thousands)
REVENUES
  $ 271,226     $ 298,678     $ 287,579  
COST OF SALES
    229,593       249,181       237,884  
     
     
     
 
   
Gross profit
    41,633       49,497       49,695  
SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES
    21,767       23,952       24,281  
RESTRUCTURING CHARGE
    449              
AMORTIZATION EXPENSE
    3,822       122       185  
     
     
     
 
   
Operating income
    15,595       25,423       25,229  
(GAIN) LOSS ON FOREIGN CURRENCY FORWARD EXCHANGE CONTRACTS
    (2,347 )     1,098       3,230  
INTEREST EXPENSE
    14,885       12,940       9,796  
LOSS ON EARLY EXTINGUISHMENT OF DEBT
                2,972  
     
     
     
 
   
Income before provision for income taxes and cumulative effect of change in accounting
    3,057       11,385       9,231  
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES
    5,072       5,235       5,267  
     
     
     
 
   
Income (loss) before cumulative effect of change in accounting
    (2,015 )     6,150       3,964  
CUMULATIVE EFFECT OF CHANGE IN ACCOUNTING
          (51,630 )      
     
     
     
 
NET INCOME (LOSS)
  $ (2,015 )   $ (45,480 )   $ 3,964  
     
     
     
 
BASIC EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE:
                       
 
Net income (loss) before cumulative effect of change in accounting
  $ (0.15 )   $ .45     $ 0.29  
 
Cumulative effect of change in accounting
          (3.74 )      
     
     
     
 
 
Net income (loss)
  $ (0.15 )   $ (3.29 )   $ 0.29  
     
     
     
 
DILUTED EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE:
                       
 
Net income (loss) before cumulative effect of change in accounting
  $ (0.15 )   $ .44     $ 0.29  
 
Cumulative effect of change in accounting
          (3.70 )      
     
     
     
 
 
Net income (loss)
  $ (0.15 )   $ (3.26 )   $ 0.29  
     
     
     
 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-15


Table of Contents

COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ INVESTMENT

Years Ended December 31, 2001, 2002, and 2003
                                                             
Accumulated
Retained Other
Common Stock Stock Additional Earnings Comprehensive

Subscription Paid-In (Accumulated Income
Shares Amount Receivable Capital Deficit) (Loss) Total







(in thousands, except share data)
BALANCE — January 1, 2001
    13,939,118     $ 139     $ (1,050 )   $ 77,448     $ 503     $ (753 )   $ 76,287  
 
Repurchase of common stock — net
    (95,832 )     (1 )     359       (438 )                 (80 )
 
Net loss
                            (2,015 )                
 
Other comprehensive loss:
                                                       
   
Currency translation adjustment
                                  (166 )        
   
Fair value of derivative instruments
                                  (1,113 )        
 
Total comprehensive loss
                                          (3,294 )
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
BALANCE — December 31, 2001
    13,843,286       138       (691 )     77,010       (1,512 )     (2,032 )     72,913  
 
Repurchase of common stock — net
    (64,687 )           261       (207 )                 54  
 
Net loss
                            (45,480 )                
 
Other comprehensive income (loss):
                                                       
   
Currency translation adjustment
                                  1,272          
   
Fair value of derivative instruments
                                  584          
   
Additional minimum pension liability
                                  (2,318 )        
   
Total comprehensive loss
                                                    (45,942 )
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
BALANCE — December 31, 2002
    13,778,599       138       (430 )     76,803       (46,992 )     (2,494 )     27,025  
 
Net income
                            3,964                  
 
Other comprehensive income:
                                                       
   
Currency translation adjustment
                                  2,819          
   
Fair value of derivative instruments
                                  529          
   
Additional minimum pension liability
                                  469          
   
Total comprehensive income
                                                    7,781  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
BALANCE — December 31, 2003
    13,778,599       138     $ (430 )   $ 76,803     $ (43,028 )   $ 1,323     $ 34,806  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-16


Table of Contents

COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

Years Ended December 31, 2001, 2002, and 2003
                                 
2001 2002 2003



(in thousands)
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
                       
 
Net income (loss)
  $ (2,015 )   $ (45,480 )   $ 3,964  
     
     
     
 
 
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
                       
   
Depreciation and amortization
    12,833       8,682       8,106  
   
Noncash amortization of debt financing costs
    946       647       498  
   
Loss on early extinguishment of debt
                2,151  
   
Deferred income tax provision
    6,376       4,267       1,299  
   
Noncash (gain) loss on forward exchange contracts
    (2,347 )     1,098       3,230  
   
Cumulative effect of change in accounting
          51,630        
   
Noncash interest expense on subordinated debt
    257       525       756  
   
Change in other operating items:
                       
     
Accounts receivable
    3,646       205       (9,215 )
     
Inventories
    6,020       (144 )     1,205  
     
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    (1,557 )     1,417       185  
     
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
    (10,610 )     (2,993 )     (5,278 )
     
Other assets and liabilities
    (1,141 )     (1,682 )     3,541  
     
     
     
 
       
Net cash provided by operating activities
    12,408       18,172       10,442  
     
     
     
 
CASH FLOWS FROM (USED IN) INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
                       
 
Capital expenditures
    (4,898 )     (4,937 )     (5,967 )
 
Sale of assets
    12,647              
     
     
     
 
       
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
    7,749       (4,937 )     (5,967 )
     
     
     
 
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
                       
 
(Sale) repurchase of common stock — net
    (80 )     54        
 
Repayment of revolving credit facility
    (52,686 )     (84,093 )     (75,308 )
 
Borrowings under revolving credit facility
    45,161       80,665       79,335  
 
Long-term borrowings
          469        
 
Repayments of long-term borrowings
    (20,067 )     (14,347 )     (6,768 )
 
Proceeds from issuance of subordinated debt
    7,000       2,500        
 
Payments on capital leases
    (2,507 )     (73 )     (20 )
 
Debt issuance costs and other — net
    (1,613 )            
     
     
     
 
       
Net cash used in financing activities
    (24,792 )     (14,825 )     (2,761 )
EFFECT OF EXCHANGE RATE CHANGES ON CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
    (140 )     82       135  
     
     
     
 
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
    (4,775 )     (1,508 )     1,849  
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS:
                       
 
Beginning of year
    7,920       3,145       1,637  
     
     
     
 
 
End of year
  $ 3,145     $ 1,637     $ 3,486  
     
     
     
 
SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
                       
 
Cash paid for interest
  $ 13,095     $ 11,121     $ 8,533  
     
     
     
 
 
Cash paid for income taxes — net
  $ 2,185     $ 119     $ 157  
     
     
     
 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-17


Table of Contents

COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Years Ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003
 
1. Organization and Background

      Commercial Vehicle Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries (“CVG” or the “Company”) (formerly Bostrom Holding, Inc., a Delaware corporation) designs and manufactures seat and seating systems, cab and trim systems, mirrors, wipers and controls for the North American heavy truck and specialty transportation markets. In addition, the Company manufactures seat systems for the worldwide construction and agriculture vehicle markets. The Company has operations located in Indiana, North Carolina, Ohio, Oregon, Tennessee, Texas, Virginia, Washington, Australia, Belgium, Sweden and the United Kingdom.

      The Company was formed on August 22, 2000. On October 6, 2000, the Company acquired the assets of Bostrom plc in exchange for $83.6 million in cash and assumption of certain liabilities (the “Acquisition”). The source of the cash consisted of $49.8 million of debt and $33.8 million of equity. The Company had no operations prior to October 6, 2000.

      The Acquisition was accounted for using the purchase method of accounting. Accordingly, the assets acquired and liabilities assumed by the Company were recorded at fair value as of the date of the Acquisition. The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed has been recorded as goodwill.

      On March 28, 2003, the Company and Commercial Vehicle Systems Holdings, Inc. (“CVS”) entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger whereby a subsidiary of the Company was merged into CVS. The holders of the outstanding shares of CVS received, in exchange, shares of the Company on a one-for-one basis resulting in the issuance of 4,870,228 shares of common stock. On May 20, 2004, the Company and Trim Systems, Inc. (“Trim”) entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger whereby a subsidiary of the Company was merged into Trim (the CVS and Trim mergers are collectively referred to as the “Mergers”). The holders of the outstanding shares of Trim received, in exchange, shares of the Company on a .099-for-one basis resulting in the issuance of 2,769,567 shares of common stock. In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 141, the Mergers were accounted for as a combination of entities under common control. Thus, the accounts of CVS, Trim, and the Company were combined based upon their respective historical bases of accounting. The financial statements reflect the combined results of the Company, CVS and Trim as if the Mergers had occurred as of the beginning of the earliest period presented.

 
2. Significant Accounting Policies

      Principles of Consolidation — The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

      Cash and Cash Equivalents — Cash and cash equivalents consist of highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less. Cash equivalents are stated at cost, which approximates fair value.

F-18


Table of Contents

COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      Inventories — Inventories are valued at the lower of first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) cost or market. Cost includes applicable material, labor and overhead. Inventories consisted of the following as of December 31 (in thousands):

                 
2002 2003


Raw materials
  $ 21,326     $ 21,664  
Work in process
    3,151       1,781  
Finished goods
    5,262       6,222  
     
     
 
    $ 29,739     $ 29,667  
     
     
 

      Inventory quantities on-hand are regularly reviewed, and where necessary, provisions for excess and obsolete inventory are recorded based primarily on the Company’s estimated production requirements driven by current market volumes. Excess and obsolete provisions may vary by product depending upon future potential use of the product.

      Property, Plant and Equipment — Property, plant and equipment are recorded at cost. For financial reporting purposes, depreciation is provided using the straight-line method over the following estimated useful lives:

         
Buildings and improvements
    15 to 40  years  
Machinery and equipment
    3 to 20 years  
Tools and dies
    5 years  
Computer hardware and software
    3 years  

      Accelerated depreciation methods are used for tax reporting purposes.

      Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. Major betterments and improvements which extend the useful life of the related item are capitalized and depreciated. The cost and accumulated depreciation of property, plant and equipment retired or otherwise disposed of are removed from the related accounts, and any residual values after considering proceeds are charged or credited to income.

      The Company follows the provisions of SFAS No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets, which provides a single accounting model for impairment of long-lived assets. The Company had no impairments during 2001, 2002, or 2003.

      Other Assets — Other assets principally consist of debt financing costs of approximately $2.8 million at December 31, 2002 and $1.2 million at December 31, 2003, which are being amortized over the term of the related obligations.

      Goodwill — Goodwill represents the excess of acquisition purchase price over the fair value of net assets acquired, which prior to the adoption on January 1, 2002, of SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Intangible Assets, was being amortized on a straight-line basis over 40 years. In July 2001, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued SFAS No. 141, Business Combinations, and SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Intangible Assets . SFAS No. 141 requires all business combinations initiated after June 30, 2001 to be accounted for using the purchase method of accounting. Under SFAS No. 142, goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives are no longer amortized, but reviewed annually, or more frequently if impairment indicators arise. Separable intangible assets that are not deemed to have indefinite lives will continue to be amortized over their useful lives, but with no maximum life.

      Upon adoption of SFAS No. 142 on January 1, 2002, the Company completed step one of the transitional goodwill impairment test, using a combination of valuation techniques, including the discounted cash flow approach and the market multiple approach, for each of its reporting units.

F-19


Table of Contents

COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      Upon completion of the required assessments under SFAS No. 142, it was determined that the fair market value of its North America reporting unit was lower than its book value, resulting in a transitional impairment charge of approximately $51.6 million in 2002. The write-off was recorded as a cumulative effect of a change in accounting, net of tax benefit of $9.3 million related to the tax benefit on the deductible portion of the goodwill, in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2002. The Company will also perform impairment tests annually and whenever events or circumstances occur indicating that goodwill or other intangible assets might be impaired. Based upon the Company’s assessments performed during 2003, no impairment of goodwill was deemed to have occurred.

      The change in the carrying amount of goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2003, for the Company’s reporting units, are as follows (in thousands):

                           
North All Other
America Countries Total



Balance — December 31, 2001
  $ 121,195     $ 19,640     $ 140,835  
 
Transitional impairment loss
    (60,901 )           (60,901 )
 
Tax refund from preacquisition period
          (1,101 )     (1,101 )
 
Currency translation adjustment
          1,791       1,791  
     
     
     
 
Balance — December 31, 2002
    60,294       20,330       80,624  
 
Currency translation adjustment
          2,248       2,248  
     
     
     
 
Balance — December 31, 2003
  $ 60,294     $ 22,578     $ 82,872  
     
     
     
 

      Upon adoption of SFAS No. 142, the Company discontinued the amortization of goodwill. The following table presents a reconciliation of net income (loss) and earnings (loss) per share adjusted for the exclusion of goodwill amortization, net of tax (in thousands, except per share amounts):

                           
Years Ended December 31,

2001 2002 2003



Reported net income (loss)
  $ (2,015 )   $ (45,480 )   $ 3,964  
Add — goodwill amortization, net of tax
    2,864              
     
     
     
 
 
Adjusted net income (loss)
  $ 849     $ (45,480 )   $ 3,964  
     
     
     
 
Reported basic earnings (loss) per common share
  $ (0.15 )   $ (3.29 )   $ 0.29  
Add — goodwill amortization, net of tax
    0.21              
     
     
     
 
 
Adjusted basic earnings (loss) per common share
  $ 0.06     $ (3.29 )   $ 0.29  
     
     
     
 
Reported diluted earnings (loss) per common share
  $ (0.15 )   $ (3.26 )   $ 0.29  
Add — goodwill amortization, net of tax
    0.21              
     
     
     
 
 
Adjusted diluted earnings (loss) per common share (1)
  $ 0.06     $ (3.26 )   $ 0.29  
     
     
     
 


(1)   See Note 4 for calculations of diluted shares outstanding.

F-20


Table of Contents

COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      Other Long-term Liabilities — Other long-term liabilities consisted of the following as of December 31 (in thousands):

                 
2002 2003


Pension liability
  $ 3,511     $ 3,609  
Facility closure and consolidation costs
    1,095       932  
Forward contracts
          815  
Postretirement medical benefit plan
    619       620  
Loss contracts
    992       473  
Interest rate collar and swap agreements
    696        
Other
    423       2,100  
     
     
 
    $ 7,336     $ 8,549  
     
     
 

      Revenue Recognition — The Company recognizes revenue as its products are shipped from its facilities to its customers which is when title passes to the customer for substantially all sales. In certain circumstances, the Company may be committed under existing agreements to supply product to its customers at selling prices that are not sufficient to cover the direct cost to produce such product. In such situations, the Company records a liability for the estimated future amount of such losses. Such losses are recognized at the time that the loss is probable and reasonably estimable and are recorded at the minimum amount necessary to fulfill the Company’s obligations to its customers. The estimated amounts of such losses were approximately $1.5 million at December 31, 2002 and 2003. These amounts are recorded within accrued liabilities and other long-term liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

      Warranty — The Company is subject to warranty claims for products that fail to perform as expected due to design or manufacturing deficiencies. Customers continue to require their outside suppliers to guarantee or warrant their products and bear the cost of repair or replacement of such products. Depending on the terms under which the Company supplies products to its customers, a customer may hold the Company responsible for some or all of the repair or replacement costs of defective products, when the product supplied did not perform as represented. The Company’s policy is to reserve for estimated future customer warranty costs based on historical trends and current economic factors. The following presents a summary of the warranty provision for the years ended December 31 (in thousands):

                   
2002 2003


Balance — Beginning of the year
  $ 2,746     $ 2,600  
 
Additional provisions recorded
    1,750       863  
 
Deduction for payments made
    (1,940 )     (1,420 )
 
Currency translation adjustment
    44       (44 )
     
     
 
Balance — End of year
  $ 2,600     $ 1,999  
     
     
 

      Income Taxes — The Company accounts for income taxes following the provisions of SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes , which requires recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements or tax returns. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities using currently enacted tax rates.

      Comprehensive Income (Loss) — The Company follows the provisions of SFAS No. 130, Reporting Comprehensive Income , which established standards for reporting and display of comprehensive income and its components. Comprehensive income reflects the change in equity of a business enterprise during a

F-21


Table of Contents

COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

period from transactions and other events and circumstances from nonowner sources. For the Company, comprehensive income (loss) represents net income (loss) adjusted for foreign currency translation adjustments, minimum pension liability and the deferred gain (loss) on certain derivative instruments utilized to hedge certain of the Company’s interest rate exposures. In accordance with SFAS No. 130, the Company has chosen to disclose comprehensive income (loss) in the consolidated statements of stockholders’ investment. The components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) consisted of the following as of December 31 (in thousands):

                 
2002 2003


Foreign currency translation adjustment
  $ 353     $ 3,172  
Minimum pension liability
    (2,318 )     (1,849 )
Derivative instruments
    (529 )      
     
     
 
    $ (2,494 )   $ 1,323  
     
     
 

      Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities — The Company follows the provisions of SFAS No. 133, Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities , as amended, which requires every derivative instrument, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts, to be recorded in the balance sheet as either an asset or liability measured at its fair value. SFAS No. 133 requires that changes in the derivative’s fair value be recognized currently in earnings unless specific hedge accounting criteria are met. Special accounting for qualifying hedges allows a derivative’s gains or losses to offset related results on the hedged item in the statement of operations and requires that a company formally document, designate and assess the effectiveness of transactions that receive hedge accounting. In accordance with SFAS No. 133, the Company recorded the fair value of the interest rate collar and interest rate swaps described in Note 6 as a liability at December 31, 2002, with an offsetting adjustment to accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), as the interest rate collar and interest rate swaps were cash flow hedges. The interest rate collar and interest rate swap contracts were cancelled or expired at various dates through the end of 2003.

      Fair Value of Financial Instruments — At December 31, 2003, the Company’s financial instruments consist of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued liabilities and long-term debt, unless otherwise noted. The carrying value of these instruments approximates fair value as a result of the short duration of such instruments or due to the variability of the interest cost associated with such instruments, except as disclosed in Note 6.

      Foreign Currency Translation — The functional currency of the Company is the U.S. dollar. Assets and liabilities of the Company’s foreign operations are translated using the year-end rates of exchange. Results of operations are translated using the average rates prevailing throughout the period. Translation gains or losses are accumulated as a separate component of stockholders’ investment.

      Use of Estimates — The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. The more significant estimates are used for such items as allowance for doubtful accounts, inventory reserves, warranty, pension and post retirement benefit liabilities, contingent liabilities, goodwill impairment and depreciable lives of property and equipment. Ultimate results could differ from those estimates.

      Foreign Currency Forward Exchange Contracts — The Company uses forward exchange contracts to hedge certain of its foreign currency transaction exposures of its United Kingdom operations. The Company estimates its projected revenues and purchases in certain foreign currencies or locations, and will

F-22


Table of Contents

COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

hedge a portion or all of the anticipated long or short position. The contracts typically run from three months up to three years. These contracts are marked-to-market and the fair value is included in assets (liabilities) in the consolidated balance sheets, with the offsetting noncash gain or loss included in the consolidated statements of operations. The Company does not hold or issue foreign exchange options or forward contracts for trading purposes. The following table summarizes the notional amount of the Company’s open foreign exchange contracts at December 31, 2003 (in thousands):

                           
December 31, 2003

Local U.S. $
Currency U.S. $ Equivalent
Amount Equivalent Fair Value



Commitments to sell currencies:
                       
 
U.S. dollar
  $ 1,486     $ 1,834     $ 1,509  
 
Eurodollar
    45,445       55,623       58,313  
 
Swedish krona
    25,000       3,326       3,491  
 
Japanese yen
    2,992,500       31,267       29,405  
 
Australian dollar
    4,400       3,124       3,271  

      The difference between the U.S. $ equivalent and U.S. $ equivalent fair value of approximately $0.8 million is included in other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2003.

      Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements — In December 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 132R, a revision to SFAS No. 132, Employers’ Disclosures about Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits . SFAS No. 132R does not change the measurement or recognition related to pension and other postretirement plans required by SFAS No. 87, Employers’ Accounting for Pensions, SFAS No. 88, Employers’ Accounting for Settlements and Curtailments of Defined Benefit Pension Plans and for Termination Benefits, and SFAS No. 106, Employers’ Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions, and retains the disclosure requirements contained in SFAS No. 132. SFAS No. 132R requires additional disclosures about the assets, obligations, cash flows and net periodic benefit cost of defined benefit pension plans and other defined benefit postretirement plans. SFAS No. 132R is effective for financial statements with fiscal years ending after December 15, 2003, with the exception of disclosure requirements related to foreign plans and estimated future benefit payments which are effective for fiscal years ending after June 15, 2004. The Company has included the required disclosures in Note 12 to the consolidated financial statements. The adoption of SFAS No. 132R did not impact the Company’s consolidated balance sheet or results of operations.

      In April 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 145, Rescission of FASB Statements No. 4, 44 and 64, Amendment of FASB Statement No. 13, and Technical Corrections . This statement eliminates the automatic classification of gain or loss on extinguishment of debt as an extraordinary item of income and requires that such gain or loss be evaluated for extraordinary classification under the criteria of Accounting Principles Board No. 30, Reporting Results of Operations . This statement also requires sales-leaseback accounting for certain transactions, and makes various other technical corrections to existing pronouncements. The statement is effective for financial statements issued on or after May 15, 2002. The adoption of this statement on January 1, 2003 resulted in classifying the loss from early extinguishment of debt in connection with the CVS Merger as a separate component of net income (loss) before provision for income taxes.

      In July 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 146, Accounting for Exit or Disposal Activities . SFAS No. 146 addresses financial accounting and reporting for costs associated with exit or disposal activities and nullifies Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Issue No. 94-3, Liability Recognition for Certain Employee Termination Benefits and Other Costs to Exit an Activity (including Certain Costs

F-23


Table of Contents

COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Incurred in a Restructuring). The principal difference between SFAS No. 146 and EITF 94-3 relates to SFAS No. 146’s requirements for the timing of recognizing a liability for a cost associated with an exit or disposal activity. SFAS No. 146 requires that a liability for a cost associated with an exit or disposal activity be recognized when the liability is incurred. Under EITF 94-3, a liability for an exit cost was recognized at the date of an entity’s commitment to an exit plan. SFAS No. 146 is effective for exit or disposal activities that are initiated after December 31, 2002. SFAS No. 146 also increases the disclosure requirements associated with exit or disposal activities. SFAS No. 146 is applied prospectively. Should the Company initiate further exit, disposal or restructuring activities in the future, the Company would be required to follow this new pronouncement.

      In December 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 148, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation — Transition and Disclosure, which amends SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation. SFAS No. 148 provides alternative methods of transition for a voluntary change to the fair value based method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation. In addition, SFAS No. 148 amends the disclosure requirement of SFAS No. 123 to require more prominent and more frequent disclosures in financial statements of the effects of stock-based compensation. The transition guidance and annual disclosure provisions of SFAS No. 148 are effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2002. The interim disclosure provisions are effective for financial reports containing condensed financial statements for interim periods beginning after December 15, 2002. The adoption of the new disclosure provisions of SFAS No. 148 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet or results of operations as the Company has no stock based compensation plans.

      In January 2003, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 46 (“FIN 46”), Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities. FIN 46 addresses the consolidation of variable interest entities, including entities commonly referred to as special purposes entities. The Company was required to apply FIN 46 to all variable interest entities as of December 31, 2003. The adoption of FIN 46 did not have an impact on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet or results of operations.

      In May 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 150, Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of Both Liabilities and Equity. This statement establishes standards for how an issuer classifies and measures in its statement of financial position certain financial instruments with characteristics of both liabilities and equity. SFAS No. 150 requires issuers to classify as liabilities (or assets in some circumstances) three classes of freestanding financial instruments that embody obligations for the issuer. Generally, SFAS No. 150 is effective for financial instruments entered into or modified after May 31, 2003, and was otherwise effective for the Company at the beginning of the first interim period beginning after June 15, 2003. The adoption of SFAS No. 150 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet or results of operations.

F-24


Table of Contents

COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
3. Accrued Liabilities

      Accrued liabilities consisted of the following as of December 31 (in thousands):

                 
2002 2003


Compensation and benefits
  $ 8,697     $ 7,121  
Warranty costs
    2,600       1,999  
Product Liability
    605       721  
Interest
    1,805       1,341  
Income and other taxes
    707       521  
Facility closure and consolidation costs
    870       475  
Freight
    299       254  
Loss contracts
    551       1,010  
Other
    2,100       2,914  
     
     
 
    $ 18,234     $ 16,356  
     
     
 
 
4. Stockholders’ Investment

      Common Stock — The authorized capital stock of the Company consists of 30,000,000 shares of common stock with a par value of $0.01 per share.

      Preferred Stock — The authorized capital stock of the Company consists of 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock with a par value of $0.01 per share, with no shares outstanding as of December 31, 2003.

      Earnings Per Share — Basic earnings (loss) per share was computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the year. In accordance with SFAS No. 128, an entity that reports a discontinued operation, an extraordinary item, or the cumulative effect of an accounting change in a period shall use income from continuing operations, (before the cumulative effect of an accounting change) as the control number in determining whether potential common shares are dilutive or antidilutive. As a result, diluted earnings (loss) per share, and all other diluted per share amounts presented, were computed utilizing the same number of potential common shares used in computing the diluted per share amount for income from continuing operations, regardless if those amounts were antidilutive to their respective basic per share amounts. Diluted earnings per share for 2002 and 2003 includes the effects of outstanding stock options and warrants using the treasury stock method. Potential common shares of 68,425 related to stock options and warrants were excluded from the computation of diluted loss per share for 2001, as inclusion of these shares would have been antidilutive (in thousands, except per share amounts):

                         
2001 2002 2003



Net income (loss) applicable to common stockholders — basic and diluted
  $ (2,015 )   $ (45,480 )   $ 3,964  
     
     
     
 
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding
    13,893       13,827       13,779  
Dilutive effect of outstanding stock options after application of the treasury stock method
          113       113  
     
     
     
 
Dilutive shares outstanding
    13,893       13,940       13,892  
     
     
     
 
Basic earnings (loss) per share
  $ (0.15 )   $ (3.29 )   $ 0.29  
     
     
     
 
Diluted earning (loss) per share
  $ (0.15 )   $ (3.26 )   $ 0.29  
     
     
     
 

F-25


Table of Contents

COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      Stock Options and Warrants — In 1998, the Company issued options to purchase 38,601 shares of common stock at $9.43 per share, which are exercisable through December 2008, in connection with an acquisition. In addition, the Company has outstanding warrants to purchase 136,023 shares of common stock at $3.42 per share, which are exercisable through June 2011. None of the initially granted options or warrants have been exercised as of December 31, 2003. The options and warrants were granted at exercise prices determined to be at or above fair value on the date of grant.

      Repurchase of Common Stock — During 2001 and 2002, the Company repurchased 95,832 and 64,687 shares of common stock from certain stockholders at an average price of $4.56 and $3.24 per share, respectively.

      Dividends — The Company has not declared or paid any cash dividends in the past. The Company’s credit agreement prohibits the payment of cash dividends.

 
5. Restructuring and Integration

      Restructuring — In 2000, the Company recorded a $5.6 million restructuring charge as part of its cost and efficiency initiatives, closing two manufacturing facilities, two administrative centers, and reorganizing its manufacturing and administrative functions. Approximately $1.7 million of the charge was related to employee severance and associated benefits for the 225 terminated employees, approximately $2.6 million related to lease and other contractual commitments associated with the facilities, and approximately $1.3 million of asset impairments related to the write-down of assets. All employees were terminated by 2001. The contractual commitments continue through mid-2005.

      In 2001, the Company continued its cost and efficiency initiatives and closed a third manufacturing facility. Of the total $0.4 million restructuring charge, approximately $0.1 million related to employee severance and associated benefits for 77 employees and approximately $0.3 million related to lease and other contractual commitments associated with the facility. All employees were terminated by 2002. The contractual commitments continue through 2008.

      A summary of restructuring activities for the years ended December 31, 2003 is as follows (in thousands):

                           
Facility
Exit and
Other
Employee Contractual
Costs Costs Total



Balance — December 31, 2000
  $ 1,507     $ 3,246     $ 4,753  
 
Accruals
    201       248       449  
 
Usage/cash payments
    (1,507 )     (1,498 )     (3,005 )
     
     
     
 
Balance — December 31, 2001
    201       1,996       2,197  
 
Usage/cash payments
    (103 )     (819 )     (922 )
     
     
     
 
Balance — December 31, 2002
    98       1,177       1,275  
 
Usage/cash payments
    (98 )     (390 )     (488 )
     
     
     
 
Balance — December 31, 2003
  $     $ 787     $ 787  
     
     
     
 

F-26


Table of Contents

COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      Integration — In connection with the acquisitions of Bostrom plc and the predecessor to CVS, facility consolidation plans were designed and implemented to reduce the cost structure of the Company and to better integrate the acquired operations. Purchase liabilities recorded as part of the acquisitions included approximately $3.3 million for costs associated with the shutdown and consolidation of certain acquired facilities and severance and other contractual costs. At December 31, 2003, the Company had principally completed its actions under these plans, other than certain contractual commitments, which continue through 2008. Summarized below is the activity related to these actions (in thousands):

                           
Facility
Exit and
Other
Employee Contractual
Costs Costs Total



Balance — December 31, 2000
  $ 1,188     $ 862     $ 2,050  
 
Additional provision
    265       684       949  
 
Usage/cash payments
    (916 )     (215 )     (1,131 )
     
     
     
 
Balance — December 31, 2001
    537       1,331       1,868  
 
Usage/cash payments
    (527 )     (651 )     (1,178 )
     
     
     
 
Balance — December 31, 2002
    10       680       690  
 
Usage/cash payments
    (10 )     (60 )     (70 )
     
     
     
 
Balance — December 31, 2003
  $     $ 620     $ 620  
     
     
     
 
 
6. Debt

      Debt consisted of the following at December 31 (in thousands):

                 
2002 2003


Revolving credit facilities, interest rates varying from 4.88% to 7.25% as of December 31, 2002 and from 4.89% to 7.75% as of December 31, 2003
  $ 21,569     $ 26,530  
Term loans, with principal and interest payable quarterly, with interest varying from 4.42% to 8.44% as of December 31, 2002 and from 4.89% to 7.29% as of December 31, 2003
    80,037       80,195  
Sterling loan notes
    8,776       3,193  
Other
    6,537       6,517  
     
     
 
      116,919       116,435  
Less current maturities
    20,267       15,231  
     
     
 
    $ 96,652     $ 101,204  
     
     
 

      Future maturities of debt as of December 31, 2003 are as follows (in thousands):

         
Year Ending December 31

2004
  $ 15,231  
2005
    14,250  
2006
    86,954  

      Credit Agreement — The Company’s senior credit agreements consist of revolving credit facilities of $51.0 million and term loans of $106.4 million, of which approximately $91.4 million expires in January 2006 and approximately $66.0 million expires in June 2006. Quarterly repayments of approximately

F-27


Table of Contents

COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

$3.3 million are required under the term loans. Borrowings bear interest at various rates plus a margin based on certain financial ratios of the Company, as defined. The senior credit agreements contain various restrictive covenants, including limiting indebtedness, rental obligations, investments and cash dividends, and also required the maintenance of certain financial ratios, including fixed charge coverage, funded debt to EBITDA and a minimum level of net worth requirement. Compliance with respect to these covenants as of December 31, 2003 was achieved or waivers were obtained for events of non-compliance. One of the provisions of Trim Systems’s $40.7 million credit agreement and term loans required a funded debt to EBITDA covenant ratio to be maintained at the end of each year-end reporting period. As a result of its fiscal 2003 decrease in sales, Trim Systems’s funded debt to EBITDA covenant ratio did not meet this requirement for the year ended December 31, 2003. Trim Systems received a waiver from its lenders addressing the deficiency for the year ended December 31, 2003. Trim Systems classified these borrowings as long-term indebtedness on its consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2003 based on its expectation that it will maintain compliance with the restrictive covenants in this senior credit facility during 2004. The Company was in compliance with all other debt covenants as of December 31, 2003. Borrowings under the senior credit agreements are secured by specifically identified assets of the Company, comprising, in total, substantially all assets of the Company. In addition, at December 31, 2003 the Company has outstanding letters of credit of approximately $2.4 million expiring through April 2008.

      The Credit Agreement provides the Company with the ability to denominate a portion of its borrowings in foreign currencies. As of December 31, 2003, $14.0 million of revolving credit facility borrowings and $53.8 million of the term loans were denominated in U.S. dollars and $7.6 million of the revolving credit facility borrowings and $26.2 million of the term loans were denominated in British pounds sterling.

      During March 2003, in conjunction with the Company’s merger with CVS, the Company amended its Credit Agreement. Based on the provision of EITF 96-19, Debtor’s Accounting for a Modification or Exchange of Debt Instruments, the Company wrote off the unamortized cost of its old and new fees paid to the financial institution and third party fees related to the then existing Credit Agreement as a loss on extinguishment of debt. The third party fees related to amended Credit Agreement were capitalized and are being amortized over the life of the amended Credit Agreement.

      Sterling Loan Notes — In conjunction with the acquisition of Bostrom plc, Sterling loan notes were issued in exchange for certain shares acquired by the Company. The notes bear interest at LIBOR and are due December 31, 2004. The applicable interest rate was 7.59% at December 31, 2003. Each note holder may, as provided by British regulations, exercise a semiannual option to have the Company redeem the notes in multiples of £100. As of December 31, 2003, the Company had been notified of elections and redeemed approximately £3.7 million of loan notes through additional borrowings under one of its senior credit agreements.

      The Company has a provision in one of its senior credit agreements that allow it to borrow additional amounts under the associated term loan facility to repay Sterling loan note maturities; therefore, the Sterling loan notes have been classified as long-term in the consolidated balance sheets.

      Interest Rate Collar — In 2000, the Company entered into an interest rate collar agreement that fixed the range of interest rates that the Company would pay on $22.5 million of a portion of its variable term loans. The Company either makes or receives payments when LIBOR is less than 4 1/8% or greater than 6%. At December 31, 2002, the fair value of the interest rate collar agreement was a net payable position for the Company of $0.3 million, net of tax, representing the cost that would be incurred to terminate the agreement. This agreement expired in October 2003.

      Interest Rate Swaps — In 1999 and 2000, the Company entered into certain interest rate swap agreements that effectively converted $44 million of a portion of its variable rate term loans into fixed rate

F-28


Table of Contents

COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

obligations. The Company received payments at variable rates, while it made payments at a fixed rate (9.97% at December 31, 2002). During 2001, the Company incurred approximately $0.2 million to extinguish one of the interest rate swap agreements. At December 31, 2002, the fair value of the remaining interest rate swap agreement was a net payable position for the Company of approximately $0.2 million, net of tax, representing the estimated cost that would be incurred to terminate the remaining swap agreement. This agreement expired in March 2003.

 
7. Subordinated Debt

      In June 2001, Onex Corporation, the controlling stockholder of the Company, and its affiliates (“Onex”) loaned the Company $7 million pursuant to a five-year promissory note. Interest, which was deferred in 2002 and 2003, is prime plus 1.25%. The promissory note which matures in June 2006, is collateralized by all assets of the Company and its subsidiaries and is subject to an intercreditor agreement between the Company, certain of its lenders, and Onex. Total accrued interest at December 31, 2002 and 2003 was approximately $0.7 million and $1.1 million, respectively. These amounts are included in accrued liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

      In September 2002, the Company issued subordinated debt in the amount of $2.5 million to its principal stockholders, including Onex. The debt bears interest at 12.0% and matures September 30, 2006. Accrued interest over the term of the obligation is payable in kind (“PIK”) at maturity. Interest accrued during 2003 and added to principal was approximately $0.3 million. Total PIK interest accrued and added to principal at December 31, 2003 was approximately $0.4 million.

 
8. Income Taxes

      Pretax income before the cumulative effect of change in accounting consisted of the following for the years ended December 31 (in thousands):

                           
2001 2002 2003



Domestic
  $ (2,600 )   $ 7,795     $ 3,966  
Foreign
    5,657       3,590       5,265  
     
     
     
 
 
Total
  $ 3,057     $ 11,385     $ 9,231  
     
     
     
 

      A reconciliation of income taxes computed at the statutory rates to the reported income tax provision for the years ended December 31 is as follows (in thousands):

                           
2001 2002 2003



Federal provision at statutory rate
  $ 1,039     $ 3,871     $ 3,139  
U.S. tax on foreign income
                1,411  
Foreign provision in excess (less) than U.S. tax rate
    107       403       563  
Amortization of nondeductible goodwill
    225              
State taxes, net of federal benefit
    56       899       304  
Other
    (163 )     62       (150 )
Valuation allowance
    3,808              
     
     
     
 
 
Provision for income taxes
  $ 5,072     $ 5,235     $ 5,267  
     
     
     
 

F-29


Table of Contents

COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      The provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31 is as follows (in thousands):

                           
2001 2002 2003



Current
  $ (1,304 )   $ 968     $ 3,968  
Deferred
    6,376       4,267       1,299  
     
     
     
 
 
Provision for income taxes
  $ 5,072     $ 5,235     $ 5,267  
     
     
     
 

      A summary of deferred income tax assets and liabilities is as follows as of December 31 (in thousands):

                     
2002 2003


Current deferred tax assets:
               
   
Accounts receivable
  $ 521     $ 435  
   
Inventory
    1,992       1,716  
   
Warranty costs
    1,218       1,152  
   
Foreign exchange contracts
    (821 )     277  
   
Other accruals not currently deductible for tax purposes
    2,613       2,415  
     
     
 
 
Net current deferred assets
  $ 5,523     $ 5,995  
     
     
 
 
Noncurrent deferred tax assets:
               
   
Amortization lives and methods
  $ 4,166     $ 1,306  
   
Pension obligation
    1,629       1,655  
   
Net operating loss carryforwards
    4,284       4,834  
   
Original issue discount
    4,309       4,095  
   
Valuation allowance
    (3,808 )     (3,808 )
   
Other accruals not currently deductible for tax purposes
    444       929  
     
     
 
 
Net noncurrent deferred tax assets
  $ 11,024     $ 9,011  
     
     
 

      As of December 31, 2003, the Company had approximately $11.4 million of federal and $23.8 million of state net operating loss carryforwards related to the Company’s U.S. operations. Utilization of these losses is subject to the tax laws of the applicable tax jurisdiction and the Company’s legal organizational structure, and will be limited by the ability of certain subsidiaries to generate taxable income in the associated tax jurisdiction. The Company’s net operating loss carryforwards expire beginning in 2014 and continue through 2023. The valuation allowance has been provided primarily related to the uncertainty regarding the use of certain of the Company’s subsidiary net operating loss carryforwards. The deferred income tax provision consists of the change in the deferred income tax assets, adjusted for the impact of the tax benefit on the cumulative effect of the change in accounting and the tax impact of certain of the other comprehensive income(loss) items. No provision has been made for U.S. income taxes related to undistributed earnings of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries that are intended to be permanently reinvested.

 
9. Segment Reporting

      The Company follows the provisions of SFAS No. 131, Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Belated Information. The Company is organized in two divisions based on the products that each division offers to OEM customers. Each division reports their results of operations, submits budgets, and makes capital expenditures requests to their operating decision-making group. This group consists of the president and chief executive officer, the general managers of the divisions, and the chief financial officer.

F-30


Table of Contents

COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

The Company’s operating segments have been aggregated into one reportable segment, as the Company believes it meets the aggregation criteria of SFAS No. 131. The Company’s divisions, each with a separate general manager, are dedicated to providing components and systems to OEM customers. Each of the divisions demonstrate similar economic performance, mainly driven by production volumes of the customers which they service. All of the Company’s operations use similar manufacturing techniques and utilize common cost saving tools. These techniques include a continuous improvement program designed to reduce the Company’s overall cost base and to enable the Company to better handle heavy truck and specialty transportation market volume fluctuations.

      The following table presents revenues and long-lived assets for each of the geographic areas in which the Company operates (in thousands):

                                                 
Years Ended December 31,

2001 2002 2003



Long-lived Long-lived Long-lived
Revenues Assets Revenues Assets Revenues Assets






North America
  $ 193,449     $ 36,163     $ 229,706     $ 31,977     $ 201,132     $ 28,787  
All other countries
    77,777       2,159       68,972       3,047       86,447       4,705  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
    $ 271,226     $ 38,322     $ 298,678     $ 35,024     $ 287,579     $ 33,492  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 

      Revenues are attributed to geographic locations based on the location of product production.

      The following is a summary composition by product category of the Company’s revenues (in thousands):

                           
Years Ended December 31,

2001 2002 2003



Seats and seating systems
  $ 140,691     $ 150,261     $ 159,910  
Cab and trim systems
    69,038       96,000       76,864  
Mirrors, wipers and controls
    61,497       52,417       50,805  
     
     
     
 
 
Revenues from external customers
  $ 271,226     $ 298,678     $ 287,579  
     
     
     
 
 
10. Major Customers

      Customers that accounted for a significant portion of consolidated revenues for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2003 were as follows:

                         
Years Ended
December 31,

2001 2002 2003



PACCAR
    16 %     26 %     26 %
Freightliner
    21       22       18  
International
    8       8       8  
Caterpillar
    4       4       6  

      As of December 31, 2002 and 2003, receivables from these customers represented 49.4% and 48.6% of total receivables, respectively.

 
11. Commitments and Contingencies

      401(k) Plans — The Company sponsors various 401(k) employee savings plans covering all eligible employees, as defined. Eligible employees can contribute on a pretax basis to the plan. In accordance with

F-31


Table of Contents

COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

the terms of the 401(k) plans, the Company elects to match a certain percentage of the participants contributions to the plans, as defined. The Company recognized expense associated with these plans of approximately $221,000, $380,000 and $291,000 in 2001, 2002, and 2003, respectively.

      Leases — The Company leases office and manufacturing space and certain equipment under operating lease agreements that require it to pay maintenance, insurance, taxes and other expenses in addition to annual rentals. Of these lease rentals, approximately $0.5 million are included in the facility closure and consolidation cost reserve. The anticipated future lease costs are based in part on certain assumptions and estimates with respect to sublease income and the Company will continue to monitor these costs to determine if the estimates need to be revised in the future. Lease expense was approximately $4.6 million, $3.9 million, and $5.1 million in 2001, 2002, and 2003, respectively. Future minimum annual rental commitments at December 31, 2003 under these leases are as follows (in thousands):

         
Year Ending December 31

2004
  $ 4,752  
2005
    4,159  
2006
    3,267  
2007
    2,853  
2008
    2,583  
Thereafter
    2,143  

      Litigation — The Company is subject to various legal actions and claims incidental to its business, including those arising out of alleged defects, product warranties, employment-related matters and environmental matters. Management believes that the Company maintains adequate insurance to cover these claims. The Company has established reserves for issues that are probable and estimatable in amounts management believes are adequate to cover reasonable adverse judgments not covered by insurance. Based upon the information available to management and discussions with legal counsel, it is the opinion of management that the ultimate outcome of the various legal actions and claims that are incidental to the Company’s business will not have a material adverse impact on the consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows of the Company; however, such matters are subject to many uncertainties, and the outcomes of individual matters are not predictable with assurance.

 
12. Defined Benefit Plan and Postretirement Benefits

      The Company sponsors a defined benefit plan that covers certain hourly and salaried employees in the United Kingdom. The Company’s policy is to make annual contributions to the plan to fund the normal cost as required by local regulations. In addition, the Company has an informal postretirement medical benefit plan for certain retirees and their dependents of the U.S. operations, and has recorded a liability for its estimated obligation under this plan. The postretirement medical benefit plan covers certain former employees and is no longer available to current employees.

F-32


Table of Contents

COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      The change in benefit obligation, plan assets and funded status as of and for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2003 consisted of the following (in thousands):

                                       
2002 2003


Post- Post-
Pension Plan Retirement Pension Plan Retirement
in Which Benefits in Which Benefits
Accumulated Other Accumulated Other
Benefits Than Benefits Than
Exceed Assets Pensions Exceed Assets Pensions




Change in benefit obligation:
                               
 
Benefit obligation —
                               
   
Beginning of year
  $ 21,986     $ 643     $ 24,348     $ 847  
 
Service cost
    1,048             1,134        
 
Interest cost
    1,465       46       1,640       48  
 
Plan participants’ contributions
    404             463        
 
Actuarial (gain) loss
    (1,718 )     228       456       (14 )
 
Benefits paid
    (1,095 )     (70 )     (1,015 )     (47 )
 
Exchange rate changes
    2,258             2,871        
     
     
     
     
 
     
Benefit obligation at end of year
    24,348       847       29,897       834  
Change in plan assets:
                               
 
Fair value of plan assets — Beginning of year
    18,676             17,147        
 
Actual return on plan assets
    (3,536 )           3,172        
 
Employer contributions
    781             1,177        
 
Plan participants’ contributions
    404             463        
 
Benefits paid
    (1,095 )           (1,015 )      
 
Exchange rate changes
    1,917             1,897        
     
     
     
     
 
     
Fair value of plan assets at end of year
    17,147             22,841        
     
     
     
     
 
 
Funded status
    (7,201 )     (847 )     (7,056 )     (834 )
 
Unrecognized actuarial loss
    7,284       228       6,617       214  
 
Adjustment to recognize minimum liability
    (3,511 )           (3,609 )      
     
     
     
     
 
Accrued benefit cost
  $ (3,428 )   $ (619 )   $ (4,048 )   $ (620 )
     
     
     
     
 

      At December 31, 2002 and 2003, the Company was required to record a minimum pension liability of approximately $3.5 million and $3.6 million, respectively, which is included in other long-term liabilities and accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax, in the consolidated financial statements.

F-33


Table of Contents

COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      The following weighted-average assumptions were used to account for the plans:

                                 
2002 2003


Post- Post-
retirement retirement
Benefits Benefits
Pension Other Than Pension Other Than
Benefits Pensions Benefits Pensions




Discount rate
    6.00 %     6.00 %     5.75 %     6.00 %
Expected return on plan assets
    7.50       N/A       7.50       N/A  
Rate of compensation increase
    3.75       N/A       3.00       N/A  

      For measurement purposes, a 13.0% annual rate of increase in the per capita cost of covered health care benefits was assumed for 2004. The rate was assumed to decrease gradually to 5.0% through 2008 and remain constant thereafter. Assumed health care cost trend rates can have a significant effect on the amounts reported for postretirement medical benefit plans. A one percentage-point change in assumed health care cost trend rates would not have had a material impact on total service and interest cost components or on the postretirement benefit obligation.

      The components of net periodic benefit cost for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002, and 2003 are as follows (in thousands):

                                                 
Postretirement
Benefits
Pension Benefits Other Than Pensions


2001 2002 2003 2001 2002 2003






Service cost
  $ 1,045     $ 1,048     $ 1,134     $     $     $  
Interest cost
    1,305       1,465       1,640       47       46       48  
Expected return on plan assets
    (1,554 )     (1,548 )     (1,451 )                  
Recognized actuarial loss
          115       385                    
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Net periodic benefit cost
  $ 796     $ 1,080     $ 1,708     $ 47     $ 46     $ 48  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 

      The weighted average asset allocations of the Company’s U.S. pension assets at December 31, 2002 and 2003, by asset category, are as follows:

                 
Pension
Benefits

2002 2003


Equity securities
    77 %     50 %
Debt securities
    16       27  
Other
    7       23  

      The Company employs a total return investment approach whereby a mix of equities and fixed income investments are used to maximize the long-term return of plan assets for a prudent level of risk. The intent of this strategy is to minimize plan expenses by outperforming plan liabilities over the long run. Risk tolerance is established through careful consideration of plan liabilities, plan funded status, and corporate financial condition. The investment portfolio contains a diversified blend of equity and fixed income investments. Furthermore, equity investments are diversified across U.S. and non-U.S. stocks as well as growth, value, and small and large capitalizations. Other assets such as real estate, private equity, and hedge funds are used judiciously to enhance long-term returns while improving portfolio diversification. Derivatives may be used to gain market exposure in an efficient and timely manner; however, derivatives may not be used to leverage the portfolio beyond the market value of the underlying investments. Investment risk is measured and monitored on an ongoing basis through annual liability

F-34


Table of Contents

COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

measurements, periodic asset/liability studies, and quarterly investment portfolio reviews. The Company expects to contribute $1.1 million to its pension plans in 2004.

 
13. Related Party Transactions

      In addition to the items discussed in Note 7, the following related party transactions occurred during the three years ended December 31, 2003:

  •  The Company made payments of $1.7 million, $1.0 million, and $1.6 million to Hidden Creek Industries, an affiliate of the Company, for financing and acquisition-related services in 2001, 2002, and 2003, respectively. These services are included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.
 
  •  During the year ended December 31, 2002, the Company recognized revenues of approximately $1.8 million for the sale of design services to ASC, an affiliate of the Company.
 
  •  In 2001, Onex acquired a one-third interest in the Company’s $66.0 million senior credit facility. Total interest expense related to the portion of this senior credit facility owned by Onex was approximately $0.6 million, $1.0 million, and $0.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003, respectively.
 
  •  As of December 31, 2003, Onex controlled substantially all of the outstanding voting shares of the Company.

 
14. Subsequent Events (unaudited)

      In May 2004, the Company granted options to purchase 910,869 shares of common stock at $5.54 per share. These options have a ten year term, with 50% of such options being immediately exercisable and the remaining 50% becoming exercisable ratably on June 30, 2005 and June 30, 2006. During June 2004, the Company modified the terms of these options to be 100% vested immediately. The Company recorded a noncash compensation charge of $10.1 million, equal to the difference between $5.54 and the estimated fair market value.

      In August, 2004, the Company reclassified all of its existing classes of common stock, which effectively resulted in a 38.991-to-one stock split. The stock split has been reflected as of the beginning of all periods presented.

      On August 2, 2004, the Company effected the merger of the Company and Trim discussed in Note 1.

      In May, 2004, the Company filed a Form S-1 Registration Statement for the offering of 9,250,000 shares of its common stock. Upon consummation of the offering, Onex will have voting control of approximately 28% of the Company’s common stock.

F-35


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Commercial Vehicle Group, Inc.

      We have audited the consolidated financial statements of Commercial Vehicle Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries (the “Company”) (formerly Bostrom Holding, Inc., a Delaware corporation) as of December 31, 2002 and 2003, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2003, and have issued our report thereon dated August 2, 2004 (which report expresses an unqualified opinion and includes an explanatory paragraph relating to the change in the Company’s method of accounting for goodwill and other intangible assets); such consolidated financial statements and report are included elsewhere in this Registration Statement. Our audits also included the consolidated financial statement schedules of Commercial Vehicle Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries. These consolidated financial statement schedules are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion based on our audits. In our opinion, such consolidated financial statement schedules, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, present fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Minneapolis, Minnesota

August 2, 2004

F-36


Table of Contents

COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

SCHEDULE II: VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

December 31, 2001, 2002, and 2003
 
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts:

      The transactions in the allowance for doubtful account for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002, and 2003 were as follows (in thousands):

                         
2001 2002 2003



Balance — Beginning of the year
  $ 3,323     $ 4,103     $ 2,309  
Provisions
    1,267       (497 )     1,529  
Utilizations
    (448 )     (1,454 )     (1,424 )
Currency translation adjustment
    (39 )     157       116  
     
     
     
 
Balance — End of the year
  $ 4,103     $ 2,309     $ 2,530  
     
     
     
 
 
Additional Purchase Liabilities Recorded in Conjunction with Acquisitions:

      The transactions in the purchase liabilities account recorded in conjunction with acquisitions for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002, and 2003 were as follows (in thousands):

                         
2001 2002 2003



Balance — Beginning of the year
  $ 2,050     $ 1,868     $ 690  
Provisions
    949              
Utilizations
    (1,131 )     (1178 )     (70 )
     
     
     
 
Balance — End of the year
  $ 1,868     $ 690     $ 620  
     
     
     
 
 
Facility Closure and Consolidation Costs:

      The transactions in the facility closure and consolidation costs account for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002, and 2003 were as follows (in thousands):

                         
2001 2002 2003



Balance — Beginning of the year
  $ 4,753     $ 2,197     $ 1,275  
Provisions
    449              
Utilizations
    (3,005 )     (922 )     (488 )
     
     
     
 
Balance — End of the year
  $ 2,197     $ 1,275     $ 787  
     
     
     
 

F-37


Table of Contents

(GRAPHIC)


Table of Contents

(COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GROUP LOGO)
 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 
Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

      The following is a statement of estimated expenses, to be paid solely by the Registrant, of the issuance and distribution of the securities being registered hereby:

           
Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee
  $ 22,912  
NASD filing fee
    18,584  
NASDAQ National Market filing fee
    100,000  
Blue sky fees and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses)
    10,000  
Printing expenses
    200,000  
Accounting fees and expenses
    750,000  
Transfer agents fees and expenses
    25,000  
Legal fees and expenses
    750,000  
Miscellaneous expenses
    123,504  
     
 
 
Total
  $ 2,000,000  
     
 
 
Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

      The Registrant is incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware. Section 145 (“Section 145”) of the Delaware General Corporation Law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (the “DGCL”), provides that a Delaware corporation may indemnify any persons who were, are or are threatened to be made, parties to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of such corporation), by reason of the fact that such person is or was an officer, director, employee or agent of such corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, provided such person acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the corporation’s best interests and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was illegal. A Delaware corporation may indemnify any persons who are, were or are threatened to be made, a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation by reasons of the fact that such person was a director, officer, employee or agent of such corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit, provided such person acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the corporation’s best interests, provided that no indemnification is permitted without judicial approval if the officer, director, employee or agent is adjudged to be liable to the corporation. Where an officer, director, employee or agent is successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense of any action referred to above, the corporation must indemnify him against the expenses which such officer or director has actually and reasonably incurred.

      Section 145 further authorizes a corporation to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise, against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, arising out of his status as such, whether or not the corporation would otherwise have the power to indemnify him under Section 145.

II-1


Table of Contents

      The Registrant’s certificate of incorporation provides that to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL and except as otherwise provided in its by-laws, none of the Registrant’s directors shall be liable to it or its stockholders for monetary damages for a breach of fiduciary duty. In addition, the Registrant’s certificate of incorporation provides for indemnification of any person who was or is made or threatened to be made a party to any action, suit or other proceeding, whether criminal, civil, administrative or investigative, because of his or her status as a director or officer of the Registrant, or service as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise at the request of the Registrant to the fullest extent authorized under the DGCL against all expenses, liabilities and losses reasonably incurred by such person. Further, all of the directors and officers of the Registrant are covered by insurance policies maintained and held in effect by the Registrants against certain liabilities for actions taken in their capacities as such, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

 
Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

      During the last three years, we have issued securities in the following transactions, each of which was exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. No underwriters were involved in any of the below-referenced sales of securities. The historical share data set forth in this section has not been adjusted to reflect the stock split that is expected to be effected prior to the completion of this offering.

      On June 28, 2001, Trim Systems Operating Corp. borrowed an aggregate of $7.0 million through the issuance of two promissory notes to entities affiliated with certain of our principal stockholders. Each note bears interest, payable monthly, at a rate of prime plus 1.25% (5.25% as of March 31, 2004) and has a maturity date of June 28, 2006.

      On September 30, 2002, we borrowed an aggregate of $2.5 million through the issuance of subordinated promissory notes to certain of our principal stockholders and their affiliated entities. These notes bear interest at a rate of 12% per annum and have a maturity date of September 30, 2006. Interest on the notes is payable in kind in a monthly basis.

      On March 28, 2003, we entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger whereby a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company was merged into CVS. The holders of the outstanding shares of CVS received, in exchange, shares of the Company on a one-for-one basis, resulting in the issuance of 2,917 shares of our Class A Common Stock, 50,000 shares of our Class B Common Stock, 12,500 shares of our Class C Common Stock, 47,593 shares of our Class D-1 Common Stock and 11,898 shares of our Class E Common Stock. The number of shares of our common stock issued to the former holders of CVS common stock was based on the relative value of the two businesses at the time of the execution of the merger agreement. Customary valuation methodologies were utilized to determine such relative values.

      On May 20, 2004, we entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger whereby a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company was merged into Trim Systems, Inc. Pursuant to the merger, the holders of the outstanding shares and warrants of Trim Systems received shares of the Company on a .099-for-one basis, resulting in the issuance of 41,626.56 shares of our Class A Common Stock, 27,932.06 shares of our Class B Common Stock and 5,568.75 shares of our Class C Common Stock. The exchange ratio was established based on the relative value of the two businesses at the time of the execution of the merger agreement. Customary valuation methodologies were utilized to determine such relative values.

      The sales of the above securities were exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in reliance on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act promulgated thereunder as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering.

II-2


Table of Contents

 
Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

Exhibits.

      The attached Exhibit Index is incorporated by reference herein.

Financial Statement Schedules.

      The following financial statement schedules are included in this Registration Statement:

        Schedule II: Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

      All other schedules for which provision is made in the applicable accounting regulations of the Commission are not required under the related instructions, are inapplicable or not material, or the information called for thereby is otherwise included in the financial statements and therefore has been omitted.

 
Item 17. Undertakings.

      Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to provisions described in Item 14 above, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

      The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

        For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in the form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
 
        For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
        The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the Underwriting Agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

II-3


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, Commercial Vehicle Group, Inc. has duly caused this Amendment No. 3 to Registration Statement on Form S-1 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New Albany, State of Ohio, on August 2, 2004.

  COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GROUP, INC.

   BY:  /s/ MERVIN DUNN
 
  NAME:  MERVIN DUNN
  TITLE: President and Chief Executive Officer

* * *

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Amendment No. 3 to Registration Statement on Form S-1 and Power of Attorney have been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on August 2, 2004.

     
Signature Title


 
*

Scott D. Rued
  Chairman and Director
 
/s/ MERVIN DUNN

Mervin Dunn
  President, Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer) and Director
 
/s/ CHAD M. UTRUP

Chad M. Utrup
  Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
 
*

S.A. Johnson
  Director
 
* The undersigned, by signing his name hereto, does sign and execute this Amendment No. 3 to Registration Statement pursuant to the Power of Attorney executed by the above-named officers and directors of Commercial Vehicle Group, Inc. and previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
 
By: /s/ MERVIN DUNN

Mervin Dunn, Attorney-in-Fact
   

II-4


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

         
Exhibit No. Description


  1.1     Form of Underwriting Agreement.
 
  2.1**     Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of March 28, 2003, by and between Bostrom Holding, Inc., CVS Merger Co. and CVS Holdings, Inc.
 
  2.2**     Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of May 20, 2004, by and between Bostrom Holding, Inc., Trim Merger Co. and Trim Systems, Inc.
 
  3.1     Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Commercial Vehicle Group, Inc.
 
  3.2     Form of Amended and Restated By-laws of Commercial Vehicle Group, Inc.
 
  4.1**     Registration Agreement, dated October 5, 2000, by and among Bostrom Holding, Inc. and the investors listed on Schedule A attached thereto.
 
  4.2**     Joinder to Registration Agreement, dated as of March 28, 2003, by and among Bostrom Holding, Inc. and J2R Partners VI, CVS Partners, LP and CVS Executive Investco LLC.
 
  4.3**     Form of Joinder to the Registration Agreement by and among Bostrom Holding, Inc. and the prior stockholders of Trim Systems.
 
  4.4     Form of Certificate of Common Stock of Commercial Vehicle Group, Inc.
 
  5.1     Opinion of Kirkland & Ellis LLP.
 
  10.1**     Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of March 28, 2003, by and among Commercial Vehicle Systems Limited, KAB Seating Limited, National Seating Company, Commercial Vehicle Systems, Inc., CVS Holdings, Inc., Bostrom Holding, Inc., the several financial institutions from time to time party to this agreement (the “Lenders”), Fleet National Bank, as an Issuer and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent for the Lenders, Collateral Agent, Swing Line Lender and an Issuer.
 
  10.2**     Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement, dated as of October 29, 1998, by and among Trim Systems Operating Corp, Tempress, Inc., Trim Systems, LLC, the financial institutions from time to time signatory thereto (the “Banks”) and Comerica Bank, as agent for the Banks.
 
  10.3**     Amendment No. 1 to Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement, dated as of December 31, 1998, by and among the lenders signatory thereto, Comerica Bank as agent for the Banks, Trim Systems Operating Corp., Tempress, Inc. and Trim Systems LLC.
 
  10.4**     Amendment No. 2 to Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement and Waiver, dated as of November 22, 1999, by and among U.S. Bank National Association, as co-agent, Bank One, N.A., as co-agent, Comerica Bank as agent for the Banks, Trim Systems Operating Corp., Tempress, Inc. and Trim Systems LLC.
 
  10.5**     Amendment No. 3 to Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement and Waiver, dated as of June 28, 2001, by and among the lenders signatory thereto, Comerica Bank as agent for the Banks, Trim Systems Operating Corp., Tempress, Inc. and Trim Systems LLC.
 
  10.6**     Assignment and Waiver Agreement, dated as of June 28, 2001, by and among Trim Systems Operating Corp, Tempress, Inc., Trim Systems, LLC, U.S. Bank National Association, Bank One, NA, Comerica Bank, 1363880 Ontario Inc. and J2R Partners II-B, LLC.
 
  10.7**     Amendment No. 4 to Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement, dated as of November 13, 2002, by and among the lenders signatory thereto, Comerica Bank as agent for the Banks, Trim Systems Operating Corp., Tempress, Inc. and Trim Systems LLC.
 
  10.8**     Amendment No. 5 to Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement and Waiver dated as of February 2004, by and among the lenders signatory thereto, Comerica Bank as agent for the Banks, Trim Systems Operating Corp., Tempress, Inc. and Trim Systems LLC.
 
  10.9**     Investor Stockholders Agreement, dated October 5, 2000, by and among Bostrom Holding, Inc., Onex American Holdings LLC, J2R Partners VII and the stockholders listed on the signature pages thereto.
 
  10.10**     Investor Stockholders Joinder Agreement, dated as of March 28, 2003, by and among Bostrom Holding, Inc. and J2R Partners VI, CVS Partners, LP and CVS Executive Investco LLC.
 
  10.11**     Form of Joinder to the Investor Stockholders Agreement by and among Bostrom Holding, Inc. and the prior stockholders of Trim Systems.


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit No. Description


 
  10.12     Form of Management Stockholders Agreement.
 
  10.13**     Management Agreement, dated October 5, 2000, by and among Hidden Creek Industries, Heavy Duty Holdings, L.L.C., Bostrom Holding, Inc. and its subsidiaries.
 
  10.14**     Amended and Restated Management Agreement, dated March 20, 2003, by and among Hidden Creek Industries, Bostrom Holding, Inc. and its subsidiaries.
 
  10.15**     Note Purchase Agreement, dated September 30, 2002, by and among Bostrom Holding, Inc., Baird Capital Partners II Limited, BCP II Affiliates Fund Limited Partnership, Baird Capital II Limited Partnership, Baird Capital Partners III Limited Partnership, BCP III Special Affiliates Limited Partnership, BCP III Affiliates Fund Limited Partnership, Norwest Equity Partners VII, LP and Hidden Creek Industries.
 
  10.16**     Form of Subordinated Promissory Note issued by Bostrom Holding, Inc. in favor of each of BCP II Affiliates Fund Limited Partnership, Baird Capital II Limited Partnership, Baird Capital Partners III Limited Partnership, BCP III Special Affiliates Limited Partnership BCP III Affiliates Fund Limited Partnership, Norwest Equity Partners VII, LP and Hidden Creek Industries.
 
  10.17**     Promissory Note, dated as of June 28, 2001, issued by Trim Systems Operating Corp. in favor of 1363880 Ontario Inc., in the amount of $6,850,000.
 
  10.18**     Promissory Note, dated as of June 28, 2001, issued by Trim Systems Operating Corp. in favor of J2R Partners II-B, LLC, in the amount of $150,000.
 
  10.19***     Bostrom Holding, Inc. Management Stock Option Plan.
 
  10.20**     Form of Grant of Nonqualified Stock Option pursuant to the Bostrom Holding, Inc. Management Stock Option Plan.
 
  10.21**     Form of Commercial Vehicle Group, Inc. Equity Incentive Plan.
 
  10.22**     Employment agreement, dated as of May 16, 1997, with Donald P. Lorraine.
  10.23     Form of Recapitalization Agreement
  10.24     Form of Non-Competition Agreement
  21.1**     Subsidiaries of Commercial Vehicle Group, Inc.
 
  23.1     Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.
 
  23.2     Consent of Kirkland & Ellis LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
 
  24.1**     Powers of Attorney (included in Part II of the Registration Statement).
 
  99.1**     Consent of Eric J. Rosen to designation as director.
 
  99.2**     Consent of Richard A. Snell to designation as director.


  To be filed by amendment.

  **  Previously filed.

***  Previously filed but updated version filed herewith.

EXHIBIT 1.1

[ ] SHARES

COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GROUP, INC.

COMMON STOCK

UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

[ ], 2004

CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON LLC,
As Representative of the Several Underwriters, Eleven Madison Avenue,
New York, NY 10010-3629

Dear Sirs:

1. Introductory. Commercial Vehicle Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("COMPANY") proposes to issue and sell [ ] shares of its Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share ("SECURITIES"), and the stockholders listed in Schedule A hereto ("SELLING STOCKHOLDERS") propose severally to sell an aggregate of [ ] outstanding shares of the Securities (such [ ] shares of Securities being hereinafter referred to as the "FIRM SECURITIES"), to the Underwriters (as defined below), for whom Credit Suisse First Boston LLC is acting as representative (the "REPRESENTATIVE"). The Company also proposes to sell to the Underwriters, at the option of the Underwriters, an aggregate of not more than
[ ] additional shares of its Securities, and the Selling Stockholders also propose to sell to the Underwriters, at the option of the Underwriters, an aggregate of not more than [ ] additional outstanding shares of the Company's Securities (with each such Selling Stockholder selling the number of Optional Securities (as defined below) set forth opposite its name on Schedule A), in each case as set forth below (such [ ] additional shares being hereinafter referred to as the "OPTIONAL SECURITIES"). The Firm Securities and the Optional Securities are herein collectively called the "OFFERED SECURITIES". As part of the offering contemplated by this Agreement, Credit Suisse First Boston LLC (the "DESIGNATED UNDERWRITER") has agreed to reserve out of the Firm Securities purchased by it under this Agreement, up to [ ] shares, for sale to the Company's directors, officers, employees and other parties associated with the Company (collectively, "PARTICIPANTS"), as set forth in the Prospectus (as defined herein) under the heading "Underwriting" (the "DIRECTED SHARE PROGRAM"). The Firm Securities to be sold by the Designated Underwriter pursuant to the Directed Share Program (the "DIRECTED SHARES") will be sold by the Designated Underwriter pursuant to this Agreement at the public offering price. Any Directed Shares not subscribed for by the end of the business day on which this Agreement is executed will be offered to the public by the Underwriters as set forth in the Prospectus. The Company and the Selling Stockholders hereby agree with the several Underwriters named in Schedule B hereto ("UNDERWRITERS") as follows:

2. Representations and Warranties of the Company and the Selling Stockholders. (a) The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the several Underwriters that:

(i) A registration statement (No. 333-115708) relating to the Offered Securities, including a form of prospectus, has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission ("COMMISSION") and either (A) has been declared effective under the Securities Act of 1933 ("ACT") and is not proposed to be amended or (B) is proposed to be amended by amendment or post-effective amendment. If such registration statement (the "INITIAL REGISTRATION STATEMENT") has


been declared effective, either (A) an additional registration statement (the "ADDITIONAL REGISTRATION STATEMENT") relating to the Offered Securities may have been filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 462(b) ("RULE 462(b)") under the Act and, if so filed, has become effective upon filing pursuant to such Rule and the Offered Securities all have been duly registered under the Act pursuant to the initial registration statement and, if applicable, the additional registration statement or (B) such an additional registration statement is proposed to be filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 462(b) and will become effective upon filing pursuant to such Rule and upon such filing the Offered Securities will all have been duly registered under the Act pursuant to the initial registration statement and such additional registration statement. If the Company does not propose to amend the initial registration statement or if an additional registration statement has been filed and the Company does not propose to amend it, and if any post-effective amendment to either such registration statement has been filed with the Commission prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the most recent amendment (if any) to each such registration statement has been declared effective by the Commission or has become effective upon filing pursuant to Rule
462(c) ("RULE 462(c)") under the Act or, in the case of the additional registration statement, Rule 462(b). For purposes of this Agreement, "EFFECTIVE TIME" with respect to the initial registration statement or, if filed prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the additional registration statement means (A) if the Company has advised the Representative that it does not propose to amend such registration statement, the date and time as of which such registration statement, or the most recent post-effective amendment thereto (if any) filed prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, was declared effective by the Commission or has become effective upon filing pursuant to Rule
462(c), or (B) if the Company has advised the Representative that it proposes to file an amendment or post-effective amendment to such registration statement, the date and time as of which such registration statement, as amended by such amendment or post-effective amendment, as the case may be, is declared effective by the Commission. If an additional registration statement has not been filed prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement but the Company has advised the Representative that it proposes to file one, "EFFECTIVE TIME" with respect to such additional registration statement means the date and time as of which such registration statement is filed and becomes effective pursuant to Rule
462(b). "EFFECTIVE DATE" with respect to the initial registration statement or the additional registration statement (if any) means the date of the Effective Time thereof. The initial registration statement, as amended at its Effective Time, including all information contained in the additional registration statement (if any) and deemed to be a part of the initial registration statement as of the Effective Time of the additional registration statement pursuant to the General Instructions of the Form on which it is filed and including all information (if any) deemed to be a part of the initial registration statement as of its Effective Time pursuant to Rule 430A(b) ("RULE 430A(b)") under the Act, is hereinafter referred to as the "INITIAL REGISTRATION STATEMENT". The additional registration statement, as amended at its Effective Time, including the contents of the initial registration statement incorporated by reference therein and including all information (if any) deemed to be a part of the additional registration statement as of its Effective Time pursuant to Rule 430A(b), is hereinafter referred to as the "ADDITIONAL REGISTRATION STATEMENT". The Initial Registration Statement and the Additional Registration Statement are hereinafter referred to collectively as the "REGISTRATION STATEMENTS" and individually as a "REGISTRATION STATEMENT". The form of prospectus relating to the Offered Securities, as first filed with the Commission pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 424(b) ("RULE
424(b)") under the Act or (if no such filing is required) as included in a Registration Statement, is hereinafter referred to as the "Prospectus". No document has been or will be prepared or distributed in reliance on Rule 434 under the Act.

(ii) If the Effective Time of the Initial Registration Statement is prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement: (A) on the Effective Date of the Initial Registration Statement, the Initial Registration Statement conformed in all material respects to the requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission ("RULES AND REGULATIONS") and did not include any

2

untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, (B) on the Effective Date of the Additional Registration Statement (if any), each Registration Statement conformed or will conform, in all material respects to the requirements of the Act and the Rules and Regulations and did not include, or will not include, any untrue statement of a material fact and did not omit, or will not omit, to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and (C) on the date of this Agreement, the Initial Registration Statement and, if the Effective Time of the Additional Registration Statement is prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Additional Registration Statement each conforms, and at the time of filing of the Prospectus pursuant to Rule 424(b) or (if no such filing is required) at the Effective Date of the Additional Registration Statement in which the Prospectus is included, each Registration Statement and the Prospectus will conform, in all material respects to the requirements of the Act and the Rules and Regulations, and neither of such documents includes, or will include, any untrue statement of a material fact or omits, or will omit, to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. If the Effective Time of the Initial Registration Statement is subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement:
on the Effective Date of the Initial Registration Statement, the Initial Registration Statement and the Prospectus will conform in all material respects to the requirements of the Act and the Rules and Regulations, neither of such documents will include any untrue statement of a material fact or will omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and no Additional Registration Statement has been or will be filed. The two preceding sentences do not apply to statements in or omissions from a Registration Statement or the Prospectus based upon written information furnished to the Company by any Underwriter through the Representative specifically for use therein, it being understood and agreed that the only such information is that described as such in Section 7(c) hereof, or relating to the Selling Stockholders, furnished in writing to the Company by a Selling Stockholder specifically for use therein.

(iii) The Company has been duly incorporated and is an existing corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, with power and authority (corporate and other) to own its properties and conduct its business as described in the Prospectus; and the Company is duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation in good standing in all other jurisdictions in which its ownership or lease of property or the conduct of its business requires such qualification, except where the failure to be so qualified would not have a material adverse effect on the condition (financial or other), business, properties or results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole (a "MATERIAL ADVERSE EFFECT").

(iv) Each subsidiary of the Company has been duly incorporated and is an existing corporation in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation, with corporate power and authority to own or lease its properties and conduct its business as described in the Prospectus; and each subsidiary of the Company is duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation in good standing in all other jurisdictions in which its ownership or lease of property or the conduct of its business requires such qualification, except where the failure to be so qualified would not have a Material Adverse Effect; all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of each subsidiary of the Company has been duly authorized and validly issued and is fully paid and nonassessable; and the capital stock of each subsidiary owned by the Company, directly or through subsidiaries, is owned free from liens, encumbrances and defects (other than transfer restrictions imposed under applicable securities laws).

(v) The entities listed on Schedule C hereto are the only subsidiaries of the Company.

3

(vi) No subsidiary, other than the subsidiaries indicated as "significant subsidiaries" on Schedule C hereto, as of December 31, 2003, was a "significant subsidiary" within the meaning of Regulation S-X under the Act.

(vii) The Offered Securities and all other outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company have been duly authorized and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and conform in all material respects to the description thereof contained in the Prospectus; and the stockholders of the Company have no preemptive rights with respect to the Securities.

(viii) Except as disclosed in the Prospectus, there are no contracts, agreements or understandings between the Company and any person that would give rise to a valid claim against the Company or any Underwriter for a brokerage commission, finder's fee or other like payment in connection with this offering.

(ix) There are no contracts, agreements or understandings between the Company and any person granting such person the right to require the Company to file a registration statement under the Act with respect to any securities of the Company owned or to be owned by such person or to require the Company to include such securities in the securities registered pursuant to a Registration Statement or in any securities being registered pursuant to any other registration statement filed by the Company under the Act that have not otherwise been complied with or waived.

(x) The Securities have been approved for listing, subject to notice of issuance, on The Nasdaq National Market.

(xi) No consent, approval, authorization, or order of, or filing with, any governmental agency or body or any court is required to be obtained or made by the Company for the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement in connection with the sale of the Offered Securities, except such as have been obtained and made under the Act and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "EXCHANGE ACT"), and such as may be required under state securities laws or rules of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (the "NASD").

(xii) The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, and the consummation of the transactions herein contemplated will not result in a breach or violation of any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute a default under, (a) any statute, any rule, regulation or order of any governmental agency or body or any court, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over the Company or any subsidiary of the Company or any of their properties, or (b) any agreement or instrument to which the Company or any such subsidiary is a party or by which the Company or any such subsidiary is bound or to which any of the properties of the Company or any such subsidiary is subject, or (c) the charter or by-laws of the Company or any such subsidiary, other than, in the case of (a) and (b), conflicts or breaches that, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(xiii) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company.

(xiv) Except as disclosed in the Prospectus, the Company and its subsidiaries have good and marketable title to all real properties and all other properties and assets owned by them, in each case free from liens, encumbrances and defects the enforcement of which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and except as disclosed in the Prospectus, the Company and its subsidiaries hold any leased real or personal property under valid and enforceable leases with no exceptions that would materially interfere with the use made or to be made thereof

4

by them and no material default has occurred or is continuing under any material lease to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party.

(xv) The Company and its subsidiaries possess adequate certificates, authorizations or permits issued by appropriate governmental agencies or bodies necessary to conduct the business now operated by them, except for such certificates, authorizations or permits the absence of which, individually or in the aggregate, would not have a Material Adverse Effect and have not received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of any such certificate, authorization or permit that, if determined adversely to the Company or any of its subsidiaries, would individually or in the aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect.

(xvi) No labor dispute with the employees of the Company or any subsidiary exists or, to the knowledge of the Company, is imminent that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(xvii) The Company and its subsidiaries own, possess or can acquire on reasonable terms, adequate trademarks, trade names and other rights to inventions, know-how, patents, copyrights, confidential information and other intellectual property (collectively, "INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS") necessary to conduct the business now operated by them, or presently employed by them, and have not received any notice of infringement of or conflict with asserted rights of others with respect to any intellectual property rights that, if determined adversely to the Company or any of its subsidiaries, which individually or in the aggregate would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(xviii) Except as disclosed in the Prospectus, neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is in violation of any statute, any rule, regulation, decision or order of any governmental agency or body or any court, domestic or foreign, relating to the use, disposal or release of hazardous or toxic substances or relating to the protection or restoration of the environment or human exposure to hazardous or toxic substances (collectively, "ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS"), owns or operates any real property contaminated with any substance that is subject to any environmental laws, is liable for any off-site disposal or contamination pursuant to any environmental laws, or is subject to any claim relating to any environmental laws, which violation, contamination, liability or claim would individually or in the aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect; and the Company is not aware of any pending investigation which might lead to such a claim.

(xix) Except as disclosed in the Prospectus, there are no pending actions, suits or proceedings against or affecting the Company, any of its subsidiaries or any of their respective properties that, if determined adversely to the Company or any of its subsidiaries, would individually or in the aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect, or would materially and adversely affect the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this Agreement, or which are otherwise material in the context of the sale of the Offered Securities; and, to the Company's knowledge, no such actions, suits or proceedings are threatened or contemplated.

(xx) The financial statements, together with related notes, included in each Registration Statement and the Prospectus present fairly in all material respects the financial position of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries as of the dates shown and their results of operations and cash flows for the periods shown, and such financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the generally accepted accounting principles in the United States applied on a consistent basis; and the schedules included in each Registration Statement present fairly the information required to be stated therein.

5

(xxi) Each of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries maintain a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (a) transactions are executed in accordance with management's general or specific authorizations; (b) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles and to maintain asset accountability; (c) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management's general or specific authorization; and (d) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences.

(xxii) Except as disclosed in the Prospectus, since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the Prospectus there has been no material adverse change, nor any development or event involving a prospective material adverse change, in the condition (financial or other), business, properties or results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, and, except as disclosed in or contemplated by the Prospectus, there has been no dividend or distribution of any kind declared, paid or made by the Company on any class of its capital stock.

(xxiii) The Company is not and, after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Offered Securities and the application of the proceeds thereof as described in the Prospectus, will not be an "investment company" as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

(xxiv) The Company has not taken, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that would constitute or that might reasonably be expected to cause or result in, under the Exchange Act or otherwise, stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities.

(xxv) Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (A) The minimum funding standard under Section 302 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the regulations and published interpretations thereunder ("ERISA"), has been satisfied by each "pension plan" (as defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA) which has been established or maintained by the Company and/or one or more of its subsidiaries, each plan which is intended to be qualified under Section 401 of the Code is so qualified; (B) each of the Company and its subsidiaries has fulfilled its obligations, if any, under Section 515 of ERISA; (C) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries maintains or is required to contribute to a "welfare plan" (as defined in Section 3(1) of ERISA) which provides retiree or other post-employment welfare benefits or insurance coverage (other than "continuation coverage" (as defined in Section 602 of ERISA)); (D) each pension plan and welfare plan established or maintained by the Company and/or one or more of its subsidiaries is in compliance with the currently applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code; and (E) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has incurred or could reasonably be expected to incur any withdrawal liability under Section 4201 of ERISA, any liability under Section 4062, 4063, or 4064 of ERISA, or any other liability under Title IV of ERISA.

(xxvi) There is and has been no failure on the part of the Company and any of the Company's directors or officers, in their capacities as such, to comply with any provision of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and regulations promulgated in connection therewith (the "SARBANES-OXLEY ACT"), including Section 402 related to loans and Sections 302 and 906 related to certifications, to the extent such sections are applicable.

(xxvii) Furthermore, the Company represents and warrants to the Underwriters that (i) the Registration Statement, the Prospectus and any preliminary prospectus comply in all material respects, and any further amendments or supplements thereto will comply in all material respects, with any applicable laws or regulations of foreign jurisdictions in which the Prospectus or any

6

preliminary prospectus, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, are distributed in connection with the Directed Share Program, and that (ii) no authorization, approval, consent, license, order, registration or qualification of or with any government, governmental instrumentality or court, other than such as have been obtained, is necessary under the securities law and regulations of foreign jurisdictions in which the Directed Shares are offered outside the United States.

(xxviii) The Company has not offered, or caused the Underwriters to offer, any Offered Securities to any person pursuant to the Directed Share Program with the specific intent to unlawfully influence (i) a customer or supplier of the Company to alter the customer's or supplier's level or type of business with the Company or (ii) a trade journalist or publication to write or publish favorable information about the Company or its products.

(b) Each Selling Stockholder severally represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the several Underwriters that:

(i) Such Selling Stockholder has and on each Closing Date hereinafter mentioned will have valid and unencumbered title to the Offered Securities to be delivered by such Selling Stockholder on such Closing Date and full right, power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to sell, assign, transfer and deliver the Offered Securities to be delivered by such Selling Stockholder on such Closing Date hereunder; and upon the delivery of and payment for the Offered Securities to be sold by such Selling Stockholder on each Closing Date hereunder the several Underwriters will acquire valid and unencumbered title to the Offered Securities to be delivered by such Selling Stockholder on such Closing Date.

(ii) Such Selling Stockholder has not taken, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that would constitute or that might reasonably be expected to cause or result in, under the Exchange Act or otherwise, stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities.

(iii) No consent, approval, authorization or order of, or filing with, any governmental agency or body or any court is required to be obtained or made by such Selling Stockholder for the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement in connection with the sale of the Offered Securities sold by such Selling Stockholder, except such as have been obtained and made under the Act and the Exchange Act and such as may be required under state securities laws or the rules of the NASD.

(iv) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by or on behalf of such Selling Stockholder.

(v) If the Effective Time of the Initial Registration Statement is prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement: (A) on the Effective Date of the Initial Registration Statement, the Initial Registration Statement did not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, (B) on the Effective Date of the Additional Registration Statement (if any), each Registration Statement did not include, or will not include, any untrue statement of a material fact and did not omit, or will not omit, to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and (C) on the date of this Agreement, the Initial Registration Statement and, if the Effective Time of the Additional Registration Statement is prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Additional Registration Statement, and at the time of filing of the Prospectus pursuant to Rule 424(b) or (if no such filing is required) at the Effective Date of the Additional Registration Statement in which the Prospectus is included, each Registration Statement and the Prospectus did not include, or will not include, any untrue

7

statement of a material fact or omits, or will omit, to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. If the Effective Time of the Initial Registration Statement is subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement:
on the Effective Date of the Initial Registration Statement, the Initial Registration Statement and the Prospectus will not include any untrue statement of a material fact or will omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. This paragraph 2(b)(v) applies only to statements in or omissions from a Registration Statement or the Prospectus that relate to such Selling Stockholder and are based upon written information furnished to the Company by such Selling Stockholder specifically for use therein.

(vi) The sale of the Offered Securities by such Selling Stockholder pursuant hereto is not prompted by any information concerning the Company or any of its subsidiaries which is not set forth in the Prospectus or any supplement thereto.

(vii) Except as disclosed in the Prospectus, there are no contracts, agreements or understandings between such Selling Stockholder and any person that would give rise to a valid claim against such Selling Stockholder or any Underwriter for a brokerage commission, finder's fee or other like payment in connection with this offering.

3. Purchase, Sale and Delivery of Offered Securities. On the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements herein contained, but subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company and each Selling Stockholder agree, severally and not jointly, to sell to each Underwriter, and each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company and each Selling Stockholder, at a purchase price of $[ ] per share, that number of Firm Securities (rounded up or down, as determined by Credit Suisse First Boston LLC ("CSFB") in its discretion, in order to avoid fractions) obtained by multiplying Firm Securities in the case of the Company and the number of Firm Securities set forth opposite the name of such Selling Stockholder in Schedule A hereto, in the case of a Selling Stockholder, in each case by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of Firm Securities set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule B hereto and the denominator of which is the total number of Firm Securities.

Certificates in negotiable form for the Offered Securities to be sold by the Selling Stockholders listed on Schedule D-1 (the "CUSTODIAL SELLING STOCKHOLDERS") hereunder have been placed in custody, for delivery under this Agreement, under Custody Agreements (the "CUSTODY AGREEMENTS") made with [ ], as custodian ("CUSTODIAN"). The Selling Stockholders other than the Custodial Selling Stockholders (the "ONEX SELLING STOCKHOLDERS") have entered into an irrevocable power of attorney appointing Onex American Holdings II LLC as attorney-in-fact for each Onex Selling Stockholder, with full power and authority to act in the name of and for and on behalf of each such Onex Selling Stockholder with respect to all matters arising in connection with the sale of Securities by each such Onex Selling Stockholder.

Each Custodial Selling Stockholder agrees that the shares represented by the certificates held in custody for the Custodial Selling Stockholders under such Custody Agreements are subject to the interests of the Underwriters hereunder, that the arrangements made by the Custodial Selling Stockholders for such custody are to that extent irrevocable, and that the obligations of the Custodial Selling Stockholders hereunder shall not be terminated by operation of law, whether by the death of any individual Custodial Selling Stockholder or the occurrence of any other event, or in the case of a trust, by the death of any trustee or trustees or the termination of such trust. If any individual Custodial Selling Stockholder or any such trustee or trustees should die, or if any other such event should occur, or if any of such trusts should terminate, before the delivery of the Offered Securities hereunder, certificates for such Offered Securities shall be delivered by the Custodian in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement as if such death or other event or termination had not occurred, regardless of whether or not the Custodian shall have received notice of such death or other event or termination.

8

The Company, the Custodian and the Onex Selling Stockholders will deliver the Firm Securities to the Representative for the accounts of the Underwriters, against payment of the purchase price in Federal (same day) funds by official bank check or checks or wire transfer to an account at a bank acceptable to CSFB drawn to the order of the Company in the case of [ ] shares of Firm Securities, the Custodian in the case of [ ] shares of Firm Securities and Onex American Holdings II LLC in the case of [ ] shares of Firm Securities, at the office of Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP, at 10:00 A.M., New York time, on [ ], 2004, or at such other time not later than seven full business days thereafter as CSFB and the Company determine, such time being herein referred to as the "FIRST CLOSING DATE". For purposes of Rule 15c6-1 under the Exchange Act, the First Closing Date (if later than the otherwise applicable settlement date) shall be the settlement date for payment of funds and delivery of securities for all the Offered Securities sold pursuant to the offering. The certificates for the Firm Securities so to be delivered will be in definitive form, in such denominations and registered in such names as CSFB requests and will be made available for checking and packaging at the office of Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP at least 24 hours prior to the First Closing Date.

In addition, upon written notice from CSFB given to the Company and the Selling Stockholders from time to time (not to exceed three times) not more than 30 days subsequent to the date of the Prospectus, the Underwriters may purchase all or less than all of the Optional Securities at the purchase price per Security to be paid for the Firm Securities. The Company and the Selling Stockholders agree, severally and not jointly, to sell to the Underwriters the respective numbers of Optional Securities obtained by multiplying the number of Optional Securities specified in such notice by a fraction the numerator of which is [ ] in the case of the Company and the number of shares set forth opposite the names of such Selling Stockholders in Schedule A hereto under the caption "Number of Optional Securities to be Sold" in the case of the Selling Stockholders and the denominator of which is the total number of Optional Securities (subject to adjustment by CSFB to eliminate fractions). Such Optional Securities shall be purchased from the Company and each Selling Stockholder for the account of each Underwriter in the same proportion as the number of Firm Securities set forth opposite such Underwriter's name bears to the total number of Firm Securities (subject to adjustment by CSFB to eliminate fractions) and may be purchased by the Underwriters only for the purpose of covering over-allotments made in connection with the sale of the Firm Securities. No Optional Securities shall be sold or delivered unless the Firm Securities previously have been, or simultaneously are, sold and delivered. The right to purchase the Optional Securities or any portion thereof may be exercised from time to time (not to exceed three times) and to the extent not previously exercised may be surrendered and terminated at any time upon notice by CSFB to the Company and the Selling Stockholders.

Each time for the delivery of and payment for the Optional Securities, being herein referred to as an "OPTIONAL CLOSING DATE", which may be the First Closing Date (the First Closing Date and each Optional Closing Date, if any, being sometimes referred to as a "CLOSING DATE"), shall be determined by CSFB but shall be not later than five full business days after written notice of election to purchase Optional Securities is given. The Company will deliver the Optional Securities being purchased from the Company on each Optional Closing Date to the Representative for the accounts of the several Underwriters, against payment of the purchase price therefor in Federal (same day) funds by official bank check or checks or wire transfer to an account at a bank acceptable to CSFB drawn to the order of the Company with respect to the Optional Securities being so purchased on such Optional Closing Date, at the office of Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP. The Custodian will deliver the Optional Securities held for the Custodial Selling Stockholders being purchased on each Optional Closing Date to the Representative for the accounts of the several Underwriters, against payment of the purchase price therefor in Federal (same day) funds by official bank check or checks or wire transfer to an account at a bank acceptable to CSFB drawn to the order of the Custodian for the accounts of the Custodial Selling Stockholders with respect to the Optional Securities being so purchased on such Optional Closing Date, at the office of Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP. The Onex Selling Stockholders will deliver or cause to be delivered the Optional Securities being purchased from them on each Optional Closing Date to the Representative for the accounts of the several Underwriters, against payment of the purchase price therefor in Federal (same day) funds by official bank check or checks or wire transfer to an account at a bank acceptable to CSFB drawn to the order of Onex American Holdings II LLC with respect to the Optional Securities being so purchased on such Optional Closing Date, at the office of Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP. The certificates for

9

the Optional Securities being purchased on each Optional Closing Date will be in definitive form, in such denominations and registered in such names as CSFB requests upon reasonable notice prior to such Optional Closing Date and will be made available for checking and packaging at the office of Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP at a reasonable time in advance of such Optional Closing Date.

4. Offering by Underwriters. It is understood that the several Underwriters propose to offer the Offered Securities for sale to the public as set forth in the Prospectus.

5. Certain Agreements of the Company and the Selling Stockholders. The Company agrees with the several Underwriters and the Selling Stockholders that:

(a) If the Effective Time of the Initial Registration Statement is prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Company will file the Prospectus with the Commission pursuant to and in accordance with subparagraph
(1) (or, if applicable and if consented to by CSFB, subparagraph (4)) of Rule 424(b) not later than the earlier of (A) the second business day following the execution and delivery of this Agreement or (B) the fifteenth business day after the Effective Date of the Initial Registration Statement.

The Company will advise CSFB promptly of any such filing pursuant to Rule
424(b). If the Effective Time of the Initial Registration Statement is prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement and an additional registration statement is necessary to register a portion of the Offered Securities under the Act but the Effective Time thereof has not occurred as of such execution and delivery, the Company will file the additional registration statement or, if filed, will file a post-effective amendment thereto with the Commission pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 462(b) on or prior to 10:00 P.M., New York time, on the date of this Agreement or, if earlier, on or prior to the time the Prospectus is printed and distributed to any Underwriter, or will make such filing at such later date as shall have been consented to by CSFB.

(b) The Company will advise CSFB promptly of any proposal to amend or supplement the initial or any additional registration statement as filed or the related prospectus or the Initial Registration Statement, the Additional Registration Statement (if any) or the Prospectus and will not effect such amendment or supplementation without CSFB's consent; and the Company will also advise CSFB promptly of the effectiveness of each Registration Statement (if its Effective Time is subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement) and of any amendment or supplementation of a Registration Statement or the Prospectus and of the institution by the Commission of any stop order proceedings in respect of a Registration Statement and will use its reasonable best efforts to prevent the issuance of any such stop order and to obtain as soon as possible its lifting, if issued.

(c) If, at any time when a prospectus relating to the Offered Securities is required to be delivered under the Act in connection with sales by any Underwriter or dealer, any event occurs as a result of which the Prospectus as then amended or supplemented would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, or if it is necessary at any time to amend the Prospectus to comply with the Act, the Company will promptly notify CSFB of such event and will promptly prepare and file with the Commission, at its own expense, an amendment or supplement which will correct such statement or omission or an amendment which will effect such compliance. Neither CSFB's consent to, nor the Underwriters' delivery of, any such amendment or supplement shall constitute a waiver of any of the conditions set forth in Section 6.

(d) As soon as practicable, but not later than the Availability Date (as defined below), the Company will make generally available to its securityholders an earnings statement covering a period of at least 12 months beginning after the Effective Date of the Initial Registration Statement (or, if later, the Effective Date of the Additional Registration Statement) which will satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a)

10

of the Act. For the purpose of the preceding sentence, "AVAILABILITY DATE" means the 45th day after the end of the fourth fiscal quarter following the fiscal quarter that includes such Effective Date, except that, if such fourth fiscal quarter is the last quarter of the Company's fiscal year, "AVAILABILITY DATE" means the 90th day after the end of such fourth fiscal quarter.

(e) The Company will furnish to the Representative copies of each Registration Statement (four of which will be signed and one of which will include all exhibits), each related preliminary prospectus, and, so long as a prospectus relating to the Offered Securities is required to be delivered under the Act in connection with sales by any Underwriter or dealer, the Prospectus and all amendments and supplements to such documents, in each case in such quantities as CSFB reasonably requests. The Prospectus shall be so furnished on or prior to 3:00 P.M., New York time, on the business day following the later of the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the Effective Time of the Initial Registration Statement. All other such documents shall be so furnished as soon as available. The Company and the Selling Stockholders will pay the expenses of printing and distributing to the Underwriters all such documents.

(f) The Company will arrange for the qualification of the Offered Securities for sale under the laws of such jurisdictions as CSFB designates and will continue such qualifications in effect so long as required for the distribution; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to qualify to do business, consent to service of process or become subject to taxation in any jurisdiction in which it has not already done so.

(g) During the period of three years hereafter, the Company will furnish to the Representative and, upon request, to each of the other Underwriters, as soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal year, a copy of its annual report to stockholders for such year; and the Company will furnish to the Representative (i) as soon as available, a copy of each report and any definitive proxy statement of the Company filed with the Commission under the Exchange Act or mailed to stockholders, and (ii) from time to time, such other information concerning the Company as CSFB may reasonably request.

(h) For the period specified below (the "LOCK-UP PERIOD"), the Company will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the Commission a registration statement under the Act relating to, any additional shares of its Securities or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of its Securities, or publicly disclose the intention to make any such offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing, without the prior written consent of CSFB. The initial Lock-Up Period will commence on the date of this Agreement and continue for 180 days after the public offering date set forth on the final prospectus used to sell the Securities (the "PUBLIC OFFERING DATE") or such earlier date that CSFB consents to in writing; provided, however, that if (1) during the last 17 days of the initial Lock-Up Period, the Company releases earnings results or material news or a material event relating to the Company occurs or (2) prior to the expiration of the initial Lock-Up Period, the Company announces that it will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the initial Lock-Up Period, then in each case, the Lock-Up Period will be extended until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of release of the earnings results or the occurrence of the material news or material event, as applicable, unless CSFB waives, in writing, such extension. Any Securities received upon exercise of options granted to the undersigned will also be subject to this paragraph 5(h). Any Securities acquired in the open market or in the Directed Share Program, and any Securities sold in the Offering pursuant to this Agreement, will not be subject to this paragraph 5(h). A transfer of Securities to a family member, trust or controlled affiliate may be made, provided the transferee agrees to be bound in writing by the terms of this paragraph 5(h). In addition, the Company may transfer Securities or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Securities pursuant to a sale of 100% of the outstanding Securities (including, without limitation, in connection with a tender offer for such Securities or by way of merger of the Company with another person) to a third party or group of third parties that are not affiliates of the Company, provided that the third party or group of third parties agrees in

11

writing to be bound by the restrictions set forth herein until such time as such third party or group of third parties has acquired 100% of the outstanding Securities of the Company.

(i) The Company and each Selling Stockholder agree with the several Underwriters that the Company and such Selling Stockholder will pay all expenses incident to the performance of the obligations of the Company and such Selling Stockholder, as the case may be, under this Agreement; the Company will pay for any filing fees and other expenses (including fees and disbursements of counsel) in connection with qualification of the Offered Securities for sale under the laws of such jurisdictions as CSFB designates and the printing of memoranda relating thereto, for the filing fee incident to the review by the NASD of the Offered Securities, for any travel expenses of the Company's officers and employees and any other expenses of the Company in connection with attending or hosting meetings with prospective purchasers of the Offered Securities and for expenses incurred in distributing preliminary prospectuses and the Prospectus (including any amendments and supplements thereto) to the Underwriters and each Selling Stockholder will pay for any transfer taxes on the sale by such Selling Stockholder of the Offered Securities to the Underwriters. Nothing in this paragraph 5(i) amends or otherwise alters any existing agreement among the Company and the Selling Stockholders with respect to responsibilities for expenses in connection with the registration of the Offered Securities.

(j) In connection with the Directed Share Program, the Company will ensure that the Directed Shares will be restricted to the extent required by the NASD or the NASD rules from sale, transfer, assignment, pledge or hypothecation for a period of three months following the date of the effectiveness of the Registration Statement. The Designated Underwriter will notify the Company as to which Participants will need to be so restricted. The Company will direct the transfer agent to place stop transfer restrictions upon such securities for such period of time.

(k) The Company will pay all fees and disbursements of counsel incurred by the Underwriters in connection with the Directed Share Program and stamp duties, similar taxes or duties or other taxes, if any, incurred by the underwriters in connection with the Directed Share Program.

Furthermore, the Company covenants with the Underwriters that the Company will comply with all applicable securities and other applicable laws, rules and regulations in each foreign jurisdiction in which the Directed Shares are offered in connection with the Directed Share Program.

6. Conditions of the Obligations of the Underwriters. The obligations of the several Underwriters to purchase and pay for the Firm Securities on the First Closing Date and the Optional Securities to be purchased on each Optional Closing Date will be subject to the accuracy of the representations and warranties on the part of the Company and the Selling Stockholders herein, to the accuracy in all material respects of the statements of Company officers made pursuant to the provisions hereof, to the performance in all material respects by the Company and the Selling Stockholders of their obligations hereunder and to the following additional conditions precedent:

(a) The Representative shall have received a letter, dated the date of delivery thereof (which, if the Effective Time of the Initial Registration Statement is prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, shall be on or prior to the date of this Agreement or, if the Effective Time of the Initial Registration Statement is subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, shall be prior to the filing of the amendment or post-effective amendment to the registration statement to be filed shortly prior to such Effective Time), of Deloitte & Touche LLP confirming that they are independent certified public accountants within the meaning of the Act and the applicable published Rules and Regulations thereunder and stating to the effect that:

12

(i) in their opinion the financial statements and schedules examined by them and included in the Registration Statements comply as to form in all material respects with the applicable accounting requirements of the Act and the related published Rules and Regulations;

(ii) they have performed the procedures specified by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants for a review of interim financial information as described in Statement of Auditing Standards No. 100, Interim Financial Information, on the unaudited financial statements included in the Registration Statements;

(iii) on the basis of the review referred to in clause (ii) above, a reading of the latest available interim financial statements of the Company, inquiries of officials of the Company who have responsibility for financial and accounting matters and other specified procedures, nothing came to their attention that caused them to believe that:

(A) the unaudited financial statements included in the Registration Statements do not comply as to form in all material respects with the applicable accounting requirements of the Act and the related published Rules and Regulations or any material modifications should be made to such unaudited financial statements for them to be in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles;

(B) at the date of the latest available balance sheet read by such accountants, or at a subsequent specified date not more than three business days prior to the date of this Agreement, there was any change in the capital stock or any increase in total debt of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries or, at the date of the latest available balance sheet read by such accountants, there was any decrease in consolidated total assets, as compared with amounts shown on the latest balance sheet included in the Prospectus; or

(C) for the period from the closing date of the latest income statement included in the Prospectus to the closing date of the latest available income statement read by such accountants, or to a subsequent specified date not more than three business days prior to the date of this Agreement, there were any decreases, as compared with the corresponding period of the previous year, in consolidated revenue or net operating income in the total or per share amounts of consolidated net income;

except in all cases set forth in clauses (B) and (C) above for changes, increases or decreases which the Prospectus discloses have occurred or may occur or which are described in such letter; and

(iv) they have compared specified dollar amounts (or percentages derived from such dollar amounts) and other financial information contained in the Registration Statements (in each case to the extent that such dollar amounts, percentages and other financial information are derived from the general accounting records of the Company and its subsidiaries subject to the internal controls of the Company's accounting system or are derived directly from such records by analysis or computation) with the results obtained from inquiries, a reading of such general accounting records and other procedures specified in such letter and have found such dollar amounts, percentages and other financial information to be in agreement with such results, except as otherwise specified in such letter.

For purposes of this subsection, (i) if the Effective Time of the Initial Registration Statements is subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, "REGISTRATION STATEMENTS" shall mean the initial registration statement as proposed to be amended by the amendment or post-effective amendment to be filed shortly prior to its Effective Time, (ii) if the Effective Time of the Initial Registration Statements is prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement but the Effective Time of the Additional Registration

13

Statement is subsequent to such execution and delivery, "REGISTRATION STATEMENTS" shall mean the Initial Registration Statement and the Additional Registration Statement as proposed to be filed or as proposed to be amended by the post-effective amendment to be filed shortly prior to its Effective Time, and (iii) "PROSPECTUS" shall mean the prospectus included in the Registration Statements.

(b) If the Effective Time of the Initial Registration Statement is not prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, such Effective Time shall have occurred not later than 10:00 P.M., New York time, on the date of this Agreement or such later date as shall have been consented to by CSFB. If the Effective Time of the Additional Registration Statement (if any) is not prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, such Effective Time shall have occurred not later than 10:00 P.M., New York time, on the date of this Agreement or, if earlier, the time the Prospectus is printed and distributed to any Underwriter, or shall have occurred at such later date as shall have been consented to by CSFB. If the Effective Time of the Initial Registration Statement is prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Prospectus shall have been filed with the Commission in accordance with the Rules and Regulations and Section 5(a) of this Agreement. Prior to such Closing Date, no stop order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement shall have been issued and no proceedings for that purpose shall have been instituted or, to the knowledge of any Selling Stockholder, the Company or the Representative, shall be contemplated by the Commission.

(c) Subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, there shall not have occurred (i) any change, or any development or event involving a prospective change, in the condition (financial or other), business, properties or results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as one enterprise which, in the judgment of a majority in interest of the Underwriters including the Representative, is material and adverse and makes it impractical or inadvisable to proceed with completion of the public offering or the sale of and payment for the Offered Securities; (ii) any downgrading in the rating of any debt securities of the Company by any "nationally recognized statistical rating organization" (as defined for purposes of Rule 436(g) under the Act), or any public announcement that any such organization has under surveillance or review its rating of any debt securities of the Company (other than an announcement with positive implications of a possible upgrading, and no implication of a possible downgrading, of such rating); (iii) any change in U.S. or international financial, political or economic conditions or currency exchange rates or exchange controls as would, in the judgment of a majority in interest of the Underwriters including the Representative, be likely to prejudice materially the success of the proposed issue, sale or distribution of the Offered Securities, whether in the primary market or in respect of dealings in the secondary market; (iv) any material suspension or material limitation of trading in securities generally on the New York Stock Exchange or any setting of minimum prices for trading on such exchange; (v) any suspension of trading of any securities of the Company on any exchange or in the over-the-counter market;
(vi) any banking moratorium declared by U.S. Federal or New York authorities;
(vii) any major disruption of settlements of securities or clearance services in the United States or (viii) any attack on, outbreak or escalation of hostilities or act of terrorism involving the United States, any declaration of war by Congress or any other national or international calamity or emergency if, in the judgment of a majority in interest of the Underwriters including the Representative, the effect of any such attack, outbreak, escalation, act, declaration, calamity or emergency makes it impractical or inadvisable to proceed with completion of the public offering or the sale of and payment for the Offered Securities.

(d) The Representative shall have received an opinion, dated such Closing Date, of Kirkland & Ellis LLP, counsel for the Company, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto.

(e) The Representative shall have received an opinion, dated such Closing Date, of Kirkland & Ellis LLP, counsel for the Selling Stockholders listed on Schedule D-2, substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto.

14

(f) The Representative shall have received an opinion, dated such Closing Date, of Kaye Scholer LLP, counsel for the Selling Stockholders listed on Schedule D-3, substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto.

(g) The Representative shall have received the opinions contemplated in the Power of Attorney executed and delivered by each Selling Stockholder other than those listed on Schedule D-2 hereto.

(h) The Representative shall have received from Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, such opinion or opinions, dated such Closing Date, with respect to the incorporation of the Company, the validity of the Offered Securities delivered on such Closing Date, the Registration Statements, the Prospectus and other related matters as the Representative may require, and the Selling Stockholders and the Company shall have furnished to such counsel such documents as they request for the purpose of enabling them to pass upon such matters.

(i) The Representative shall have received a certificate, dated such Closing Date, of the President or any Vice President and a principal financial or accounting officer of the Company in which such officers, to the best of their knowledge after reasonable investigation, shall state that: the representations and warranties of the Company in this Agreement are true and correct; the Company has complied in all material respects with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder at or prior to such Closing Date; no stop order suspending the effectiveness of any Registration Statement has been issued and no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or are contemplated by the Commission; the Additional Registration Statement (if any) satisfying the requirements of subparagraphs (1) and (3) of Rule 462(b) was filed pursuant to Rule 462(b), including payment of the applicable filing fee in accordance with Rule 111(a) or (b) under the Act, prior to the time the Prospectus was printed and distributed to any Underwriter; and, subsequent to the date of the most recent financial statements in the Prospectus, there has been no material adverse change, nor any development or event involving a prospective material adverse change, in the condition (financial or other), business, properties or results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole except as set forth in the Prospectus or as described in such certificate.

(j) The Representative shall have received a letter, dated such Closing Date, of Deloitte & Touche LLP which meets the requirements of subsection (a) of this Section, except that the specified date referred to in such subsection will be a date not more than three days prior to such Closing Date for the purposes of this subsection.

(k) The Representative shall have received a certificate, dated such Closing Date, from Chad M. Utrup, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, substantially in the form of Exhibit D.

(l) On or prior to the date of this Agreement, the Representative shall have received lock-up letters from each of the executive officers and directors of the Company and each existing stockholder of the Company substantially in the form of Exhibit E.

(m) The Custodian will deliver to CSFB a letter stating that they will deliver to each Custodial Selling Stockholder a United States Treasury Department Form 1099 (or other applicable form or statement specified by the United States Treasury Department regulations in lieu thereof) on or before January 31 of the year following the date of this Agreement.

The Selling Stockholders and the Company will furnish the Representative with such conformed copies of such opinions, certificates, letters and documents as the Representative reasonably requests. CSFB may in its sole discretion waive on behalf of the Underwriters compliance with any conditions to the obligations of the Underwriters hereunder, whether in respect of an Optional Closing Date or otherwise.

15

7. Indemnification and Contribution. (a) The Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its partners, members, directors and officers and each person, if any, who controls such Underwriter within the meaning of
Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such Underwriter may become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in any Registration Statement, the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any related preliminary prospectus, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse each Underwriter for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Underwriter in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement in or omission or alleged omission from any of such documents in reliance upon and in conformity with (a) written information furnished to the Company by any Underwriter through the Representative specifically for use therein or (b) written information furnished to the Company by the Selling Stockholders specifically for use therein, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in subsection (c) below.

The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Designated Underwriter and each person, if any, who controls the Designated Underwriter within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act (the "DESIGNATED ENTITIES"), from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with defending or investigating any such action or claim) (i) caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any material prepared by or with the consent of the Company for distribution to Participants in connection with the Directed Share Program or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; (ii) caused by the failure of any Participant to pay for and accept delivery of Directed Shares that the Participant agreed to purchase; or (iii) related to, arising out of, or in connection with the Directed Share Program, other than losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or expenses relating thereto) that are finally judicially determined to have resulted from the bad faith or gross negligence of the Designated Entities.

(a) Each Selling Stockholder, severally and not jointly will indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its partners, members, directors and officers and each person who controls such Underwriter within the meaning of
Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such Underwriter may become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in any Registration Statement, the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any related preliminary prospectus, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Selling Stockholder specifically for use therein, and will reimburse each Underwriter for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Underwriter in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action as such expenses are incurred.

(b) Each Underwriter will severally and not jointly indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its directors and officers and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, and each Selling Stockholder against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which the Company or such Selling Stockholder may become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise

16

out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in any Registration Statement, the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any related preliminary prospectus, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or the alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Underwriter through the Representative specifically for use therein, and will reimburse any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company and each Selling Stockholder in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action as such expenses are incurred, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the following information in the Prospectus furnished on behalf of each Underwriter: the fourth, seventh, fifteenth, sixteenth and seventeenth paragraphs, and the last two sentences in the eighth paragraph under the caption "Underwriting".

(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section or
Section 9 of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against an indemnifying party under subsection (a), (b) or (c) above or Section 9, notify the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof in writing; but the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have under subsection (a), (b) or (c) above or Section 9 except to the extent that it has been materially prejudiced (through the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses) by such failure; and provided further that the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have to an indemnified party otherwise than under subsection (a), (b) or (c) above or
Section 9. In case any such action is brought against any indemnified party and it notifies an indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party will be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it may wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party (who shall not, except with the consent of the indemnified party, be counsel to the indemnifying party), and after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party will not be liable to such indemnified party under this
Section or Section 9, as the case may be, for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, if indemnity may be sought pursuant to the last paragraph in Section 7 (a) hereof in respect of such action or proceeding, then in addition to such separate firm for the indemnified parties, the indemnifying party shall be liable for the reasonable fees and expenses of not more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for the Designated Underwriter for the defense of any losses, claims, damages and liabilities arising out of the Directed Share Program, and all persons, if any, who control the Designated Underwriter within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Act of Section 20 of the Exchange Act. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened action in respect of which any indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party unless such (i) settlement includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on any claims that are the subject matter of such action and (ii) does not include a statement as to, or an admission of, fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of an indemnified party.

(d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section is unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under subsection (a), (b) or (c) above, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to in subsection (a), (b) or (c) above (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company or such Selling Stockholder on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other from the offering of the Securities or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Company or such Selling Stockholder on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other in connection with the statements or

17

omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company or such Selling Stockholder on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total net proceeds from the offering (before deducting expenses) received by the Company or such Selling Stockholder bear to the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters. The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company, the Selling Stockholders or the Underwriters and the parties' relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such untrue statement or omission. The amount paid by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to in the first sentence of this subsection (e) shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any action or claim which is the subject of this subsection (e). Notwithstanding the provisions of this subsection (e), no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Securities underwritten by it and distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages which such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission and no Selling Stockholder shall be required to contribute an amount in excess of the net proceeds from the offering actually received by such Selling Stockholder under this Agreement or to contribute any amount in respect of losses, claims, damages or liabilities that it would not be obligated to indemnify under Section 7(b). No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Underwriters' obligations in this subsection (e) to contribute are several in proportion to their respective underwriting obligations and not joint.

(e) The obligations of the Company and the Selling Stockholders under this Section or Section 9 shall be in addition to any liability which the Company and the Selling Stockholders may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter or the QIU (as hereinafter defined) within the meaning of the Act; and the obligations of the Underwriters under this Section shall be in addition to any liability which the respective Underwriters may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each director of the Company, to each officer of the Company who has signed a Registration Statement and to each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Act.

(f) The aggregate liability of each Selling Stockholder under the indemnity and contribution agreements contained in this Section 7 shall be limited to an amount equal to the net proceeds from the offering of the Securities provided hereunder actually received by such Selling Stockholder hereunder.

8. Default of Underwriters. If any Underwriter or Underwriters default in their obligations to purchase Offered Securities hereunder on either the First or any Optional Closing Date and the aggregate number of shares of Offered Securities that such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed to purchase does not exceed 10% of the total number of shares of Offered Securities that the Underwriters are obligated to purchase on such Closing Date, CSFB may make arrangements satisfactory to the Company and the Selling Stockholders for the purchase of such Offered Securities by other persons, including any of the Underwriters, but if no such arrangements are made by such Closing Date, the non-defaulting Underwriters shall be obligated severally, in proportion to their respective commitments hereunder, to purchase the Offered Securities that such defaulting Underwriters agreed but failed to purchase on such Closing Date. If any Underwriter or Underwriters so default and the aggregate number of shares of Offered Securities with respect to which such default or defaults occur exceeds 10% of the total number of shares of Offered Securities that the Underwriters are obligated to purchase on such Closing Date and arrangements satisfactory to CSFB, the Company and the Selling Stockholders for the purchase of such Offered Securities by other persons are not made within 36 hours after such default, this Agreement will terminate without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Underwriter, the Company or the Selling Stockholders, except as provided in Section 10 (provided

18

that if such default occurs with respect to Optional Securities after the First Closing Date, this Agreement will not terminate as to the Firm Securities or any Optional Securities purchased prior to such termination). As used in this Agreement, the term "Underwriter" includes any person substituted for an Underwriter under this Section. Nothing herein will relieve a defaulting Underwriter from liability for its default.

9. Qualified Independent Underwriter. The Company hereby confirms that at its request CSFB has without compensation acted as "qualified independent underwriter" (in such capacity, the "QIU") within the meaning of Rule 2710 of the Conduct Rules of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. in connection with the offering of the Offered Securities. The Company and the Selling Stockholders will severally and not jointly indemnify and hold harmless the QIU against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which the QIU may become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon the QIU's acting (or alleged failing to act) as such "qualified independent underwriter" and will reimburse the QIU for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the QIU in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action as such expenses are incurred.

10. Survival of Certain Representations and Obligations. The respective indemnities, agreements, representations, warranties and other statements of the several Selling Stockholders, of the Company or its officers and of the several Underwriters set forth in or made pursuant to this Agreement will remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation, or statement as to the results thereof, made by or on behalf of any Underwriter, any Selling Stockholder, the Company or any of their respective representatives, officers or directors or any controlling person, and will survive delivery of and payment for the Offered Securities. If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 8 or if for any reason the purchase of the Offered Securities by the Underwriters is not consummated, the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall remain responsible for the expenses to be paid or reimbursed by them pursuant to
Section 5 and the respective obligations of the Company, the Selling Stockholders, and the Underwriters pursuant to Section 7 shall remain in effect, and if any Offered Securities have been purchased hereunder the representations and warranties in Section 2 and all obligations under Section 5 shall also remain in effect. If the purchase of the Offered Securities by the Underwriters is not consummated for any reason other than solely because of the termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 8 or the occurrence of any event specified in clause (iii), (iv), (vi), (vii) or (viii) of Section 6(c), the Company will reimburse the Underwriters for all out-of-pocket expenses (including fees and disbursements of counsel) reasonably incurred by them in connection with the offering of the Offered Securities.

11. Notices. All communications hereunder will be in writing and, if sent to the Underwriters, will be mailed, delivered or faxed and confirmed to the Representative at Eleven Madison Avenue, New York, NY 10010-3629, Attention:
Transactions Advisory Group, or, if sent to the Company, will be mailed, delivered or faxed and confirmed to it at Commercial Vehicle Group, Inc., 6530 West Campus Way, New Albany, Ohio 43054, Attention: Mervin Dunn, President and Chief Executive Officer, or, if sent to the Selling Stockholders or any of them, will be mailed, delivered or faxed and confirmed to each of them at its respective address set forth on Schedule A hereto; provided, however, that any notice to an Underwriter pursuant to Section 7 will be mailed, delivered or telegraphed and confirmed to such Underwriter.

12. Successors. This Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective personal representatives and successors and the officers and directors and controlling persons referred to in Section 7, and no other person will have any right or obligation hereunder.

13. Representation. The Representative will act for the several Underwriters in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and any action under this Agreement taken by the Representative will be binding upon all the Underwriters. [ ] will act for the Custodial Selling Stockholders in connection with such transactions, and any action under or in respect of this Agreement taken by [ ] will be binding upon all the Custodial Selling Stockholders. Onex American Holdings II LLC will act for the Onex

19

Selling Stockholders in connection with such transactions, and any action under or in respect of this Agreement taken by Onex American Holdings II LLC will be binding upon all the Onex Selling Stockholders.

14. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same Agreement.

APPLICABLE LAW. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN

ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

The Company hereby submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the Federal and state courts in the Borough of Manhattan in The City of New York in any suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

20

If the foregoing is in accordance with the Representative's understanding of our agreement, kindly sign and return to the Company one of the counterparts hereof, whereupon it will become a binding agreement among the Selling Stockholders, the Company and the several Underwriters in accordance with its terms.

Very truly yours,

COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GROUP, INC.,

By______________________________________
Name:
Title:

ONEX AMERICAN HOLDINGS II LLC,

By______________________________________
Name:
Title:

BOSTROM EXECUTIVE INVESTCO LLC,

By______________________________________
Name:
Title:

CVS EXECUTIVE INVESTCO LLC,

By______________________________________
Name:
Title:

ONEX DHC LLC,

By______________________________________
Name:
Title:

TRIM SYSTEMS EXECUTIVE INVESTCO LLC,

By______________________________________
Name:
Title:

21

TRIM SYSTEMS EXECUTIVE INVESTCO II LLC,

By______________________________________
Name:
Title:

BOSTROM PARTNERS LP,

By______________________________________
Name:
Title:

1170821 ONTARIO INC.,

By______________________________________
Name:
Title:

1170809 ONTARIO INC.,

By______________________________________
Name:
Title:

1170812 ONTARIO INC.,

By______________________________________
Name:
Title:

KYZALEA COMPANY,

By______________________________________
Name:
Title:

1170819 ONTARIO INC.,

By______________________________________
Name:
Title:

22

1170698 ONTARIO INC.,

By______________________________________
Name:
Title:

1301449 ONTARIO INC.,

By______________________________________
Name:
Title:

1352536 ONTARIO INC.

By______________________________________
Name:
Title:

1376653 ONTARIO INC.,

By______________________________________
Name:
Title:

1352537 ONTARIO INC.,

By______________________________________
Name:
Title:

TIM DUNCANSON,

By______________________________________
Name:
Title:

3-G INVESTMENTS LIMITED,

By______________________________________
Name:
Title:

23

SERGE GOUIN,

By______________________________________
Name:
Title:

BRIAN KING,

By______________________________________
Name:
Title:

J.W.E. MINGO,

By______________________________________
Name:
Title:

ROBERT PRICHARD,

By______________________________________
Name:
Title:

1299039 ONTARIO INC.,

By______________________________________
Name:
Title:

2668921 MANITOBA LTD.,

By______________________________________
Name:
Title:

ONEX ADVISOR III LLC,

By______________________________________
Name:
Title:

24

CVS PARTNERS, LP,

By______________________________________
Name:
Title:

3062601 NOVA SCOTIA COMPANY,

By______________________________________
Name:
Title:

HIDDEN CREEK INDUSTRIES,

By______________________________________
Name:
Title:

AMON CANADIAN INVESTMENTS LTD.,

By______________________________________
Name:
Title:

MHON CANADIAN INVESTMENTS LTD.,

By______________________________________
Name:
Title:

BAIRD CAPITAL PARTNERS III L.P.,

By______________________________________
Name:
Title:

BAIRD CAPITAL PARTNERS II L.P.,

By______________________________________
Name:
Title:

25

BCP III AFFILIATES FUND L.P.,

By______________________________________
Name:
Title:

BCP III SPECIAL AFFILIATES L.P.,

By______________________________________
Name:
Title:

BCP II AFFILIATES FUND L.P.,

By______________________________________
Name:
Title:

NORWEST EQUITY PARTNERS VII L.P.,

By______________________________________
Name:
Title:

KENNETH W. HAGER,

By______________________________________
Name:
Title:

DAVID J. HULS,

By______________________________________
Name:
Title:

S.A. JOHNSON,

By______________________________________
Name:
Title:

26

DANIEL F. MOORSE,

By______________________________________
Name:
Title:

CARL E. NELSON,

By______________________________________
Name:
Title:

JUDITH A. VIJUMS,

By______________________________________
Name:
Title:

MARNI L. NAGY,

By______________________________________
Name:
Title:

RONALD A. JOHNSON,

By______________________________________
Name:
Title:

RANDOLPH STREET PARTNERS II,

By______________________________________
Name:
Title:

ROBERT R. HIBBS,

By______________________________________
Name:
Title:

27

MARY-LOUISE R. JOHNSON TRUST,

By______________________________________
Name:
Title:

MICHAEL SZCZEPANSKI,

By______________________________________
Name:
Title:

ASC INCORPORATED,

By______________________________________
Name:
Title:

28

The foregoing Underwriting Agreement is hereby confirmed and accepted as of the date first above written.

CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON LLC

By____________________________________ Name:
Title:

Acting on behalf of itself and as the Representative of the several Underwriters.

29

SCHEDULE A

                                                                                           NUMBER OF
                                                                   NUMBER OF FIRM          OPTIONAL
                                                                     SECURITIES          SECURITIES TO
               SELLING STOCKHOLDER                  ADDRESS          TO BE SOLD             BE SOLD
               -------------------                  -------          ----------             -------
Onex American Holdings II LLC
Bostrom Executive Investco LLC
CVS Executive Investco LLC
Onex DHC LLC
Trim Systems Executive Investco LLC
Trim Systems Executive Investco II LLC
Bostrom Partners LP
1170821 Ontario Inc.
1170809 Ontario Inc.
1170812 Ontario Inc.
Kyzalea Company
1170819 Ontario Inc.
1170698 Ontario Inc.
1301449 Ontario Inc.
1352536 Ontario Inc.
1376653 Ontario Inc.
1352537 Ontario Inc.
Tim Duncanson
3-G Investments Limited
Serge Gouin
Brian King
J.W.E. Mingo
Robert Prichard
1299039 Ontario Inc.
2668921 Manitoba Ltd.
Onex Advisor III LLC
CVS Partners, LP
3062601 Nova Scotia Company
Hidden Creek Industries

30

                                                                                           NUMBER OF
                                                                   NUMBER OF FIRM          OPTIONAL
                                                                     SECURITIES          SECURITIES TO
               SELLING STOCKHOLDER                  ADDRESS          TO BE SOLD             BE SOLD
               -------------------                  -------          ----------             -------
AMON Canadian Investments Ltd.
MHON Canadian Investments Ltd.
Baird Capital Partners III L.P.
Baird Capital Partners II L.P.
BCP III Affiliates Fund L.P.
BCP III Special Affiliates L.P.
BCP II Affiliates Fund L.P.
Norwest Equity Partners VII L.P.
Kenneth W. Hager
David J. Huls
S.A. Johnson
Daniel F. Moorse
Carl E. Nelson
Judith A. Vijums
Marni L. Nagy
Ronald A. Johnson
Randolph Street Partners II
Robert R. Hibbs
Mary-Louise R. Johnson Trust
Michael Szczepanski
ASC Incorporated

                                                                   --------------        -------------

                                                                   ==============        =============
  Total.................................

31

SCHEDULE B

                                                                                         NUMBER OF
                                                                                      FIRM SECURITIES
                                  UNDERWRITER                                         TO BE PURCHASED
                                  -----------                                         ---------------
Credit Suisse First Boston LLC...............................................
Lehman Brothers Inc..........................................................
Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated...........................................
RBC Capital Markets Corporation..............................................

                                                                                         ----------
                           Total.............................................            ==========


SCHEDULE C

SUBSIDIARIES OF COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GROUP, INC.

                                                                       Significant
        Entity                                     Jurisdiction        Subsidiary
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.      Trim Systems, Inc.                         Delaware                Yes
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.      Trim Systems Operating Corp.               Delaware
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.      Trim Systems LLC                           Delaware                Yes
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.      Tempress, Inc.                             Washington              Yes
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.      CVG International Holdings Limited         Barbados
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.      CVG (Shanghai), Co. LTD.                   China
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7.      CVS Holdings Limited                       United Kingdom          Yes
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8.      Commercial Vehicle Systems Limited         United Kingdom          Yes
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9.      Bostrom Limited                            United Kingdom          Yes
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.     Bostrom Investments Limited                United Kingdom
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11.     KAB Seating  LLC                           United Kingdom
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12.     Bostrom International Limited              United Kingdom          Yes
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
13.     KAB Seating, AB                            Sweden
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
14.     KAB Seating, Pty                           Australia
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
15.     KAB Seating, S.A.                          Belgium
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
16.     National Seating Company                   Delaware                Yes
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
17.     KAB Seating Limited                        United Kingdom          Yes
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
18.     A. Stokes Pressings Limited                United Kingdom
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
19.     Wilton & Co. Pressings Limited             United Kingdom
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20.     Bostrom Specialist Engineering Limited     United Kingdom
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
21.     Winston Cable Limited                      United Kingdom
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22.     JMH Limited                                United Kingdom
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23.     KAB Tooling Limited                        United Kingdom
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24.     Bostrom Europe                             United Kingdom
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
25.     The C&P Jig & Tool Limited                 United Kingdom
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
26.     BB Seating Limited                         United Kingdom
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
27.     Palmer & Shelley Limited                   United Kingdom
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
28.     AJW Holdings Limited                       United Kingdom
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
29.     KAB Industries Limited                     United Kingdom
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
30.     Corvus Suspension Products Limited         United Kingdom
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
31.     KAB Pressings Limited                      United Kingdom
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
32      KAB Components Limited                     United Kingdom
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
33.     AJ Williams Small Pressings Limited        United Kingdom
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
34.     Bostrom Vehicle Components Limited         United Kingdom
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
35.     Inbark Limited                             United Kingdom
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
36.     KAB Engineering Limited                    United Kingdom
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
37.     CVS Holdings, Inc.                         Delaware                Yes
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
38.     Commercial Vehicle Systems, Inc.           Delaware                Yes
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------


SCHEDULE D-1

Baird Capital Partners III L.P.
Baird Capital Partners II L.P.
BCP III Affiliates Fund L.P.
BCP III Special Affiliates L.P.
BCP II Affiliates Fund L.P.
Norwest Equity Partners VII L.P.
Kenneth W. Hager
David J. Huls
S.A. Johnson
Daniel F. Moorse
Carl E. Nelson
Judith A. Vijums
Marni L. Nagy
Ronald A. Johnson
Randolph Street Partners II
Robert R. Hibbs
Mary-Louise R. Johnson Trust
Michael Szczepanski
ASC Incorporated
Hidden Creek Industries


SCHEDULE D-2

Kenneth W. Hager
David J. Huls
S.A. Johnson
Daniel F. Moorse
Carl E. Nelson
Judith A. Vijums
Marni L. Nagy
Ronald A. Johnson
Randolph Street Partners II
[Robert R. Hibbs]
[Mary-Louise R. Johnson Trust]
[Michael Szczepanski]
Hidden Creek Industries


SCHEDULE D-3

Onex American Holdings II LLC
Bostrom Executive Investco LLC
CVS Executive Investco LLC
Onex DHC LLC
Trim Systems Executive Investco LLC
Trim Systems Executive Investco II LLC
Bostrom Partners LP
1170821 Ontario Inc.
1170809 Ontario Inc.
1170812 Ontario Inc.
Kyzalea Company
1170819 Ontario Inc.
1170698 Ontario Inc.
1301449 Ontario Inc.
1352536 Ontario Inc.
1376653 Ontario Inc.
1352537 Ontario Inc.
Tim Duncanson
3-G Investments Limited
Serge Gouin
Brian King
J.W.E. Mingo
Robert Prichard
1299039 Ontario Inc.
2668921 Manitoba Ltd
Onex Advisor III LLC
CVS Partners, LP
3062601 Nova Scotia Company
AMON Canadian Investments Ltd.
MHON Canadian Investments Ltd.
Baird Capital Partners III L.P.
Baird Capital Partners II L.P.
BCP III Affiliates Fund L.P.
BCP III Special Affiliates L.P.
BCP II Affiliates Fund L.P.
Norwest Equity Partners VII L.P.


EXHIBIT A

[OPINION OF KIRKLAND & ELLIS LLP]


EXHIBIT B

[OPINION OF KIRKLAND & ELLIS LLP]


EXHIBIT C

[OPINION OF KAYE SCHOLER LLP]


EXHIBIT D

[CERTIFICATE OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER]


EXHIBIT E

[ FORM OF LOCK-UP AGREEMENT]

Commercial Vehicle Group, Inc.
6530 West Campus Way
New Albany, Ohio 43054

Credit Suisse First Boston LLC
Lehman Brothers Inc.
Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated
(collectively, the "UNDERWRITERS")

c/o Credit Suisse First Boston LLC
Eleven Madison Avenue
New York, NY 10010-3629

Dear Sirs:

As an inducement to the Underwriters to execute the Underwriting Agreement
(the "UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT"), pursuant to which an offering (the "OFFERING")
will be made that is intended to result in the establishment of a public market for the common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the "SECURITIES") of Commercial Vehicle Group, Inc., and any successor (by merger or otherwise) thereto (the "COMPANY"), the undersigned hereby agrees that during the period specified in the following paragraph (the "LOCK-UP PERIOD"), the undersigned will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Securities or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of Securities, enter into a transaction which would have the same effect, or enter into any swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Securities, whether any such aforementioned transaction is to be settled by delivery of the Securities or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, or publicly disclose the intention to make any such offer, sale, pledge or disposition, or to enter into any such transaction, swap, hedge or other arrangement, without, in each case, the prior written consent of Credit Suisse First Boston LLC ("CSFB"). In addition, the undersigned agrees that, without the prior written consent of CSFB, it will not, during the Lock-Up Period, make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any Securities or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for the Securities except in connection with the Offering.

The initial Lock-Up Period will commence on the date of this Lock-Up Agreement and continue for 180 days after the public offering date set forth on the final prospectus used to sell the Securities (the "Public Offering Date") pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement; provided, however, that if (1) during the last 17 days of the initial Lock-Up Period, the Company releases earnings results or material news or a material event relating to the Company occurs (and, in the case of material news or material event, CSFB gives the notice thereof to [ ] or (2) prior to the expiration of the initial Lock-Up Period, the Company announces that it will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the initial Lock-Up Period, then in each case the Lock-Up Period will be extended until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of release of the earnings results (which in the case of clause (2) must occur prior to the expiration of such 16-day period) or the occurrence of the material news or material event, as applicable, unless CSFB waives, in writing, such extension.

Any Securities received upon exercise of options granted to the undersigned will also be subject to this Agreement. Any Securities acquired by the undersigned in the open market or in the issuer directed share program, and any Securities sold in the Offering pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, will not be subject to this Agreement. A transfer of Securities (or other transaction of the types restricted in the first paragraph of this letter) to a family member, trust, affiliate of the undersigned, or a director, officer or employee of the


undersigned or of an affiliate of the undersigned may be made, provided the transferee agrees to be bound in writing by the terms of this Agreement. In addition, the undersigned may transfer Securities or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Securities pursuant to a sale of 100% of the outstanding Securities (including, without limitation, in connection with a tender offer for such Securities or by way of merger of the Company with another person) to a third party or group of third parties that are not affiliates of the Company (and may make offers or enter into contracts with respect to such a transfer), provided that unless the third party or group is acquiring 100% of the outstanding Securities of the Company in a single transaction or concurrent transactions, the third party or group of third parties agrees in writing to be bound by the restrictions set forth herein until such time as such third party or group of third parties has acquired 100% of the outstanding Securities of the Company.

In furtherance of the foregoing, the Company and its transfer agent and registrar are hereby authorized to decline to make any transfer of shares of Securities if such transfer would constitute a violation or breach of this Agreement.

This Agreement shall be binding on the undersigned and the successors, heirs, personal representatives and assigns of the undersigned. This Agreement shall lapse and become null and void (a) if the Underwriting Agreement or the obligation of the Underwriters to purchase Securities thereunder is terminated,
(b) if the registration statement filed with the SEC in respect of the Offering is withdrawn, (c) if the closing of the Offering pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement shall not have occurred on or before October 31, 2004 or (d) if, prior to the undersigned's execution and delivery of the Underwriting Agreement, the undersigned notifies CSFB in writing at its address set forth above (Attention:
Transactions Advisory Group) that it does not then intend to pursue an offering of the Securities through CSFB as an underwriter. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

Very truly yours,

By: _____________________________ Name: ___________________________


EXHIBIT 3.1

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF
COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GROUP, INC.

ARTICLE I
NAME

The name of the Corporation is Commercial Vehicle Group, Inc. (the "Corporation").

ARTICLE II
REGISTERED OFFICE AND AGENT

The address of the Corporation's registered office in the State of Delaware is 9 East Loockerman Street, in the City of Dover, County of Kent, 19901. The name of its registered agent at such address is National Registered Agents, Inc.

ARTICLE III
PURPOSE

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law (the "DGCL").

ARTICLE IV
CAPITAL STOCK

The total number of shares of all classes of capital stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is thirty-five million (35,000,000) shares, of which:

Thirty million (30,000,000) shares, par value $0.01 per share, shall be shares of common stock (the "Common Stock"); and

Five million (5,000,000) shares, par value $0.01 per share, shall be shares of preferred stock (the "Preferred Stock").

(A) Common Stock. Except as (1) otherwise required by law or (2)
expressly provided in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, each share of Common Stock shall have the same powers, rights and privileges and shall rank equally, share ratably and be identical in all respects as to all matters.

(1) Dividends. Subject to the rights of the holders of Preferred Stock, and to the other provisions of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive equally, on a per share basis, such dividends and other distributions in cash, securities or other property of the Corporation as may be declared thereon


by the Board of Directors from time to time out of assets or funds of the Corporation legally available therefor.

(2) Voting Rights. At every annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, each holder of Common Stock shall be entitled to cast one (1) vote for each share of Common Stock standing in such holder's name on the stock transfer records of the Corporation.

(3) Liquidation Rights. In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, after payment or provision for payment of the Corporation's debts and subject to the rights of the holders of shares of Preferred Stock upon such dissolution, liquidation or winding up, the remaining net assets of the Corporation shall be distributed among holders of shares of Common Stock equally on a per share basis. A merger or consolidation of the Corporation with or into any other corporation or other entity, or a sale or conveyance of all or any part of the assets of the Corporation (which shall not in fact result in the liquidation of the Corporation and the distribution of assets to its stockholders) shall not be deemed to be a voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution or winding up of the Corporation within the meaning of this Paragraph (A)(3).

(4) Future Issuances. The Board of Directors is authorized, subject to limitations prescribed by law, to provide by resolution or resolutions for the issuance of additional shares of Common Stock.

(B) Preferred Stock. The Board of Directors is authorized, subject to limitations prescribed by law, to provide by resolution or resolutions for the issuance of shares of Preferred Stock in one or more series, to establish the number of shares to be included in each such series, and to fix the voting powers (if any), designations, powers, preferences, and relative, participating, optional or other rights, if any, of the shares of each such series, and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof. Irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL, the number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote, without the separate vote of the holders of the Preferred Stock as a class.

(C) Split and Reclassification of Existing Common Stock.

(1) Stock Split. Upon the effectiveness of this Amended and Restated Certificate ("the Effective Time") each then outstanding share of the Corporation's Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock, Class C Common Stock, Class D-1 Common Stock, Class D-2 Common Stock and Class E Common Stock (collectively the "Existing Common Stock") shall be, without further action by the Corporation or any of the holders thereof, changed and converted into 38.991 shares of Existing Common Stock. Each certificate then outstanding representing shares of Existing Common Stock shall automatically represent from and after the Effective Time that number of shares of Existing Common Stock equal to the number of shares shown on the face of the certificate multiplied by 38.991.

2

(2) Reclassification. At the Effective Time and immediately following the split of the Existing Common Stock set forth above (the "Stock Split"), each share of Existing Common Stock outstanding at the Effective Time (after giving effect to the Stock Split) shall be, without further action by the Corporation or any of the holders thereof, be reclassified as a share of the Corporation's sole remaining class of Common Stock on a one-for-one basis (the "Reclassification"). Each certificate then outstanding representing shares of Existing Common Stock shall automatically represent from and after the Effective Time that number of shares of the corporation's sole remaining class of Common Stock equal to the number of shares shown on the face of the certificate (as adjusted to reflect to the Stock Split).

(3) As soon as possible after the Stock Split and Reclassification have been effected, the Corporation shall deliver to each of the former holders of Existing Common Stock a certificate or certificates representing the number of shares of Common Stock issuable by reason of such transactions in such name or names and such denomination or denominations as such holder has specified.

(4) The issuance of certificates for shares of Common Stock upon the Stock Split and Reclassification shall be made without charge to the holders of such Existing Common Stock for any issuance tax in respect thereof or other cost incurred by the Corporation in connection with such transactions. Upon the Stock Split and Reclassification, the Corporation shall take all such actions as are necessary in order to insure that the Common Stock, issuable with respect to such transactions shall be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, free and clear of all taxes, liens, charges and encumbrances with respect to the issuance thereof.

(5) The Corporation shall not close its books against the transfer of the Existing Common Stock or of Common Stock issued or issuable upon the Stock Split and Reclassification in any manner which interferes with the timely completion of the Stock Split and Reclassification. The Corporation shall assist and cooperate with any holder of shares required to make any governmental filings or obtain any governmental approval prior to or in connection with the Stock Split and Reclassification (including, without limitation, making any filings required to be made by the Corporation).

(6) All shares of Common Stock which are so issuable shall, when issued, be duly and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and free from all taxes, liens and charges. The Corporation shall take all such actions as may be necessary to assure that all such shares of Common Stock may be so issued without violation of any applicable law or governmental regulation or any requirements of any domestic securities exchange upon which shares of Common Stock may be listed (except for official notice of issuance which shall be immediately delivered by the Corporation upon each such issuance). The Corporation shall not take any action which would cause the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to be less than the number of such shares required to be reserved hereunder for issuance upon the Stock Split and Reclassification.

3

ARTICLE V
BOARD OF DIRECTORS

(A) Management. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may exercise all such authority and powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

(B) Number of Directors. Subject to any rights of the holders of any class or series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the number of directors which shall constitute the Board of Directors shall be fixed from time to time by resolution adopted by the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the total number of directors then in office.

(C) Newly-Created Directorships and Vacancies. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors or any vacancies in the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office or any other cause may be filled only by the Board of Directors, provided that a quorum is then in office and present, or by a majority of the directors then in office, if less than a quorum is then in office, or by the sole remaining director. Directors elected to fill a newly created directorship or other vacancies shall hold office until such director's successor has been duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal as hereinafter provided.

(D) Removal of Directors. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, any director may be removed from office at any time for cause, at a meeting called for that purpose, but only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66-2/3% of the voting power of all outstanding shares of Common Stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

(E) Rights of Holders of Preferred Stock. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article V, whenever the holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock issued by the Corporation shall have the right, voting separately or together by series, to elect directors at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, the election, term of office, filling of vacancies and other features of such directorship shall be governed by the rights of such Preferred Stock as set forth in the certificate of designations governing such series.

(F) Written Ballot Not Required. Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Amended and Restated By-laws of the Corporation shall otherwise provide.

(G) By-laws. The Board of Directors is expressly authorized to adopt, amend, alter, change or repeal the by-laws of the Corporation. Notwithstanding the foregoing and anything contained in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to the contrary, the by-laws of the Corporation shall not be amended altered, changed or repealed by the stockholders, and no

4

provision inconsistent therewith shall be adopted by the stockholders, without the affirmative vote of the holders of 66-2/3% of the voting power of all outstanding shares of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

(H) Classification of Directors. At each annual meeting of stockholders, directors of the Corporation shall be elected to hold office until the expiration of the term for which they are elected, and until their successors have been duly elected and qualified; except that if any such election shall be not so held, such election shall take place at a stockholders' meeting called and held in accordance with the DGCL. The directors of the Corporation shall be divided into three classes as nearly equal in size as is practicable, hereby designated Class I, Class II and Class III. The term of office of the initial Class I directors shall expire at the next succeeding annual meeting of stockholders, the term of office of the initial Class II directors shall expire at the second succeeding annual meeting of stockholders and the term of office of the initial Class III directors shall expire at the third succeeding annual meeting of the stockholders. For the purposes hereof, the initial Class I, Class II and Class III directors shall be those directors elected by the stockholders of the Corporation to the designated classes in connection with the adoption of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. At each annual meeting of stockholders, directors to replace those of a Class whose terms expire at such annual meeting shall be elected to hold office until the third succeeding annual meeting and until their respective successors shall have been duly elected and qualified. If the number of directors is hereafter changed, any newly created directorships or decrease in directorships shall be so apportioned among the classes as to make all classes as nearly equal in number as practicable.

ARTICLE VI
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

A director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not eliminate or limit the liability of a director (i) for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the DGCL, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. If the DGCL is hereafter amended to permit further elimination or limitation of the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL as so amended. Any repeal or modification of this Article VI by the stockholders of the Corporation or otherwise shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.

ARTICLE VII
INDEMNIFICATION

(A) Right to Indemnification. Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is involved (including, without limitation, as a witness) in any actual or threatened action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (hereinafter a "proceeding"), by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or

5

officer of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan (hereinafter an "Indemnitee"), whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director or officer or in any other capacity while so serving, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law against all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys' fees and related disbursements, judgments, fines, excise taxes or penalties under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time ("ERISA"), penalties and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred or suffered by such Indemnitee in connection therewith, and such indemnification shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, partner, member or trustee and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and administrators. Each person who is or was serving as a director or officer of a subsidiary of the Corporation shall be deemed to be serving, or have served, at the request of the Corporation.

(B) Procedure. Any indemnification (but not advancement of expenses)
under this Article VII (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the director or officer is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL, as the same exists or hereafter may be amended. Such determination shall be made with respect to a person who is a director or officer at the time of such determination (a) by a majority vote of the directors who were not parties to such proceeding (the "Disinterested Directors"), even though less than a quorum,
(b) by a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by a majority vote of Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum, (c) if there are no such Disinterested Directors, or if such Disinterested Directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (d) by the stockholders.

(C) Advances for Expenses. Expenses (including attorneys' fees, costs and charges) incurred by a director or officer of the Corporation in defending a proceeding shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director or officer to repay all amounts so advanced in the event that it shall ultimately be determined that such director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this Article VII. The majority of the Disinterested Directors may, in the manner set forth above, and upon approval of such director or officer of the Corporation, authorize the Corporation's counsel to represent such person, in any proceeding, whether or not the Corporation is a party to such proceeding.

(D) Procedure for Indemnification. Any indemnification or advance of expenses (including attorney's fees, costs and charges) under this Article VII shall be made promptly, and in any event within 60 days upon the written request of the director or officer (and, in the case of advance of expenses, receipt of a written undertaking by or on behalf of Indemnitee to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified therefor pursuant to the terms of this Article VII). The right to indemnification or advances as granted by this Article VII shall be enforceable by the director or officer in any court of competent jurisdiction, if the Corporation denies such request, in whole or in part, or if no disposition thereof is made within 60 days. Such person's costs and expenses incurred in

6

connection with successfully establishing his/her right to indemnification or advancement, in whole or in part, in any such action shall also be indemnified by the Corporation. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for the advance of expenses (including attorney's fees, costs and charges) under this Article VII where the required undertaking, if any, has been received by the Corporation) that the claimant has not met the standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL, as the same exists or hereafter may be amended, but the burden of proving such defense shall be on the Corporation. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, its independent legal counsel and its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he/she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL, as the same exists or hereafter may be amended, nor the fact that there has been an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, its independent legal counsel and its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

(E) Other Rights; Continuation of Right to Indemnification. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by this Article VII shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which a person seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any law (common or statutory), bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his/her official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding office or while employed by or acting as agent for the Corporation, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer, and shall inure to the benefit of the estate, heirs, executors and administers of such person. All rights to indemnification under this Article VII shall be deemed to be a contract between the Corporation and each director or officer of the Corporation who serves or served in such capacity at any time while this Article VII is in effect. Any repeal or modification of this Article VII or any repeal or modification of relevant provisions of the DGCL or any other applicable laws shall not in any way diminish any rights to indemnification of such director or officer or the obligations of the Corporation arising hereunder with respect to any proceeding arising out of, or relating to, any actions, transactions or facts occurring prior to the final adoption of such modification or repeal. For the purposes of this Article VII, references to "the Corporation" include all constituent corporations absorbed in a consolidation or merger as well as the resulting or surviving corporation, so that any person who is or was a director or officer of such a constituent corporation or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article VII, with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation, as he would if he/she had served the resulting or surviving corporation in the same capacity.

(F) Insurance. The Corporation shall have power to purchase and maintain insurance on its own behalf and on behalf of any person who is or was or has agreed to become a director, officer or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him or on his behalf in any such capacity, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have

7

the power to indemnify him against such liability under the provisions of this Article VII; provided, however, that such insurance is available on acceptable terms, which determination shall be made by a vote of a majority of the Board of Directors.

(G) Savings Clause. If this Article VII or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each person entitled to indemnification under the first paragraph of this Article VII as to all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys' fees and related disbursements, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes and penalties, penalties and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred or suffered by such person and for which indemnification is available to such person pursuant to this Article VII to the full extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Article VII that shall not have been invalidated and to the full extent permitted by applicable law.

ARTICLE VIII
ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT/SPECIAL MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

For so long as either the Corporation's Common Stock is registered under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), or the Corporation is required to file periodic reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act with respect to the Corporation's Common Stock: (i) the stockholders of the Corporation may not take any action by written consent in lieu of a meeting, and must take any actions at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders and the power of stockholders to consent in writing without a meeting is specifically denied and (ii) special meetings of stockholders of the Corporation may be called only by the Chairman of the Board of Directors or pursuant to a resolution adopted by the affirmative vote of the majority of the total number of directors then in office.

ARTICLE IX
AMENDMENT

The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed herein and by the laws of the state of Delaware, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Amended and Restated By-laws of the Corporation, and notwithstanding the fact that a lesser percentage or separate class vote may be specified by law or otherwise, but in addition to any affirmative vote of the holders of any particular class or series of the capital stock required by law or otherwise, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66-2/3% of the voting power of all outstanding shares of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to adopt any provision inconsistent with, to amend, alter change or repeal any provision of, or to adopt a bylaw inconsistent with, Articles V, VI, VII, VIII or IX of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

8

EXHIBIT 3.2

AMENDED AND RESTATED

BY-LAWS OF
COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GROUP, INC.

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

SECTION 1. Registered Office. The registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware shall be located at 9 East Loockerman Street, in the City of Dover, County of Kent, 19901. The name of the Corporation's registered agent at such address shall be National Registered Agents, Inc. The registered office and/or registered agent of the Corporation may be changed from time to time by action of the Board of Directors.

SECTION 2. Other Offices. The Corporation may have an office or offices other than said registered office at such place or places, either within or without the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors shall from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

SECTION 1. Place of Meetings. All meetings of the stockholders for the election of directors or for any other purpose shall be held at any such place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of meeting or in a duly executed waiver thereof.

SECTION 2. Annual Meeting. An annual meeting of stockholders shall be held each year and stated in a notice of meeting or in a duly executed waiver thereof. The date, time and place of such meeting shall be determined by the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation; provided, however, that if the Chief Executive Officer does not act, the Board of Directors shall determine the date, time, and place of such meeting. At such annual meeting, the stockholders shall elect directors to replace those directors whose terms expire at such annual meeting and transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting.

SECTION 3. Special Meetings. Special meetings of stockholders may be called for any purpose in the manner provided in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation (the "Certificate of Incorporation") and may be held at such time and place, within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be stated in a notice of meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof. Such meetings may be called only by the Chairman of the Board of Directors or pursuant to a resolution adopted by the affirmative vote of the majority of the total number of directors then in office.


SECTION 4. Notice of Meetings. Except as otherwise expressly required by statute, whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take action at a meeting, written notice of each annual and special meeting of stockholders stating the date, place and hour of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote thereat not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice. Notice shall be given personally or by mail and, if by mail, shall be sent in a postage prepaid envelope, addressed to the stockholder at his address as it appears on the records of the Corporation. Notice by mail shall be deemed given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid. Notice of any meeting shall not be required to be given to any person who attends such meeting, except when such person attends the meeting in person or by proxy for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened, or who, either before or after the meeting, shall submit a signed written waiver of notice, in person or by proxy. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, an annual or special meeting of stockholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice.

SECTION 5. List of Stockholders. The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before each meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, showing the address of and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting: (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (ii) during ordinary business hours, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.

SECTION 6. Quorum; Adjournments. The holders of a majority of the voting power of the issued and outstanding stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at all meetings of stockholders, except as otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented by proxy at any meeting of stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have the power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented by proxy. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented by proxy, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally called. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or, if after adjournment a new record date is set, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

-2-

SECTION 7. Organization. At each meeting of stockholders, the Chairman of the Board, if one shall have been elected, or, in his absence or if one shall not have been elected, the Chief Executive Officer shall act as chairman of the meeting. The Secretary or, in his absence or inability to act, the person whom the chairman of the meeting shall appoint secretary of the meeting shall act as secretary of the meeting and keep the minutes thereof.

SECTION 8. Order of Business. The order of business at all meetings of the stockholders shall be as determined by the chairman of the meeting.

SECTION 9. Voting. Except as otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation (including pursuant to any duly authorized certificate of designation) or the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, each stockholder of the Corporation shall be entitled at each meeting of stockholders to one (1) vote for each share of capital stock of the Corporation standing in his name on the record of stockholders of the Corporation:

(a) on the date fixed pursuant to the provisions of Section 14 of Article II of these Amended and Restated By-laws (the "By-laws") as the record date for the determination of the stockholders who shall be entitled to notice of and to vote at such meeting; or

(b) if no such record date shall have been so fixed, then at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice thereof shall be given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the date next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.

Each stockholder entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders may authorize another person or persons to act for him by a proxy which is in writing or transmitted as permitted by law, including, without limitation, electronically, via telegram, internet, interactive voice response system, or other means of electronic transmission executed or authorized by such stockholder or his attorney-in-fact, but no proxy shall be voted after (3) three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. Any such proxy shall be delivered to the secretary of the meeting at or prior to the time designated in the order of business for so delivering such proxies. Any proxy transmitted electronically shall set forth information from which it can be determined by the secretary of the meeting that such electronic transmission was authorized by the stockholder. When a quorum is present at any meeting, the vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the issued and outstanding stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, present and voting, in person or represented by proxy, shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which by express provision of statute or of the Certificate of Incorporation or of these By-laws, a different vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question. Unless required by statute, or determined by the chairman of the meeting to be advisable, the vote on any question need not be by ballot. On a vote by ballot, each ballot shall be signed by the stockholder voting, or by his proxy, if there be such proxy, and shall state the number of shares voted and the number of votes to which each share is entitled.

-3-

SECTION 10. Inspectors. The Board of Directors may, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more inspectors to act at such meeting or any adjournment thereof. If any of the inspectors so appointed shall fail to appear or act, the chairman of the meeting shall, or if inspectors shall not have been appointed, the chairman of the meeting may, appoint one or more inspectors. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector at such meeting with strict impartiality and according to the best of his ability. The inspectors shall determine the number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation outstanding and the voting power of each, the number of shares represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum, the validity and effect of proxies, and shall receive votes, ballots or consents, hear and determine all challenges and questions arising in connection with the right to vote, count and tabulate all votes, ballots or consents, determine the results, and do such acts as are proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all stockholders. On request of the chairman of the meeting, the inspectors shall make a report in writing of any challenge, request or matter determined by them and shall execute a certificate of any fact found by them. No director or candidate for the office of director shall act as an inspector of an election of directors. Inspectors need not be stockholders.

SECTION 11. Advance Notice Provisions for Election of Directors. Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the following procedures shall be eligible for election as directors of the Corporation. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at any annual meeting of stockholders, or at any special meeting of stockholders called for the purpose of electing directors as provided under Section 3 of this Article II, (a) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors (or any duly authorized committee thereof) or (b) by any stockholder of the Corporation (i) who is a stockholder of record on the date of the giving of the notice provided for in this Section 11 and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting, (ii) is entitled to vote at such meeting and (iii) who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 11.

In addition to any other applicable requirements, for a nomination to be made by a stockholder such stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the Secretary of the Corporation.

To be timely, a stockholder's notice to the Secretary must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation
(a) in the case of an annual meeting, not less than ninety (90) days prior to the date of the anniversary of the previous year's annual meeting; provided, however, that in the event the annual meeting is scheduled to be held on a date more than thirty (30) days prior to or delayed by more than sixty (60) days after such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder in order to be timely must be so received not later than the later of the close of business ninety
(90) days prior to such annual meeting or the tenth (10th) day following the day on which such notice of the date of the annual meeting was mailed or such public disclosure of the date of the annual meeting was made and (b) in the case of a special meeting of stockholders called for the purpose of electing directors, not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which notice of the date of the special meeting was mailed or public disclosure of the date of the special meeting was made, whichever first occurs.

-4-

To be in proper written form, a stockholder's notice to the Secretary must set forth (a) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election as a director (i) the name, age, business address and residence address of the person, (ii) the principal occupation or employment of the person, (iii) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially or of record by the person and (iv) any other information relating to the person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors pursuant to Section 14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder; and (b) as to the stockholder giving the notice (i) the name and record address of such stockholder, (ii) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially or of record by such stockholder, (iii) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such stockholder and each proposed nominee and any other person or persons (including their names) pursuant to which the nomination(s) are to be made by such stockholder, (iv) a representation that such stockholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the persons named in its notice and (v) any other information relating to such stockholder that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. Such notice must be accompanied by a written consent of each proposed nominee to being named as a nominee and to serve as a director if elected.

No person shall be eligible for election as a director of the Corporation unless nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this
Section 11. If the chairman of the meeting determines that a nomination was not made in accordance with the foregoing procedures, the chairman shall declare to the meeting that the nomination was defective and such defective nomination shall be disregarded.

SECTION 12. Advance Notice Provisions for Business to be Transacted at Annual Meeting. No business may be transacted at an annual meeting of stockholders, other than business that is either (a) specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board of Directors (or any duly authorized committee thereof), (b) otherwise properly brought before the annual meeting by or at the direction of the Board of Directors (or any duly authorized committee thereof) or (c) otherwise properly brought before the annual meeting by any stockholder of the Corporation (i) who is a stockholder of record on the date of the giving of the notice provided for in this Section 12 and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at such annual meeting, (ii) is entitled to vote at such meeting and (iii) who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this
Section 12.

In addition to any other applicable requirements, for business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, such stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the Secretary of the Corporation.

To be timely, a stockholder's notice to the Secretary must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than ninety (90) days prior to the date of the anniversary of the previous year's annual meeting; provided, however, that in

-5-

the event the annual meeting is scheduled to be held on a date more than thirty
(30) days prior to or delayed by more than sixty (60) days after such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder in order to be timely must be so received not later than the later of the close of business ninety (90) days prior to such annual meeting or the tenth (10th) day following the day on which such notice of the date of the annual meeting was mailed or such public disclosure of the date of the annual meeting was made.

To be in proper written form, a stockholder's notice to the Secretary must set forth as to each matter such stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting (i) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting, (ii) the name and record address of such stockholder, (iii) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially or of record by such stockholder, (iv) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such stockholder and any other person or persons (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business by such stockholder and any material interest of such stockholder in such business and (v) a representation that such stockholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the annual meting to bring such business before the meeting.

No business shall be conducted at the annual meeting of stockholders except business brought before the annual meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 12; provided, however, that, once business has been properly brought before the annual meeting in accordance with such procedures, nothing in this Section 12 shall be deemed to preclude discussion by any stockholder of any such business. If the chairman of an annual meeting determines that business was not properly brought before the annual meeting in accordance with the foregoing procedures, the chairman shall declare to the meeting that the business was not properly brought before the meeting and such business shall not be transacted.

SECTION 13. Action by Written Consent. Unless restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, whenever the vote of stockholders at a meeting thereof is required or permitted to be taken for or in connection with any corporate action, by any provision of statute or of the Certificate of Incorporation or of these By-laws, the meeting and vote of stockholders may be dispensed with, and the action taken without such meeting and vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of the outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. The consent shall be delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, or the Corporation's principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book or books in which the proceedings of meetings of the stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the Corporation's registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested; provided, however, that no consent delivered by certified or registered mail shall be deemed delivered until such consent is actually received at the Corporation's registered office. All consents properly delivered in accordance with this
Section 13 shall be deemed to be recorded when so delivered. No written consent shall be effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless,

-6-

within sixty (60) days of the earliest dated consent delivered to the Corporation as required by this Section 13, written consents signed by the holders of a sufficient number of shares to take such corporate action are so recorded. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing. Any action taken pursuant to such written consent of the stockholders shall have the same force and effect as if taken by the stockholders at a meeting thereof.

SECTION 14. Fixing the Record Date. In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty (60) days prior to any other action. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which date shall not be more than ten (10) days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors. Any stockholder of record seeking to have the stockholders authorize or take corporate action by written consent shall, by written notice to the Secretary, request the Board of Directors to fix a record date. Such notice shall specify the action proposed to be consented to by stockholders. The Board of Directors shall promptly, but in all events within ten (10) days after the date on which such a request is received, adopt a resolution fixing the record date. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors within ten (10) days after the date on which such a request is received, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is required by applicable law, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation. Such delivery to the Corporation shall be made to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business, or any officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book or books in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded, to the attention of the Secretary of the Corporation. Such delivery shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors and prior action by the Board of Directors is required by applicable law, the record date for determining stockholders

-7-

entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be the close of business on the date on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

In the event of delivery to the Corporation of a written consent or written consents purporting to authorize or take corporate action, and/or related revocation or revocations, (each such written consent and related revocation, individually and collectively, a "Consent"), the Secretary of the Corporation shall provide for the safekeeping of such Consent and shall as soon as practicable thereafter conduct such reasonable investigation as the Secretary deems necessary or appropriate for the purpose of ascertaining the validity of such Consent and all matters incident thereto, including, without limitation, whether holders of shares having the requisite voting power to authorize or take the action specified in the Consent have given consent. If after such investigation the Secretary shall determine that the Consent is sufficient and valid, that fact shall be certified on the records of the Corporation kept for the purpose of recording the proceedings of meetings of the stockholders, and the Consent shall be filed in such records, at which time the Consent shall become effective as stockholder action.

ARTICLE III

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

SECTION 1. General Powers. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may exercise all such authority and powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or the Certificate of Incorporation directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

SECTION 2. Number, Election and Term. Subject to any rights of the holders of any class or series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the number of directors which shall constitute the Board of Directors shall be fixed from time to time by resolution adopted by the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the total number of directors then in office. The directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote in the election of directors; provided, however, that whenever the holders of any class or series of Preferred Stock of the Corporation are entitled to elect one or more directors pursuant to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation (including pursuant to any duly authorized certificate of designation), such directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of such class or series of Preferred Stock present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote in the election of such directors. The directors shall be elected and shall hold office in the manner provided in the Certificate of Incorporation.

SECTION 3. Place of Meetings. Meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such place or places, within or without the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or as shall be specified in the notice of any such meeting.

-8-

SECTION 4. Annual Meetings. The Board of Directors shall meet for the purpose of organization, the election of officers and the transaction of other business, as soon as practicable after each annual meeting of stockholders, on the same day and at the same place where such annual meeting shall be held. In the event such annual meeting is not so held, the annual meeting of the Board of Directors may be held at such other time or place (within or without the State of Delaware) as shall be specified in a notice thereof given as hereinafter provided in Section 7 of this Article III.

SECTION 5. Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall he held at such time and place as the Board of Directors may fix. If any day fixed for a regular meeting shall be a legal holiday at the place where the meeting is to be held, then the meeting which would otherwise be held on that day shall be held at the same hour on the next succeeding business day.

SECTION 6. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board, if one shall have been elected, or by two or more directors of the Corporation or by the Chief Executive Officer.

SECTION 7. Notice of Meetings. Notice of regular meetings of the Board of Directors need not be given except as otherwise required by law or these By-laws. Notice of each special meeting of the Board of Directors, and of each regular and annual meeting of the Board of Directors for which notice shall be required, shall be given by the Secretary as hereinafter provided in this
Section 7, in which notice shall be stated the time and place of the meeting. Except as otherwise required by these By-laws, such notice need not state the purpose of such meeting. Notice of any special meeting, and of any regular or annual meeting for which notice is required, shall be given to each director at least (a) twenty-four (24) hours before the meeting if by telephone or by being personally delivered or sent by telex, telecopy, or similar means or (b) five
(5) days before the meeting if delivered by mail to the director's residence or usual place of business. Such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States mail so addressed, with postage prepaid, or when transmitted if sent by telex, telecopy, or similar means. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any special meeting of the Board of Directors need be specified in the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting. Any director may waive notice of any meeting by a writing signed by the director entitled to the notice and filed with the minutes or corporate records.

SECTION 8. Waiver of Notice and Presumption of Assent. Any member of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof who is present at a meeting shall be conclusively presumed to have waived notice of such meeting except when such member attends for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Such member shall be conclusively presumed to have assented to any action taken unless his or her dissent shall be entered in the minutes of the meeting or unless his or her written dissent to such action shall be filed with the person acting as the secretary of the meeting before the adjournment thereof or shall be forwarded by registered mail to the Secretary of the Corporation immediately after the adjournment of the meeting. Such right to dissent shall not apply to any member who voted in favor of such action.

-9-

SECTION 9. Quorum and Manner of Acting. A majority of the entire Board of Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the Board of Directors, and, except as otherwise expressly required by statute or the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-laws, the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors. In the absence of a quorum at any meeting of the Board of Directors, a majority of the directors present thereat may adjourn such meeting to another time and place. Notice of the time and place of any such adjourned meeting shall be given to all of the directors unless such time and place were announced at the meeting at which the adjournment was taken, in which case such notice shall only be given to the directors who were not present thereat. At any adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally called. The directors shall act only as a Board and the individual directors shall have no power as such.

SECTION 10. Organization. At each meeting of the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, if one shall have been elected, or, in the absence of the Chairman of the Board or if one shall not have been elected, the Chief Executive Officer (or, in his absence, another director chosen by a majority of the directors present) shall act as chairman of the meeting and preside thereat. The Secretary or, in his absence, any person appointed by the chairman, shall act as secretary of the meeting and keep the minutes thereof.

SECTION 11. Resignations; Newly Created Directorships; Vacancies; and Removals. Any director of the Corporation may resign at any time by giving notice in writing or by electronic transmission of his resignation to the Corporation. Any such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein or, if the time when it shall become effective shall not be specified therein, immediately upon its receipt. Unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors or any vacancies in the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal or any other cause shall be filled in the manner provided in the Certificate of Incorporation. Any director may be removed in the manner provided in the Certificate of Incorporation.

SECTION 12. Compensation. The Board of Directors shall have authority to fix the compensation, including fees and reimbursement of expenses, of directors for services to the Corporation in any capacity.

SECTION 13. Committees. The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the entire Board of Directors, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. Except to the extent restricted by statute or the Certificate of Incorporation, each such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution creating it, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which require it. Each such committee shall serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors and have such name as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors. Each

-10-

committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board of Directors when required.

SECTION 14. Committee Rules. Each committee of the Board of Directors may fix its own rules of procedure and shall hold its meetings as provided by such rules, except as may otherwise be provided by a resolution of the Board of Directors designating such committee. Unless otherwise provided in such a resolution, the presence of at least a majority of the members of the committee shall be necessary to constitute a quorum. In the event that a member and that member's alternate, if alternates are designated by the Board of Directors as provided in Section 13 of this Article III, of such committee is or are absent or disqualified, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in place of any such absent or disqualified member.

SECTION 15. Action by Written Consent. Unless restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required or permitted to be taken by the Board of Directors or any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board of Directors or such committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the Board of Directors or such committee, as the case may be. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

SECTION 16. Telephonic and Other Meetings. Unless restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, any one or more members of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or such committee by means of a conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other. Participation by such means shall constitute presence in person at a meeting.

ARTICLE IV

OFFICERS

SECTION 1. Number and Qualifications. The officers of the Corporation shall be elected by the Board of Directors and shall include the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer, and the Secretary. The Corporation may also have, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, such other officers as are desired, including a Chairman of the Board, one or more Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Treasurers, one or more Assistant Secretaries, and such other officers as may be necessary or desirable for the business of the Corporation. In the event there are two or more Vice Presidents, then one or more may be designated as Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President, or other similar or dissimilar title. At the time of the election of officers, the directors may by resolution determine the order of their rank. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, and no officer except the Chairman of the Board, if any, need be a director. In its discretion, the Board of Directors may choose not to fill

-11-

any office for any period as it may deem advisable, except that the offices of Chief Executive Officer and Secretary shall be filled as expeditiously as possible.

SECTION 2. Election and Term of Office. The officers of the Corporation shall be elected annually by the Board of Directors at its first meeting held after each annual meeting of stockholders or as soon thereafter as conveniently may be. The Chairman of the Board, if any, shall be elected annually by the Board of Directors at the first meeting of the Board of Directors held after each annual meeting of stockholders or as soon thereafter as is convenient. Vacancies may be filled or new offices created and filled at any meeting of the Board of Directors. Each officer shall hold office until his successor shall have been duly elected and shall have qualified, or until his death, or until he shall have resigned or have been removed, as hereinafter provided in these By-laws.

SECTION 3. Resignations. Any officer of the Corporation may resign at any time by giving written notice of his resignation to the Corporation. Any such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein or, if the time when it shall become effective shall not be specified therein, immediately upon receipt. Unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of any such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

SECTION 4. Removal. Any officer of the Corporation may be removed, either with or without cause, at any time, by the Board of Directors at any meeting thereof.

SECTION 5. Vacancies. Any vacancy occurring in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification or otherwise, may be filled by the Board of Directors for the unexpired portion of the term by the Board of Directors then in office.

SECTION 6. Compensation. The compensation of the officers of the Corporation for their services as such officers shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors. An officer of the Corporation shall not be prevented from receiving compensation by reason of the fact that he is also a director of the Corporation.

SECTION 7. Chairman of the Board. The Chairman of the Board, if such an officer be elected, shall, if present, preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and exercise and perform such other powers and duties as may be from time to time assigned to him by the Board of Directors or prescribed by these By-laws. If there is no Chief Executive Officer, the Chairman of the Board shall, in addition, be the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation and shall have the powers and duties prescribed in Section 8 of this Article IV.

SECTION 8. Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation and shall have the powers and perform the duties incident to that position. He shall, in the absence of the Chairman of the Board, or if a Chairman of the Board shall not have been elected, preside at each meeting of the Board of Directors or the stockholders. Subject to the powers of the Board of Directors, he shall be in the general and active charge of the entire business and affairs of the Corporation, including authority over its officers, agents and employees, and shall have such other duties as may from time to time be assigned to him by the Board of Directors. The Chief Executive Officer shall see that all orders

-12-

and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect, and execute bonds, mortgages and other contracts requiring a seal under the seal of the Corporation, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors to some other officer or agent of the Corporation.

SECTION 9. President. The President shall be the chief operating officer of the Corporation. He shall perform all duties incident to the office of President, and be responsible for the general direction of the operations of the business, reporting to the Chief Executive Officer, and shall have such other duties as may from time to time be assigned to him by the Board of Directors or as may be provided in these By-laws. At the written request of the Chief Executive Officer, or in his absence or in the event of his inability to act, the President shall perform the duties of the Chief Executive Officer, and, when so acting, shall have the powers of and be subject to the restrictions placed upon the Chief Executive Officer in respect of the performance of such duties.

SECTION 10. Vice President. Each Vice President shall perform all such duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by the Board of Directors. At the written request of the President, or in the absence or disability of the President, the Vice Presidents, in order of their rank as fixed by the Board of Directors, or if not ranked, the Vice President designated by the Board of Directors, shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions placed upon the President in respect of the performance of such duties.

SECTION 11. Chief Financial Officer. The Chief Financial Officer shall:

(a) have charge and custody of, and be responsible for, all the funds and securities of the Corporation;

(b) keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation;

(c) deposit all moneys and other valuables to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors or pursuant to its direction;

(d) receive, and give receipts for, moneys due and payable to the Corporation from any source whatsoever;

(e) disburse the funds of the Corporation and supervise the investments of its funds, taking proper vouchers therefore;

(f) render to the Board of Directors, whenever the Board of Directors may require, an account of the financial condition of the Corporation; and

-13-

(g) in general, perform all duties incident to the office of Chief Financial Officer and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by the Board of Directors.

The Chief Financial Officer may also be the Treasurer if so determined by the Board of Directors.

SECTION 12. Secretary. The Secretary shall:

(a) keep or cause to be kept in one or more books provided for the purpose, the minutes of all meetings of the Board of Directors, the committees of the Board of Directors and the stockholders;

(b) see that all notices are duly given in accordance with the provisions of these By-laws and as required by law;

(c) be custodian of the records and the seal of the Corporation and affix and attest the seal to all certificates for shares of the Corporation (unless the seal of the Corporation on such certificates shall be a facsimile, as hereinafter provided) and affix and attest the seal to all other documents to be executed on behalf of the Corporation under its seal;

(d) see that the books, reports, statements, certificates and other documents and records required by law to be kept and filed are properly kept and filed; and

(e) in general, perform all duties incident to the office of Secretary and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by the Board of Directors.

SECTION 13. The Assistant Treasurer. The Assistant Treasurer, or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Treasurers in the order determined by the Board of Directors (or, if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Treasurer or in the event of his inability to act or his failure to act (in violation of a duty to act or in contravention of direction to act by the Board of Directors), perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer and shall perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned by the Board of Directors.

SECTION 14. The Assistant Secretary. The Assistant Secretary, or if there be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Board of Directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of his inability to act or his failure to act (in violation of a duty to act or in contravention of direction to act by the Board of Directors), perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary and shall perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned by the Board of Directors.

-14-

SECTION 15. Other Officers, Assistant Officers and Agents. Officers, assistant officers and agents, if any, other than those whose duties are provided for in these By-laws, shall have such authority and perform such duties as may from time to time be prescribed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

SECTION 16. Officers' Bonds or Other Security. If required by the Board of Directors, any officer of the Corporation shall give a bond or other security for the faithful performance of his duties, in such amount and with such surety as the Board of Directors may require.

SECTION 17. Absence or Disability of Officers. In the case of the absence or disability of any officer of the Corporation and of any person hereby authorized to act in such officer's place during such officer's absence or disability, the Board of Directors may by resolution delegate the powers and duties of such officer to any other officer or to any director, or to any other person whom it may select.

ARTICLE V

STOCK CERTIFICATES AND THEIR TRANSFER

SECTION 1. Stock Certificates. The Board of Directors may issue stock certificates, or may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of stock of the Corporation shall be uncertificated shares of stock. Notwithstanding the adoption of such a resolution by the Board of Directors, every holder of stock represented by a certificate and, upon request, every holder of uncertificated shares shall be entitled to have a certificate, signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by, the Chairman of the Board or, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or a Vice-President and by the Chief Financial Officer or an Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation, certifying the number of shares owned by him or her in the Corporation. A certificate representing shares issued by the Corporation shall, if the Corporation is authorized to issue more than one class or series of stock, set forth upon the face or back of the certificate, or shall state that the Corporation will furnish to any stockholder upon request and without charge, a full statement of the designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. The Corporation shall furnish to any holder of uncertificated shares, upon request and without charge, a full statement of the designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Any request by a holder for a certificate shall be in writing and directed to the Secretary of the Corporation.

SECTION 2. Facsimile Signatures. Any or all of the signatures on a certificate may be a facsimile, engraved or printed. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he or she were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

-15-

SECTION 3. Lost Certificates. The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen, or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate

SECTION 4. Transfers of Stock. Upon surrender to the Corporation or the transfer agent of the Corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignment or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the Corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its records; provided, however, that the Corporation shall be entitled to recognize and enforce any lawful restriction on transfer. Whenever any transfer of stock shall be made for collateral security, and not absolutely, it shall be so expressed in the entry of transfer if, when the certificates are presented to the Corporation for transfer, both the transferor and the transferee request the Corporation to do so.

SECTION 5. Transfer Agents and Registrars. The Board of Directors may appoint, or authorize any officer or officers to appoint, one or more transfer agents and one or more registrars.

SECTION 6. Regulations. The Board of Directors may make such additional rules and regulations, not inconsistent with these By-laws, as it may deem expedient concerning the issue, transfer and registration of certificates for shares of stock of the Corporation.

SECTION 7. Registered Stockholders. The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its records as the owner of shares of stock to receive dividends and to vote as such owner, shall be entitled to hold liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its records as the owner of shares of stock, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares of stock on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

ARTICLE VI

GENERAL PROVISIONS

SECTION 1. Dividends. Subject to the provisions of statutes and the Certificate of Incorporation, dividends upon the shares of capital stock of the Corporation may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property or in shares of stock of the Corporation, unless otherwise provided by statute or the Certificate of Incorporation.

-16-

SECTION 2. Reserves. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors may, from time to time, in its absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation or for such other purpose as the Board of Directors may think conducive to the interests of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserves in the manner in which it was created.

SECTION 3. Seal. The seal of the Corporation shall be in such form as shall be approved by the Board of Directors, which form may be changed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

SECTION 4. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall end on December 31 of each fiscal year and may thereafter be changed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

SECTION 5. Checks, Notes, Drafts, Etc. All checks, notes, drafts or other orders for the payment of money of the Corporation shall be signed, endorsed or accepted in the name of the Corporation by such officer, officers, person or persons as from time to time may be designated by the Board of Directors or by an officer or officers authorized by the Board of Directors to make such designation.

SECTION 6. Execution of Contracts, Deeds, Etc. The Board of Directors may authorize any officer or officers, agent or agents, in the name and on behalf of the Corporation to enter into or execute and deliver any and all deeds, bonds, mortgages, contracts and other obligations or instruments, and such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.

SECTION 7. Loans. The Corporation may lend money to, or guarantee any obligation of, or otherwise assist any officer or other employee of the Corporation or of its subsidiary, including any officer or employee who is a director of the Corporation or its subsidiary, whenever, in the judgment of the directors, such loan, guaranty or assistance may reasonably be expected to benefit the Corporation. The loan, guaranty or other assistance may be with or without interest, and may be unsecured, or secured in such manner as the board of Directors shall approve, including, without limitation, a pledge of shares of stock of the Corporation. Nothing in this section contained shall be deemed to deny, limit or restrict the powers of guaranty or warranty of the Corporation at common law or under any statute.

SECTION 8. Voting of Stock in Other Corporations. Unless otherwise provided by resolution of the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, or the Chief Executive Officer, from time to time, may (or may appoint one or more attorneys or agents to) cast the votes which the Corporation may be entitled to cast as a shareholder or otherwise in any other corporation, any of whose shares or securities may be held by the Corporation, at meetings of the holders of the shares or other securities of such other corporation. In the event one or more attorneys or agents are appointed, the Chairman of the Board, or the Chief Executive Officer may instruct the person or persons so appointed as to the manner of casting such votes or giving such consent. The Chairman of the Board, or the Chief Executive Officer may, or may instruct the attorneys or agents appointed to, execute or cause to be executed in the name and on behalf of the

-17-

Corporation and under its seal or otherwise, such written proxies, consents, waivers or other instruments as may be necessary or proper in the circumstances.

SECTION 9. Inspection of Books and Records. Any stockholder of record, in person or by attorney or other agent, shall, upon written demand under oath stating the purpose thereof, have the right during the usual hours for business to inspect for any proper purpose the Corporation's stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and records, and to make copies or extracts therefrom. A proper purpose shall mean any purpose reasonably related to such person's interest as a stockholder. In every instance where an attorney or other agent shall be the person who seeks the right of inspection, the demand under oath shall be accompanied by a power of attorney or such other writing which authorizes the attorney or other agent to so act on behalf of the stockholder. The demand under oath shall be directed to the Corporation at its registered office in the State of Delaware or at its principal place of business.

SECTION 10. Section Headings. Section headings in these By-laws are for convenience of reference only and shall not be given any substantive effect in limiting or otherwise construing an provision herein.

SECTION 11. Inconsistent Provisions. In the event that any provision of these By-laws is or becomes inconsistent with any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or any other applicable law, the provision of these By-laws shall not be given any effect to the extent of such inconsistency but shall otherwise be given full force and effect.

ARTICLE VII

AMENDMENTS

These By-laws may be amended, altered, changed or repealed or new By-laws adopted only in accordance with Article V of the Certificate of Incorporation.

-18-

EXHIBIT 4.4

NUMBER [CVG LOGO] SHARES

CVGI_________ ___________

INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE

THIS CERTIFICATE IS TRANSFERABLE                      CUSIP 202608 10 5
  IN CANTON, MA, JERSEY CITY, NJ
        OR NEW YORK, NY                      SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

This Certifies that

is the record holder of

CERTIFICATE OF STOCK

FULLY PAID AND NONASSESSABLE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK PAR VALUE $.01 PER SHARE OF

Commercial Vehicle Group, Inc. transferable on the books of the Corporation by the holder hereof in person or by duly authorized attorney upon the surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed. This Certificate is not valid unless countersigned by the Transfer Agent and registered by the Registrar.
Witness the facsimile seal of the Corporation and the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers.

Dated:

COUNTERSIGNED AND REGISTERED:
EQUISERVE TRUST COMPANY, N.A.
TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR

BY [SIG]

AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE

[SEAL]

                [SIG]                                                  [SIG]

VICE PRESIDENT AND CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER             PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER


The Corporation will, upon request and without charge, furnish any stockholder information regarding the powers, designations, preferences and relative participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:

TEN COM -- as tenants in common                      UNIF GIFT MIN ACT-- __________ Custodian __________
TEN ENT -- as tenants by the entireties                                    (Cust)              (Minor)
JT TEN  -- as joint tenants with right of                                under Uniform Gifts to Minors
           survivorship and not as tenants                               Act ___________________________
           in common                                                                  (State)

Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

For value received, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER
IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE



(PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE OF ASSIGNEE)


__________________________________________________________________________Shares of the Common Stock represented by this Certificate, and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint

________________________________________________________________________Attorney to transfer such shares on the books of the within-named Corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated____________________________

                                           X_______________________________
NOTICE: THE SIGNATURE(S) TO THIS                      (Signature)
ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE
NAME(S) AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF   >
THE CERTIFICATE EXACTLY, WITHOUT
ANY CHANGE WHATEVER.                       X_______________________________
                                                      (Signature)

SIGNATURE(S) GUARANTEED:

BY_________________________________________________________________ THE SIGNATURE(S) SHOULD BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (BANKS, STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM), PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15.


EXHIBIT 5.1

[KIRKLAND & ELLIS LETTERHEAD LLP]

August 2, 2004

Commercial Vehicle Group, Inc.
6530 West Campus Way
New Albany, Ohio 43054

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We are acting as special counsel to Commercial Vehicle Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), in connection with the proposed registration by the Company of 10,637,500 shares of its Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the "Common Stock"), including 1,387,500 shares of the Company's Common Stock to cover over-allotments, if any, pursuant to a Registration Statement on Form S-1, as amended (Registration No. 333-115708), originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") on May 21, 2004 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act") (such Registration Statement, as amended or supplemented, is hereinafter referred to as the "Registration Statement"). Of the shares of Common Stock to be registered pursuant to the Registration Statement, up to 3,818,750 shares are being offered by the Company (the "Primary Shares") and up to 6,818,750 shares are being offered by certain selling stockholders (the "Secondary Shares").

In that connection, we have examined originals, or copies certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of such documents, corporate records and other instruments as we have deemed necessary for the purposes of this opinion, including (i) the corporate and organizational documents of the Company, including the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (the "Amended and Restated Certificate") to be filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware prior to the sale of the Primary Shares and the Secondary Shares and (ii) minutes and records of the corporate proceedings of the Company with respect to the issuance and sale of the Primary Shares and the Secondary Shares.

For purposes of this opinion, we have assumed the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to the originals of all documents submitted to us as copies and the authenticity of the originals of all documents submitted to us as copies. We have also assumed the legal capacity of all natural persons, the genuineness of the signatures of persons signing all documents in connection with which this opinion is rendered, the authority of such persons signing on behalf of the parties thereto other than the Company and the due authorization, execution and delivery of all documents by the parties thereto other than the Company. We have not independently established or verified any facts relevant to the opinions


KIRKLAND & ELLIS LLP

Commercial Vehicle Group, Inc.

Page 2

expressed herein, but have relied upon statements and representations of officers and other representatives of the Company and others.

Based upon and subject to the foregoing qualifications, assumptions and limitations and the further limitations set forth below, we are of the opinion that:

1. Upon filing of the Amended and Restated Certificate with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, the Primary Shares will be duly authorized, and, when the Registration Statement becomes effective under the Act, and when appropriate certificates representing the Primary Shares are duly countersigned and registered by the Company's transfer agent/registrar and delivered to the Company's underwriters against payment of the agreed consideration therefor in accordance with the Underwriting Agreement, the Primary Shares will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

2. The Secondary Shares have been duly authorized, validly issued and fully paid and are nonassessable.

Our opinions expressed above are subject to the qualification that we express no opinion as to the applicability of, compliance with, or effect of any laws except the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion with the Commission as Exhibit 5.1 to the Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to our firm under the heading "Legal Matters" in the Registration Statement. In giving this consent, we do not thereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission. This opinion and consent may be incorporated by reference in a subsequent registration statement on Form S-1 filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Act with respect to the registration of additional securities for sale in the offering contemplated by the Registration Statement and shall cover such additional securities, if any, registered on such subsequent registration statement.

We do not find it necessary for the purposes of this opinion, and accordingly we do not purport to cover herein, the application of the securities or "Blue Sky" laws of the various states to the issuance and sale of the Primary Shares or the Secondary Shares.

This opinion is limited to the specific issues addressed herein, and no opinion may be inferred or implied beyond that expressly stated herein. We assume no obligation to revise or


KIRKLAND & ELLIS LLP

Commercial Vehicle Group, Inc.

Page 3

supplement this opinion should the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware be changed by legislative action, judicial decision or otherwise.

Sincerely,

/s/ Kirkland & Ellis LLP

KIRKLAND & ELLIS LLP


Exhibit 10.12

MANAGEMENT STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT

DATED as of July __,2004.

AMONG:

COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GROUP, INC.,

a Delaware corporation (the "Corporation"),

- and -

ONEX AMERICAN HOLDINGS II LLC,

a Wyoming limited liability company ("Onex"),

- and -

The individuals named on Schedule I to this Agreement and each additional management employee of the Operating Company (as hereinafter defined) who, at any time, acquires securities of the Corporation and executes a counterpart of this Agreement or otherwise agrees to be bound by this Agreement (individually, a "Managementholder" and collectively, the "Managementholders").

1

WHEREAS:

A. As of July __, 2004 the issued and outstanding capital of the Corporation consists of:

(i) 45,106.007 shares of Class A Common Stock, par value $.01 per share (the "Class A Common");

(ii) 149,228.315 shares of Class B Common Stock, par value $.01 per share (the "Class B Common"); and

(iii) 35,892.750 shares of Class C Common Stock, par value $.01 per share (the "Class C Common");

(iv) 97,964.000 shares of Class D-1 Common Stock, par value $.01 per share (the "Class D-1 Common");

(v) 0.000 shares of Class D-2 Common Stock, par value $.01 per share (the "Class D-2 Common"); and

(vi) 24,491.000 shares of Class E Common Stock, par value $.01 per share (the "Class E Common").

B. Each of the Managementholders is an employee of the Corporation and/or a subsidiary of the Corporation and has acquired or is acquiring certain shares of Class A Common.

C. In order to provide for the stability of the Corporation and to restrict the manner and means by which the Class A Common held by the Managementholders may be transferred, voted and otherwise dealt with the parties wish to enter into this Agreement.

D. Certain terms used in this Agreement are defined in Article Six of this Agreement.

THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration the receipt and sufficiency of which are acknowledged the parties agree as follows:

ARTICLE ONE

Managementholder's Common Stock Generally

1.1 Managementholder's General Representations and Warranties. Each Managementholder represents and warrants that:

(a) he has acquired and is holding, or will acquire and hold, all Managementholder's Stock held by him as sole principal and for investment only, and not in trust in any manner for or on behalf of any other person or persons; and

2

(b) he is not a party to or bound by any agreement regarding or affecting his Managementholder's Stock or his rights as a holder of Managementholder's Stock other than this Agreement, a pledge, if any, of Managementholder's Stock in accordance with Section 1.5 or an agreement, if any, to effect a transfer of Managementholder's Stock in accordance with this Agreement.

1.2 Transfers in Accordance with this Agreement. Each Managementholder agrees that Managementholder's Stock held by him will not be transferred in violation of this Agreement, the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "1933 Act"), or any other applicable law.

1.3 Registration of Transfers. The Corporation may refuse to register any transfer by the registered holder of Managementholder's Stock in its transfer books if such transfer is not in accordance with this Agreement, the 1933 Act, or any other applicable law.

1.4 Restrictions on Transfer. Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, the Managementholder's Stock may not be transferred without the consent of the Corporation. The Managementholder's Stock may be transferred only in a sale for cash or cash plus assumption of indebtedness in accordance with
Section 2.1 or in accordance with the other provisions of this Agreement. Any purported transfer in any manner contrary to the terms of this Agreement shall be void.

1.5 Sales to be Free of Encumbrances.

(a) In connection with any sale of Managementholder's Stock pursuant to this Agreement, the Managementholder shall deliver the Managementholder's Stock being sold free and clear of any claim, mortgage, charge, pledge, lien, security interest or other encumbrance of any kind.

(b) If the Managementholder fails to comply with subsection
(a), the purchaser may withhold from the purchase price for the Managementholder's Stock an amount equal to the indebtedness secured by any such claim, mortgage, charge, pledge, lien, security interest or other encumbrance or, if the amount of such indebtedness is not known by the purchaser, an amount equal to the purchaser's good faith estimate thereof, and shall pay such withheld amount to the person to whom such indebtedness is owed. Any such payment of such withheld amount shall discharge the purchaser's obligation to make payment for the purchased shares to the extent of such withheld amount.

1.6 Closings of Sales of Managementholder's Stock.

(a) At the closing of any sale of Managementholder's Stock pursuant to this Agreement, the Managementholder selling Managementholder's Stock shall deliver to the purchaser the share certificates and other instruments representing such Managementholder's Stock, together with stock powers and other instruments transferring such Common Stock, duly endorsed for transfer and free and clear of any claim, mortgage, charge, pledge, lien, security interest or encumbrance of any kind, and the purchaser shall deliver to the Managementholder the consideration payable upon closing. If subsection 2.3(b) of this Agreement is applicable to the sale and the purchaser is other than the Corporation or the Investors, the purchaser shall also

3

deliver to the Managementholder an undertaking to pay the increased purchase price for the Managementholder's Stock in accordance with subsection 2.3(b) in the events therein described, as if such purchaser were a party to this Agreement.

(b) If the Managementholder is not present at the closing, or is present but for any reason fails to produce and deliver to the purchaser, in accordance with subsection (a), the certificates or other instruments representing any of the Managementholder's Stock being transferred or any other document required under subsection (a), then the purchaser may deposit the applicable consideration payable to such Managementholder, as and when payable under this Agreement. into a special account in trust for the Managementholder at a branch of the Corporation's bankers. Such deposit shall constitute valid and effective payment to the Managementholder of the purchase price for such Common Stock notwithstanding the fact that the Managementholder may have voluntarily attempted to encumber or dispose of any of the Common Stock contrary to the terms hereof, or that one or more certificates or other evidences of ownership of the Common Stock may have been delivered to any other person. From and after the date of such deposit (even though the share certificates in the name of the such Managementholder or other instruments representing such Common Stock have not been delivered to the purchaser), the purchase and transfer of the Common Stock shall be deemed to have been fully completed and all right, title, benefit and interest of the Managementholder in and to all such Common Stock, both at law and in equity, shall be conclusively deemed to have been transferred and assigned to and become vested in the purchaser.

(c) Where the purchaser has made a deposit in accordance with subsection (b), the Managementholder shall be entitled to receive the consideration for his Managementholder's Stock deposited with the Corporation's bankers, without interest, upon delivery to the Corporation of (i) the certificates or other instruments representing the Managementholder's Stock duly endorsed for transfer in the manner required by subsection (a) and (ii) any other document required under subsection (a) to be delivered by him at the closing including, without limitation, the release or discharge of any encumbrance relating to the Managementholder's Stock being sold.

(d) Each Managementholder irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Secretary from time to time of the Corporation (the "Secretary") as his attorney and agent authorized, in his name and on his behalf, to execute and deliver (i) all such assignments, transfers, deeds and instruments as may be necessary to effectively transfer the Common Stock being transferred to the purchaser on the books of the Corporation and (ii) any other document required under subsection (a) to be delivered by him at closing. Such appointment and power of attorney, being coupled with an interest, shall not be revoked by the insolvency, bankruptcy, death or incapacity of the Managementholder, and the Managementholder hereby agrees to ratify and confirm any act taken by the Secretary on his behalf hereunder and agrees that the receipt of the Secretary as attorney shall be a good discharge to the Managementholder.

(e) The Secretary of the Corporation (or another officer designated by the Board of Directors to act in his stead) shall, at all times, hold the certificates representing all Managementholder's Stock. The Secretary or such other officer shall hold such certificates in safekeeping to the order of the registered holder of the Common Stock represented by the certificates (but subject to the terms of this Agreement); provided that, upon being satisfied that a

4

lender reasonably requires possession of any certificate for the purposes of an arrangement permitted by Section 1.5, the Secretary may release the certificate to the lender upon receipt of an irrevocable direction from the registered holder to the lender to return the certificates to the Secretary if the registered holder would otherwise be entitled to the return of the certificates.

(f) Nothing in this Section is intended to limit any other remedy available to a purchaser of Managementholder's Stock.

1.7 Application of the Agreement. For greater certainty, it is acknowledged and agreed that this Agreement shall apply in respect of all Common Stock now or hereafter acquired and held by a Managementholder including, but not limited to, Common Stock acquired pursuant to Section 3.5, but not including Common Stock purchased by a Managementholder through the facilities of a securities exchange on which the Common Stock is then listed or quoted in the NASDAQ System or the over-the-counter market after the Corporation has become a Public Company.

ARTICLE TWO

Sale of Managementholder's Stock

2.1 Sales to Another Managementholder or Management Employee.

(a) If a Managementholder desires to transfer Managementholder's Stock at any time pursuant to a bona fide written offer to purchase his Managementholder's Stock for cash or for cash and the assumption of indebtedness referred to in Section 1.5 (an "Offer") from another Managementholder or a management employee of the Operating Company who in either case is acceptable to the Board of Directors, in its sole discretion (an "Offeror"), he shall give the Corporation and the Investors notice thereof (a "Notice") attaching a copy of such Offer.

(b) If a Notice is given, the Corporation, or at the Corporation's option, the Investors, shall have the option, exercisable by notice to the Managementholder within 30 days after the date of receipt of the Notice by the Corporation and the Investors, to purchase all or any part of the Managementholder's Stock proposed to be sold pursuant to the Offer for the same price per share and on the same terms as the Offer.

(c) If the Corporation or the Investors do not exercise the option referred to in subsection (b) within the 30-day option period provided in subsection (b), and the Board of Directors of the Corporation has consented to the proposed sale to the Offeror pursuant to the Offer, the Managementholder shall have the right, exercisable at any time within 60 days after the expiration of such 30-day option period, to sell any of the Managementholder's Stock as to which the option referred to in subsection (b) was not exercised to the Offeror in accordance with the terms of the Offer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the consent of the Board of Directors shall not be required for such proposed sale if the Offeror is, at the time of the sale, a Managementholder bound by this Agreement. If the Managementholder's Stock as to which the option referred to in subsection (b) was not exercised remains unsold at the end of such 60-day period, such Managementholder's Stock may not thereafter be transferred unless the Managementholder again complies with this Section 2.1.

5

(d) Any Offeror who acquires Common Stock pursuant to an Offer shall, by its purchase of such Common Stock and acceptance of the certificates therefor, be deemed to agree to, and shall be bound by, the provisions of this Agreement and shall at the time of closing of the purchase of any Common Stock execute such documents as may be, in the reasonable opinion of the Corporation, required in order to evidence such agreement.

2.2 Sale When the Corporation is a Public Company.

(a) Notwithstanding Section 2.1, at any time when the Corporation is a Public Company, except during any l80-day period following any final qualification or registration of securities of the Corporation for a public offering, a Managementholder shall, after complying in full with the provisions of this Section 2.2, be entitled during any 90-day period to sell up to 5% of the Managementholder's Stock then held by him through the facilities of any securities exchange on which the Common Stock is then listed or quoted in the NASDAQ System or the over-the-counter market, subject to compliance with applicable securities laws and with the by-laws and regulations of such exchange (such a sale is hereinafter referred to as a "Market Sale"). No Managementholder shall, however, sell in the aggregate pursuant to this Section 2.2 more than a maximum of one-third of the aggregate number of Managementholder's Stock acquired to such date by such Managementholder, provided that the Board of Directors may, on the recommendation of the President of the Corporation, permit the Managementholder to sell in excess of the foregoing maximum proportion of his Managementholder's Stock.

(b) Not less than five and not more than ten business days before effecting any Market Sale, the Managementholder shall first give notice to the Investors (a "Market Sale Notice") offering to sell to the Corporation, or at the Corporation's option, to the Investors all of that number of shares of Managementholder's Stock which it proposes to sell, at a price per share of Common Stock equal to the average closing price per share on such securities exchange on which the Common Stock is then listed or which is quoted or the NASDAQ System or the over-the-counter market for the ten trading days thereon immediately preceding the date of the Market Sale Notice (the "Market Price").

(c) If the Corporation or the Investors, wish to accept an offer made pursuant to a Market Sale Notice they shall do so by notice of election to purchase (a "Market Exercise Notice"), given to the Managementholder within three business days after receipt by the Investors of the Market Sale Notice, which designates the number of shares of Managementholder's Stock to be purchased, and the Managementholder shall thereupon be bound to sell such Managementholder's Stock to the Corporation or the Investors, as the case may be, and the Corporation or the Investors, as the case may be, shall be obligated to buy such shares of Managementholder's Stock at the Market Price. If the Corporation or the Investors elect to purchase a part, only, of the number of the Managementholder's Stock which the Managementholder offered to sell, the Managementholder may sell the balance of the shares of Managementholder's Stock which were offered, through the facilities of any securities exchange on which the Common Stock is then listed or quoted on the NASDAQ System or the over-the-counter market, on any of the five consecutive business days commencing on the fifth business day after receipt by the Investors of the Market Sale Notice.

6

2.3 Sale Upon Cessation of Employment.

(a) If a Managementholder ceases to be employed in a full-time capacity by the Operating Company for any reason (including but not limited to the Managementholder's voluntary termination, termination by the Operating Company with or without cause, or the Managementholders' death, permanent disability or retirement) prior to the time the Corporation becomes a Public Company, the Corporation (or, if the Corporation so elects, the Investors) shall purchase, and the Managementholders shall sell, all of the Managementholder's Stock owned by such Managementholder. The Purchase Price payable per share in any sale of Common Stock pursuant to this Section 2.3 shall be equal to Book Value Per Share.

(b) If the Corporation effects a public offering of securities of the same class as the Managementholder's Stock purchased pursuant to this
Section 2.3 within six months after the closing of such purchase, the purchase price per share shall be increased by an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the public offering price per share pursuant to such public offering (after deduction of any applicable underwriters' commissions or discounts and expenses of such offering on a per share basis) over the Book Value Per Share used in calculating the original purchase price.

(c) The purchase price for Managementholder's Stock purchased pursuant to this Section 2.3 shall be paid 100% in cash at the closing of such purchase.

2.4 Sale Upon Cessation of Employment When the Corporation is a Public Company.

Notwithstanding Section 2.3, if a Managementholder ceases to be employed in a fulltime capacity by the Operating Company for any reason (including but not limited to the Managementholder's voluntary termination, termination by the Operating Company, with or without cause, or the Managementholder's death, permanent disability or retirement) after the time the Corporation has become a Public Company, the Managementholder shall be entitled to sell his Managementholder's Stock through the facilities of any securities exchange on which the Common Stock is then listed or quoted on the NASDAQ system or over-the-counter market, provided such sales are made in the normal course and in a manner which complies with applicable securities laws and regulations and stock exchange rules and provided further that no more than one-half of his Managementholder's Stock may be sold prior to the first anniversary of such termination of employment. Notwithstanding the previous sentence, (a) in the event of the death of the Managementholder, his executors or administrators shall not be restricted as to the proportion of his Managementholder's Stock that may be sold during the year following termination of employment, (b) in the event of the termination of his employment by reason of his permanent disability, the Managementholder shall not be restricted as to the proportion of his Managementholder's Stock that may be sold during the year following termination of employment, and (c) in the event of the retirement of the Managementholder, up to 75% of his Managementholder's Stock may be sold during the year following termination of employment.

2.5 Defined Terms and Expressions. As used in this Article:

(a) "permanent disability" means the inability of a Managementholder to fulfill his duties as an employee of the Operating Company as a result of illness, accident or

7

physical or mental disability either for a period of six consecutive months or for any 180 days in any 365-day period.

(b) "retirement" means retirement of a Managementholder in accordance with the retirement policy provided for in the Operating Company's employment policies in effect from time to time.

(c) "termination by the Operating Company without cause" shall mean termination by the Operating Company on grounds other than gross or continued neglect of duty, serious and wilful misconduct, theft, embezzlement, fraud, breach of fiduciary duty or other like cause.

2.6 "termination by the Operating Company" shall include a refusal by the Operating Company to renew an employment contract at the end of its stated term.

2.7 Closing.

(a) The closing of any purchase and sale of Managementholder's Stock pursuant to exercise by the Corporation or the Investors of a right, or fulfillment of an obligation, under Section 2.1, 2.2, or 2.3 shall be held at the registered office of the Corporation at a date and time designated by the purchaser, but in any event not later than 60 days (or, in the case of a purchase and sale pursuant to subsection 2.3(e), 120 days) after the date of receipt of the Notice, receipt of the Market Sale Notice, cessation of employment or date of acquisition of Common Stock following termination of employment referred to in subsection 2.3(e), as the case may be.

(b) Any Managementholder's Stock purchased by the Investors or the Corporation, pursuant to the exercise of a right, or fulfillment of an obligation, under Section 2.1, 2.2, or 2.3 shall be free and clear of all liens, charges, encumbrances or restrictions with the exception of any restrictions imposed by this Agreement where such Managementholder's Stock are purchased by the Investors.

2.8 Investor Purchasers. Any opportunity for the Investors to purchase Common Stock pursuant to this Agreement shall be offered to each Investor pro rata based on the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock each such Investor owns or has the right to acquire (either through exercise, conversion, exchange or otherwise) at the time of such offer. If an Investor fails to elect to purchase its pro rata share, any remaining shares of Common Stock shall be referred to the subscribing Investors on the same pro rata basis until all such shares are allocated or no Investor desires to elect to purchase any more of such shares. For purposes hereof, all shares of Common Stock owned by any general partner of any Investor who is a partnership shall be deemed to be owned by such Investor.

2.9 Non-Disclosure of Confidential Information. Each Managementholder acknowledges that, in the course of performing and fulfilling his duties and as an employee of the Operating Company (which in this section includes its affiliates), he may have access to and may be entrusted with confidential information concerning its activities, business operations and its customers and clients, which information is not generally known in the industry in which the Operating Company does business ("Confidential Information"). The disclosure of any Confidential Information to competitors of the Operating Company or to other persons would be

8

highly detrimental to the interests of the Operating Company. Each Managementholder further acknowledges and agrees that the right to maintain confidential such Confidential Information is a proprietary right which the Operating Company is entitled to protect. Accordingly, each Managementholder covenants and agrees with the Operating Company that (a) he will not during the continuance of his employment by the Operating Company disclose any such Confidential Information to any person, nor shall he use the same, except as required in the normal course of his employment by the Operating Company, and
(b) after the termination or expiration of his employment by the Operating Company, he will not disclose or make any use of same without the consent of the Operating Company, provided, however, that he shall not be prohibited by this paragraph from using the personal skills and knowledge developed by him prior to and during his employment by the Operating Company. Each Managementholder acknowledges that the above covenants are reasonable and agrees that, in addition to any other remedies at law it may have (which other remedies such Managementholder acknowledges to be inadequate to protect its legitimate interests), the Operating Company shall be entitled to injunctive relief in the event of a breach thereof.

ARTICLE THREE

Sale of Common Stock by Onex and the Corporation

3.1 Piggy-Back Right.

(a) Except as provided in Section 3.4, if at any time the Board of Directors approves a Sale of the Company (an "Approved Sale"), the Corporation shall, at least 20 days prior to the Approved Sale, give notice (a "Sale Notice") to the Management Representatives (as hereinafter defined) on behalf of the Managementholders describing the terms of the Approved Sale in reasonable detail, including the identity of the proposed purchaser, and stating that each Managementholder has (and each Managementholder shall then have) the option to sell to the proposed purchaser his Managementholder's Stock, simultaneously with and conditional upon the closing of the Approved Sale, at the price per share and on the other terms consistent with the rights and preferences of the Common Stock set forth in the Corporation's Certificate of Incorporation as is reasonably determined by the Board of Directors.

(b) The option pursuant to subsection (a) shall be exercised by notice to the Corporation given not later than the date specified therefor in the Sale Notice, which shall be not less than 10 business days after such Sale Notice is given. If a Managementholder gives notice of his election to sell he shall be obligated to sell the shares of Managementholders' Stock specified in his notice upon the terms specified in subsection (a) to the proposed purchaser, conditional upon the closing of the Approved Sale.

(c) If the proposed purchaser pursuant to the Approved Sale has specified a limited number of shares of Common Stock which it is willing to purchase in the aggregate, each Managementholder shall have the right to sell to the proposed purchaser up to that number of shares of Common Stock which is in the same proportion to all shares of Common Stock being purchased by the proposed purchaser as the number of shares of Common Stock then owned by such Managementholder is of the total number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding (in

9

each case, assuming the conversion or exchange of all securities convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock).

3.2 Drag-Along Right. If at any time the Board of Directors proposes an Approved Sale, the Corporation may, by so notifying the Management Representatives on behalf of the Managementholders in the Sale Notice, require each Managementholder to sell his Managementholder's Stock, simultaneously with and conditional upon the closing of such Approved Sale, at the price (whether in cash or other consideration) per share and other terms consistent with the rights and preferences of the Common Stock set forth in the Corporation's Certificate of Incorporation as is reasonably determined by the Board of Directors, and each Managementholder shall thereupon be obligated to sell such Managementholder's Stock. If the form of consideration to be received on such Approved Sale is, in the reasonable opinion of the Board of Directors after consultation with the Management Representatives, inappropriate as a form of consideration for Managementholders, the Corporation shall use its best efforts to have such consideration converted to cash or more appropriate consideration at a fair value.

3.3 Representations and Warranties on a Disposition. In connection with any Approved Sale, in which Managementholder's Stock is to be sold by a Managementholder, the Corporation may require the Managementholder to enter into agreements with the purchaser representing and warranting that, except as specifically disclosed to the purchaser in writing, such Managementholder, at the time of the closing of the Approved Sale, does not have actual knowledge that any representation or warranty made by the Corporation or any other shareholder in connection with the Approved Sale was untrue in any material respect when made or is untrue in any material respect as of such closing; the liability of the selling Managementholder under such representation and warranty shall be limited to the amount which he receives from the sale of his Managementholder's Stock in connection with the Approved Sale and shall be pro rata in accordance with the number of shares of Common Stock sold by the Managementholder in relation to the shares of Common Stock being sold by all shareholders as part of the Approved Sale.

3.4 Exceptions to the Piggy-Back Right. Section 3.1 shall not apply to any sale as part of a public offering of Common Stock.

3.5 Piggy-Back Right on a Public Offering.

(a) If the Corporation proposes to effect a public offering of shares of Common Stock in which shares of the Corporation's Common Stock held by the Investors are to be included, the Corporation shall, prior to the proposed initial filing or registration, give notice thereof and of the manner of offering contemplated thereby ("Public Offering Notice") to each of the Managementholders unless a determination has been made by the managing underwriter(s) pursuant to sub-section (g) of this Section 3.5 to the effect that there is reasonable cause to believe that the inclusion of the Managementholders' Stock might adversely affect the offering.

(b) The Corporation shall not be required to give a Public Offering Notice in accordance with subsection (a) or to register Managementholder's Stock in accordance with subsection (c) if the distribution of shares of Common Stock being proposed cannot, under applicable law and regulations, be combined (pursuant to the form of prospectus or registration

10

Statement proposed to be used) with a distribution of shares of Managementholder's Stock or if and to the extent that such distribution of Managementholder's Stock would contravene an agreement with a security holder that prohibits or restricts the inclusion of securities to be sold by others.

(c) If a Public Offering Notice is given, then, on written notice to the Corporation (a "Holder's Request") from a Managementholder within 10 days after the receipt of the Public Offering Notice (which Holder's Request shall specify the number of shares of Management holder's Stock which the Managementholder wishes to sell and distribute, which number shall not represent a greater proportion of such Managementholder's Stock than the proportion of all shares of Common Stock held by the Investors which is proposed to be sold and distributed pursuant to such public offering) the Corporation will use its best efforts to register the shares of Managementholder's Stock stated in the Holder's Request (or, if less, the Pro Rata Number of such Managementholder's Stock) for distribution pursuant to the proposed public offering in addition to the shares of Common Stock being offered by the Investors. If the number of shares of Common Stock which the Investors, the Managementholders and other holders of Common Stock wish to sell and distribute exceeds the number thereof which, in the opinion of the managing underwriter(s), is the maximum number thereof that might be included with the offering without adversely affecting the offering, then the excess above such maximum number shall not be included with the offering, and the number of shares of Common Stock of the Investors and each Managementholder wishing to sell, to be sold with the offering, shall be proportionate to their respective holdings of Common Stock. If any of the Managementholders is thereby entitled to sell more shares of Common Stock than he wishes to sell, the Investors and each remaining Managementholder shall be entitled to make up the difference pro-rata from its or his respective holdings, provided that any such Managementholder shall have confirmed his desire to make up his pro-rata proportion of the difference out of his holdings within 5 days after notice of his entitlement to do so is given to him.

(d) As used in this Section 3.5, the term "Pro Rata Number" shall mean the product of (i) the total number of shares of Common Stock held by the Managementholder and (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock which are to be so registered and the denominator of which is the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding.

(e) On a sale pursuant to this Section 3.5, Managementholders shall sell their shares of Common Stock through the underwriters on the same terms as the Investors or the Corporation generally are selling their or its shares of Common Stock.

(f) The Corporation shall be responsible for the preparation of the preliminary prospectus, the prospectus or registration statement and related papers and filings (including any Blue Sky filings) in connection with the proposed public offering.

(g) Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 3.5, the Corporation (i) may at any time delay, abandon or withdraw such prospectus or registration statement relating to a proposed offering, and (ii) shall not be required to register Managementholder's Stock pursuant to subsection (c) in connection with any proposed offering if, in the opinion of the managing

11

underwriter(s), there is reasonable cause to believe that the inclusion of such Managementholder's Stock might adversely affect the offering.

(h) Each participating Managementholder shall supply the Corporation with such information as the Corporation may reasonably request in order to prepare any preliminary prospectus, prospectus and registration statement required in connection with the proposed public offering, to prepare any related papers and filings, to effect the qualifications required by this
Section 3.5 and to comply with applicable securities laws.

(i) Each Managementholder's registration rights are limited solely to the rights set forth in this Section 3.5.

3.6 Costs of Public Offering. Each Managementholder who participates in a public offering of Common Stock of the Corporation pursuant to any provision of this Article 3 shall bear a portion of all costs incurred in connection with such offering including, without limitation, the fees of investment bankers, lawyers and accountants in the same proportion as the number of shares of Common Stock sold by such Managementholder is of all the Common Stock sold pursuant to such public offering unless such costs are to be borne by the Corporation. Each Managementholder shall, in any event, pay the underwriting discounts or commissions applicable to the sale of his Common Stock in such public offering and, where required, execute the applicable underwriting agreement and all related documents.

ARTICLE FOUR

Legending and Voting

4.1 Legending of Stock Certificates. All certificates representing shares of Common Stock held by Managementholders shall bear the following legend:

"THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON THE VOTING OF SUCH SECURITIES CONTAINED IN THE MANAGEMENT STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT, DATED AS OF _________ __, 2004 AMONG THE ISSUER OF SUCH SECURITIES (THE "COMPANY") AND CERTAIN OF THE COMPANY'S STOCKHOLDERS, A COPY OF SUCH MANAGEMENT STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT WILL BE FURNISHED WITHOUT CHARGE BY THE COMPANY TO THE HOLDER HEREOF UPON WRITTEN REQUEST."

4.2 Voting of Managementholder's Stock. Each Managementholder shall at all times vote his Managementholder's Stock (to the extent they are entitled to vote) in the same manner as the Common Stock held by Onex is voted, on the election of directors and on all other matters which are submitted to a vote (or consent in lieu of voting) of the Corporation's stockholders, and for this purpose, shall execute and deliver to Onex (or its designees) proxies to vote such Managementholder's Stock in the same manner as the Common Stock held by Onex is

12

voted. To the extent permitted by law, each Managementholder, by his execution of this Agreement, irrevocably constitutes and appoints the person who is at any time the president of Onex, his proxy to vote all of his Managementholder's Stock at any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, or to give consent in lieu of voting, on any matter which is submitted for a vote or consent to the stockholders, provided that such Managementholder's Stock is voted or consent is given with respect to them in the same manner as the Common Stock held by Onex. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Section 4.2, Managementholder's Stock shall not, except with the express consent of the Managementholder, be voted in favor of any resolution the effect of which will be to change the Managementholder's Stock or Onex Stock, or convert or exchange the Managementholder's Stock or Onex Stock into or for different securities, unless in every such case the Managementholder's Stock and the Onex Stock are thereby changed identically or converted into or exchanged for the same type of securities in proportion to their respective holdings of Common Stock, in each case on terms consistent with the rights and preferences set forth in the Corporation's Certificate of Incorporation as is reasonably determined by Onex.

4.3 Management Representatives. Each of the Managementholders hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Management Representatives (as defined in this Section 4.3) as his representatives to take all actions on his behalf in connection with this Agreement, in their sole and absolute discretion, including but not limited to executing any consents or waivers in connection with, or any amendments to, this Agreement (with the exception of any decision to sell his Managementholder's Stock pursuant to Section 2.1, 2.2, 3.1, or 3.5). In the event of a disagreement among the Management Representatives, a majority of them shall have all authority granted to the Management Representatives by the Managementholder under this Agreement. The term "Management Representatives" shall mean the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation and any two Vice-Presidents of any Operating Company designated from time to time by the Chief Executive Officer.

ARTICLE FIVE

Covenants of the Corporation

5.1 Mergers, Consolidations, Etc. The Corporation shall not merge, consolidate or reorganize with another corporation, or sell all or substantially all of its assets to another person, if pursuant thereto any Investor shall receive equity securities as full or partial consideration for its Common Stock, unless all Managementholders shall have the right to receive the same securities in proportion to their respective holdings of Common Stock, in each case on terms consistent with the rights and preferences set forth in the Corporation's Certificate of Incorporation as is reasonably determined by the Board of Directors.

5.2 Financial Statements. The Corporation shall deliver to each Managementholder so long as he owns Managementholder's Stock:

(a) within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Corporation, a consolidated balance sheet of the Corporation and its subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal year, and consolidated statements of income and of cash flows of the Corporation and its

13

subsidiaries for such fiscal year, accompanied by a report thereon of independent certified public accountants; and

(b) within 45 days after the end of each fiscal quarter of the Corporation, a consolidated balance sheet of the Corporation and its subsidiaries as at the end of such quarter, and consolidated statements of income and of cash flows of the Corporation and its subsidiaries for such quarter, and a certificate of an officer of the Corporation certifying that, in his opinion, the statements fairly present the financial position and results of operation of the Corporation and its subsidiaries and have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (except that such statements need not include complete notes).

(c) Except as otherwise required by any applicable law or judicial order or decree or by any governmental agency or authority, each Managementholder entitled to receive information regarding the Corporation and its subsidiaries under this Section 5.2 shall maintain the confidentiality of all nonpublic information obtained by such Managementholder hereunder which the Corporation has reasonably designated as proprietary or confidential in nature; provided that each such Managementholder may, to the extent required by law, disclose such information in connection with the sale or transfer of Common Stock if such Managementholder's transferee agrees in writing to be bound by the provisions hereof.

ARTICLE SIX

Interpretation

6.1 Definitions. When used in this Agreement the following terms shall have the respective meanings shown:

(a) "affiliate" means, with respect to any person, any of (i) a director or executive officer of such person, (ii) a spouse, parent, sibling or descendant of such person (or spouse, parent, sibling or descendant of any director or executive office of such person), and (iii) any other person that, directly or indirectly, controls, or is controlled by or is under common control with such person (for purposes of this definition, "control" (including with correlative meanings, the terms "controlling," "controlled by" and "under common control with"), as used with respect to any person, means the possession, directly or indirectly of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or by contract or agency or otherwise);

(b) "Board of Directors" means the board of directors of the Corporation;

(c) "business day" means any day which is neither a Saturday or Sunday nor a legal holiday on which the banks are authorized or required to be closed in New York City;

(d) "Book Value Per Share" as of any date means the quotient obtained by dividing (i) consolidated common stockholders' equity of the Corporation and its subsidiaries as of the end of the fiscal quarter immediately subsequent to the date of the event that required the purchase and sale pursuant to Section 2.3 determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in effect in the United States on the date of this Agreement by (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on such date. In making calculations for

14

purposes of clauses (i) and (ii) it shall be assumed that all options and rights to purchase shares of Common Stock and securities convertible or exchangeable into Common Stock outstanding on the date as of which the calculation is being made had been exercised or converted to the extent that the exercise price or conversion price (expressed in terms of principal amount of debt or liquidation preference in the case of shares) does not exceed Book Value Per Share (determined without regard to this sentence) and any purchase price for shares of Common Stock payable upon such exercise had been paid. The determination of Book Value Per Share shall be based upon the audited (in the case of the end of a fiscal year) or unaudited (in the case of the end of any of the first three quarters of a fiscal year) balance sheet of the Corporation as at the end of the fiscal quarter in question. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Book Value Per Share shall be equitably adjusted by the Board of Directors if a stock dividend, recapitalization or other material event occurs outside of the ordinary course of business after the end of such fiscal quarter and before the closing of the sale in respect of which the determination is being made;

(e) "Common Stock" means (i) any Class A Common, Class B Common, Class C Common, Class D-1 Common, Class D-2 Common, or Class E Common and any other common stock of the Corporation outstanding from time to time and
(ii) any equity securities issued or issuable, directly or indirectly, with respect to the securities referred to in clause (i) above by any of stock divided or stock split or in connection with a combination of shares, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization;

(f) "Independent Third Party" means any person who, immediately prior to the contemplated transaction, does not own in excess of 5% of the Corporation's common stock on a fully-diluted basis (a "5% Owner") and who is not an affiliate of a 5% Owner;

(g) "Investors" means each of Onex, the persons listed on Schedule III attached hereto and their respective affiliated permitted transferees of Common Stock;

(h) "Management Representatives" shall have the meaning given to it in Section 4.3;

(i) "Managementholder's Stock" means the Common Stock owned at any particular time by any Managementholder other than Common Stock purchased by a Managementholder through the facilities of a securities exchange on which the Common Stock is then listed or quoted in the NASDAQ System or the over-the-counter market after the Corporation has become a Public Company;

(j) "Onex" means Onex American Holdings II LLC or any affiliate of Onex American Holdings II LLC;

(k) "Onex Stock" means the Common Stock owned at any particular time by Onex other than Common Stock purchased by Onex through the facilities of a securities exchange on which the Common Stock is then listed or quoted in the NASDAQ System or the over-the-counter market after the Corporation has become a Public Company;

(l) "Operating Company" means anyone or more of the Corporation and its subsidiaries;

15

(m) "person" includes an individual, a partnership, a joint venture, a corporation, a trust, an unincorporated organization and a government or any department or agency thereof;

(n) "Public Company" means a corporation which has effected a public offering;

(o) "public offering" means public offering and sale of Common Stock pursuant to an effective registration under the 1933 Act;

(p) "Sale of the Company" means the sale of the Corporation to an Independent Third Party or a group of Independent Third Parties pursuant to which such party or parties acquire (i) capital stock of the Corporation possessing the voting power to elect a majority of the Corporation's board of directors (whether by merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reorganization or sale of a majority of the Corporation's outstanding Common Stock and Common Stock equivalents) or (ii) all or substantially all of the Corporation's consolidated assets;

(q) "subsidiary" means, with respect to any person, any corporation of which the shares of stock having fifty percent (50%) or more of the general voting power in electing the board of directors are, at the time of which the determination is being made, owned by such person either directly or indirectly through subsidiaries; and

(r) "transfer" includes any sale, exchange, assignment, gift, bequest, pledge, creation of a lien or security interest, disposition, encumbrance, or other arrangement by which possession, legal title or beneficial ownership passes from one person to another, or to the same person in a different capacity, whether or not voluntary and whether or not for value.

6.2 Extended Meanings. In this Agreement, words importing the singular number include the plural and vice versa and words importing gender include all genders.

6.3 Governing Law. This Agreement and all amendments hereof and waivers and consents hereunder shall be governed by the internal law, and not the law of conflicts, of the State of Delaware.

6.4 Captions. The captions in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not be given any effect in the interpretation of this Agreement.

6.5 Severability. The provisions of this Agreement are intended to be and shall be deemed to be severable. The invalidity or unenforceability of any particular provision of this Agreement shall not affect the other provisions hereof, and this Agreement shall be construed in all respects as if such invalid or unenforceable provision were omitted.

6.6 Time. Time shall be of the essence in this Agreement.

16

ARTICLE SEVEN

Miscellaneous

7.1 Termination. This Agreement shall terminate if the Investors in the aggregate cease to hold at least one-third of the outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Corporation and this Agreement shall terminate as to any person when that person no longer owns any shares of Managementholder's Stock, or rights to acquire shares of Common Stock to which this Agreement shall apply under Section 1.8.

7.2 Notices. All notices, consents and other communications required or permitted to be given under or by reason of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered personally or by telex or telecopy as described below, and shall be deemed given on the date on which delivery is made. If delivered by telex or telecopy, such notices or communications shall be confirmed by a registered or certified letter (return receipt requested), postage prepaid. Any such delivery shall be addressed to the intended recipient at the following addresses (or at such other address for a party as shall be specified by such party by like notice to the other parties):

(a) if to the Corporation:

Commercial Vehicle Group, Inc. 6530 Campus Way
New Albany, Ohio 43054 Attention: President

with a copy to:

Hidden Creek Industries
4508 IDS Center
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402
Attention: Carl E. Nelson
Telecopy: (612) 332-2012

and
Kirkland & Ellis LLP
200 East Randolph Drive
Chicago, Illinois 60601
Attention: John A. Schoenfeld
Telecopy: (312) 861-2200

(b) if to Investors:

Onex American Holdings II LLC 161 Bay Street

(P.O. Box 700)

49th Floor
Toronto, Canada M5J 2S1
Attention: President
Telecopy: (416) 362-5765

17

with a copy to:

Kirkland & Ellis LLP
200 East Randolph Drive
Chicago, Illinois 60601
Attention: John A. Schoenfeld
Telecopy: (312) 861-2200

(c) if to any Managementholder, to him at his address as appears on Schedule I attached hereto or as otherwise shown on the records of the Corporation.

7.3 No Waiver. The failure of a party to insist upon strict adherence to any term of this Agreement on any occasion shall not be considered a waiver or deprive that party of the right thereafter to insist upon strict adherence to that term or any other term of this Agreement. No purported waiver shall be effective unless in writing. The waiver by any party of a breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent or other breach.

7.4 Exclusive Agreement and Amendment. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements among the parties with respect to its subject matter, is intended as a complete and exclusive statement of the terms of the Agreement among the parties with respect thereto and cannot be changed or terminated orally. This Agreement may only be amended or altered by the mutual agreement of the parties hereto, such amendments or alterations to become effective when reduced to writing and signed by the Investors holding a majority of the voting Common Stock, the Corporation, and a majority of the Management Representatives or by the Corporation and the holders of at least 75% of the shares of Managementholders' Stock.

7.5 Further Assurances. Each party agrees to take all such actions and to execute all such documents as may be necessary or advisable to implement the provisions of this Agreement fully and effectively.

7.6 Assignment.

(a) Any Investor may assign this Agreement and all of its rights hereunder to any other Investor to whom such assigning Investor simultaneously transfers all of the Common Stock owned by such assigning Investor, provided that the transferee shall, at that same time, execute and deliver to the Corporation an agreement in writing whereby such transferee assumes all of the obligations of such assigning Investor under this Agreement to all other parties hereto.

(b) Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement, a Managementholder may transfer all or any of his Managementholder's Stock to a Managementholder Corporation (as hereinafter defined), which is then controlled by the transferor, provided that simultaneously with or prior to such transfer such Managementholder Corporation shall have agreed in writing with the other parties to this Agreement to assume all of the obligations of the transferor hereunder with respect to such shares of Managementholder's Stock and provided that the

18

transferor agrees to guarantee the performance of such obligations to the other parties hereto, in each case by a written instrument reasonably satisfactory to the Board of Directors, in which case references herein to Managementholders shall thenceforth include any such Managementholder Corporation so long as it shall continue to hold any Managementholder's Stock. In this Section, "Managementholder Corporation" means (i) a corporation, all of the shares of which are legally and beneficially owned by one or more of the transferor, his spouse, either of their children, and/or any spouse of any of the children, or
(ii) any trust exclusively in favor of any of the foregoing persons. A Managementholder Corporation may, at any time, and shall forthwith in the event that such Managementholder Corporation ceases to be controlled by the transferor or ceases to qualify as a Managementholder Corporation under the foregoing definition, transfer back to the transferor all of the Managementholder's Stock, held by it. For purposes of Sections 2.3 and 2.4, Managementholder's Stock owned by a Managementholder Corporation shall be deemed to be owned by the transferor.

(c) Subject to the foregoing, no party may assign any of its rights or delegate any of its duties under this Agreement.

7.7 Counterparts.

(a) This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be considered an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

(b) Any Managementholder may also execute this Agreement by executing and delivering to the Corporation a Counterpart and Acknowledgment in the form set out as Schedule II to this Agreement, whereupon such Managementholder shall become bound by, and entitled to the benefits of, this Agreement as fully and effectively as though such Managementholder had executed a Counterpart of this Agreement together with the other parties to this Agreement.

7.8 Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding upon, and shall inure to the benefit of the parties to this Agreement and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, personal representatives, successors and permitted assigns.

7.9 Decisions of Board of Directors. All decisions and determinations permitted or required to be made by the Corporation hereunder shall be made by the Board of Directors in its sole unfettered discretion and all such decisions and determinations shall be conclusive and binding on the parties hereto.

* * * * *

19

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been duly executed by the parties hereto, all as of the date first above written.

COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GROUP, INC.

By:

Its:

ONEX AMERICAN HOLDINGS II LLC

By:

Its:

MANAGEMENTHOLDERS:


Jerry Armstrong


Clint Arney


Robert Averitt

20


Cleve S. Blunt


Mervin Dunn


Jim Lindsey


Frank Lolli


Don Lorraine


Jim Pritz


Kevin Richards


Tim Schwartz


Mike Slobe


Brian Stiles


Michael Szczepanski


Bob Tavener


Patrick Turner


Chad Utrup


Jeff Vogel


James Williams

21

SCHEDULE I

Names and Address of Managementholders

22

SCHEDULE II

MANAGEMENT STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT
COUNTERPART AND ACKNOWLEDGMENT

TO: COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GROUP, INC.
THE INVESTORS
THE MANAGEMENTHOLDERS

RE: The Management Stockholders Agreement (the "Agreement") dated as of _________________, 1997 between Commercial Vehicle Group, Inc. the "Investors" and the Managementholders" (each, as defined in the Agreement)

The undersigned hereby agrees to be bound by the terms of the Agreement as a party to the Agreement, and shall be entitled to all benefits of a Managementholder pursuant to the Agreement, as fully and effectively as though the undersigned had executed a counterpart of the Agreement together with the other parties to the Agreement. The undersigned hereby acknowledges having received and reviewed a copy of the Agreement.

DATED this ______ day of ________________, 200_.


Signature of Managementholder


Name of Managementholder
(Please Print)

23

SCHEDULE III

Schedule of Investors

24

EXHIBIT 10.19

NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION PLAN

BOSTROM HOLDING, INC.
MANAGEMENT STOCK OPTION PLAN

ARTICLE I

Purpose of Plan

The Bostrom Holding, Inc. Management Stock Option Plan (the "Plan") of Bostrom Holding, Inc. (the "Company"), adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company on May __, 2004, for executive and other key employees of the Company, is intended to advance the best interests of the Company by providing those persons who have a substantial responsibility for its management and growth with additional incentives by allowing them to acquire an ownership interest in the Company and thereby encouraging them to contribute to the success of the Company and to remain in its employ. The availability and offering of stock options under the Plan also increases the Company's ability to attract and retain individuals of exceptional managerial talent upon whom, in large measure, the sustained progress, growth and profitability of the Company depends.

This Plan is intended to be a "compensatory benefit plan" within the meaning of such term under Rule 701 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

ARTICLE II

Definitions

For purposes of the Plan, except where the context clearly indicates otherwise, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

"Board" shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

"Cause" shall mean (i) a Participant's theft or embezzlement, or attempted theft or embezzlement, of money or property of the Company, a Participant's perpetration or attempted perpetration of fraud, or a Participant's participation in a fraud or attempted fraud, on the Company or a Participant's unauthorized appropriation of, or a Participant's attempt to misappropriate, any tangible or intangible assets or property of the Company,
(ii) any act or acts of disloyalty, misconduct or moral turpitude by a Participant injurious to the interest, property, operations, business or reputation of the Company or a Participant's conviction of a crime the commission of which results in injury to the Company (iii) a Participant's failure or inability (other than by reason of Disability) to carry out effectively his duties and obligations to the Company or to participate effectively and actively in the management of the Company, as determined in the good faith judgment of the Board, or (iv) a Participant's failure to comply with the written policies of the Company or perform duties as reasonably directed by the Board.


"Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any successor statute.

"Committee" shall mean the committee of the Board which may be designated by the Board to administer the Plan. The Committee shall be composed of two or more directors as appointed from time to time to serve by the Board. The membership of the Committee shall be constituted so as to comply at all times with the applicable requirements of Rule 16b-3 or any successor rule ("Rule 16b-3") under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. No member of the Committee shall have within one year prior to his or her appointment received awards under the Plan if such receipt would cause such member to cease to be a "disinterested person" under Rule 16b-3.

"Common Stock" shall mean the Company's Class A Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, or if the outstanding Common Stock is hereafter changed into or exchanged for different stock or securities of the Company, such other stock or securities.

"Company" shall mean Bostrom Holding, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and (except to the extent the context requires otherwise) any subsidiary corporation of Bostrom Holding, Inc. as such term is defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

"Disability" shall mean the inability, due to illness, accident, injury, physical or mental incapacity or other disability, of any Participant to carry out effectively his duties and obligations to the Company or to participate effectively and actively in the management of the Company for a period of at least 90 consecutive days or for shorter periods aggregating at least 120 days (whether or not consecutive) during any twelve-month period, as determined in the reasonable judgment of the Board.

"Options" shall have the meaning set forth in Article IV.

"Participant" shall mean any executive or other key employee of the Company who has been selected to participate in the Plan by the Committee or the Board.

"Person" means an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization and a governmental entity or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof.

"Sale of the Company" shall mean a merger or consolidation effecting a change in control of the Company, a sale of all or substantially all of the Company's assets or a sale of a majority of the Company's outstanding voting securities.

ARTICLE III

Administration

The Plan shall be administered by the Committee; provided that if for any reason the Committee shall not have been appointed by the Board, all authority and duties of the


Committee under the Plan shall be vested in and exercised by the Board. Subject to the limitations of the Plan, the Committee shall have the sole and complete authority to: (i) select Participants, (ii) grant Options (as defined in Article IV below) to Participants in such forms and amounts as it shall determine, (iii) impose such limitations, restrictions and conditions upon such Options as it shall deem appropriate, (iv) interpret the Plan and adopt, amend and rescind administrative guidelines and other rules and regulations relating to the Plan,
(v) correct any defect or omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or in any Option granted hereunder and (vi) make all other determinations and take all other actions necessary or advisable for the implementation and administration of the Plan. The Committee's determinations on matters within its authority shall be conclusive and binding upon the Participants, the Company and all other Persons. All expenses associated with the administration of the Plan shall be borne by the Company. The Committee may, as approved by the Board and to the extent permissible by law, delegate any of its authority hereunder to such persons as it deems appropriate.

ARTICLE IV

Limitation on Aggregate Shares

The number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which options may be granted under the Plan (the "Options") and which may be issued upon the exercise thereof shall not exceed, in the aggregate, 23,382 shares; provided that the type and the aggregate number of shares which may be subject to Options shall be subject to adjustment in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 6.8 below, and further provided that to the extent any Options expire unexercised or are canceled, terminated or forfeited in any manner without the issuance of Common Stock thereunder, or if any Options are exercised and the shares of Common Stock issued thereunder are repurchased by the Company, such shares shall again be available under the Plan. The 23,382 shares of Common Stock available under the Plan may be either authorized and unissued shares, treasury shares or a combination thereof, as the Committee shall determine.

ARTICLE V

Awards

5.1 Options. Subject to Article III above, the Committee may grant Options to Participants in accordance with this Article V.

5.2 Form of Option. Options granted under this Plan shall be nonqualified stock options and are not intended to be "incentive stock options" within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code or any successor provision.

5.3 Exercise Price. The option exercise price per share of Common Stock shall be fixed by the Committee.

5.4 Exercisability. Options shall be exercisable at such time or times as the Committee shall determine at or subsequent to grant.


5.5 Payment of Exercise Price. Options shall be exercised in whole or in part by written notice to the Company (to the attention of the Company's Secretary) accompanied by payment in full of the option exercise price. Payment of the option exercise price shall be made in cash (including check, bank draft or money order) or, in the discretion of the Committee, by delivery of a promissory note (if in accordance with policies approved by the Board).

5.6 Terms of Options. The Committee shall determine the term of each Option, which term shall in no event exceed ten years from the date of grant.

ARTICLE VI

General Provisions

6.1 Conditions and Limitations on Exercise. Options may be made exercisable in one or more installments, upon the happening of certain events, upon the passage of a specified period of time, upon the fulfillment of certain conditions or upon the achievement by the Company of certain performance goals, as the Committee shall decide in each case when the Options are granted.

6.2 Sale of the Company. In the event of a Sale of the Company, the Committee or the Board may provide, in its discretion, that the Options shall become immediately exercisable by any Participants who are employed by the Company at the time of the Sale of the Company and/or that all Options shall terminate if not exercised as of the date of the Sale of the Company or other prescribed period of time.

6.3 Written Agreement. Each Option granted hereunder to a Participant shall be embodied in a written agreement (an "Option Agreement") which shall be signed by the Participant and by the Chairman or the President of the Company for and in the name and on behalf of the Company and shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan prescribed in the Agreement (including, but not limited to, (i) the right of the Company and such other Persons as the Committee shall designate ("Designees") to repurchase from each Participant, and such Participant's transferees, all shares of Common Stock issued or issuable to such Participant on the exercise of an Option in the event of such Participant's termination of employment, (ii) rights of first refusal granted to the Company and Designees, (iii) holdback and other registration right restrictions in the event of a public registration of any equity securities of the Company and (iv) any other terms and conditions which the Committee shall deem necessary and desirable).

6.4 Listing, Registration and Compliance with Laws and Regulations. Options shall be subject to the requirement that if at any time the Committee shall determine, in its discretion, that the listing, registration or qualification of the shares subject to the Options upon any securities exchange or under any state or federal securities or other law or regulation, or the consent or approval of any governmental regulatory body, is necessary or desirable as a condition to or in connection with the granting of the Options or the issuance or purchase of shares thereunder, no Options may be granted or exercised, in whole or in part, unless such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval shall have been effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Committee. The holders of such Options shall supply the


Company with such certificates, representations and information as the Company shall request and shall otherwise cooperate with the Company in obtaining such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval. In the case of officers and other Persons subject to Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Committee may at any time impose any limitations upon the exercise of an Option that, in the Committee's discretion, are necessary or desirable in order to comply with such Section 16(b) and the rules and regulations thereunder. If the Company, as part of an offering of securities or otherwise, finds it desirable because of federal or state regulatory requirements to reduce the period during which any Options may be exercised, the Committee, may, in its discretion and without the Participant's consent, so reduce such period on not less than 15 days written notice to the holders thereof.

6.5 Nontransferability. Options may not be transferred other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution and, during the lifetime of the Participant, may be exercised only by such Participant (or his legal guardian or legal representative). In the event of the death of a Participant, exercise of Options granted hereunder shall be made only:

(i) by the executor or administrator of the estate of the deceased Participant or the Person or Persons to whom the deceased Participant's rights under the Option shall pass by will or the laws of descent and distribution; and

(ii) to the extent that the deceased Participant was entitled thereto at the date of his death, unless otherwise provided by the Committee in such Participant's Option Agreement.

6.6 Expiration of Options. Normal Expiration. In no event shall any part of any Option be exercisable after the date of expiration thereof (the "Expiration Date"), as determined by the Committee pursuant to paragraph 5.6 above.

(a) Early Expiration Upon Termination of Employment. Except as otherwise provided by the Committee in the Option Agreement, any portion of a Participant's Option that was not vested and exercisable on the date of the termination of such Participant's employment shall expire and be forfeited as of such date, and any portion of a Participant's Option that was vested and exercisable on the date of the termination of such Participant's employment shall expire and be forfeited as of such date, except that: (i) if any Participant dies or becomes subject to any Disability, such Participant's Option shall expire 180 days after the date of his death or Disability, but in no event after the Expiration Date, (ii) if any Participant retires (with the approval of the Board), his Option shall expire 90 days after the date of his retirement, but in no event after the Expiration Date, and (iii) if any Participant is discharged other than for Cause, such Participant's Option shall expire 30 days after the date of his discharge, but in no event after the Expiration Date.

6.7 Withholding of Taxes. The Company shall be entitled, if necessary or desirable, to withhold from any Participant from any amounts due and payable by the Company to such Participant (or secure payment from such Participant in lieu of withholding) the amount of any withholding or other tax due from the Company with respect to any shares issuable under the Options, and the Company may defer such issuance unless indemnified to its satisfaction.


6.8 Adjustments. In the event of a reorganization, recapitalization, stock dividend or stock split, or combination or other change in the shares of Common Stock or any merger, consolidation or exchange of shares, the Board or the Committee may, in order to prevent the dilution or enlargement of rights under outstanding Options, make such adjustments in the number and type of shares authorized by the Plan, the number and type of shares covered by outstanding Options and the exercise prices specified therein as may be determined to be appropriate and equitable.

6.9 Rights of Participants. Nothing in this Plan or in any Option Agreement shall interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company to terminate any Participant's employment at any time (with or without Cause), nor confer upon any Participant any right to continue in the employ of the Company for any period of time or to continue his present (or any other) rate of compensation, and except as otherwise provided under this Plan or by the Committee in the Option Agreement, in the event of any Participant's termination of employment (including, but not limited to, the termination by the Company without Cause) any portion of such Participant's Option that was not previously vested and exercisable shall expire and be forfeited as of the date of such termination. No employee shall have a right to be selected as a Participant or, having been so selected, to be selected again as a Participant.

6.10 Amendment, Suspension and Termination of Plan. The Board or the Committee may suspend or terminate the Plan or any portion thereof at any time and may amend it from time to time in such respects as the Board or the Committee may deem advisable; provided that no such amendment shall be made without stockholder approval to the extent such approval is required by law, agreement or the rules of any exchange upon which the Common Stock is listed, and no such amendment, suspension or termination shall impair the rights of Participants under outstanding Options without the consent of the Participants affected thereby. No Options shall be granted hereunder after the tenth anniversary of the adoption of the Plan.

6.11 Amendment, Modification and Cancellation of Outstanding Options. The Committee may amend or modify any Option in any manner to the extent that the Committee would have had the authority under the Plan initially to grant such Option; provided that no such amendment or modification shall impair the rights of any Participant under any Option without the consent of such Participant. With the Participant's consent, the Committee may cancel any Option and issue a new Option to such Participant.

6.12 Indemnification. In addition to such other rights of indemnification as they may have as members of the Board or the Committee, the members of the Committee shall be indemnified by the Company against all costs and expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with any action, suit or proceeding to which they or any of them may be party by reason of any action taken or failure to act under or in connection with the Plan or any Option granted thereunder, and against all amounts paid by them in settlement thereof (provided such settlement is approved by independent legal counsel selected by the Company) or paid by them in satisfaction of a judgment in any such action, suit or proceeding; provided that any such Committee member shall be entitled to the indemnification rights set forth in this paragraph 6.12 only if such member has acted in good faith and in a manner that such member reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, with respect to any


criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that such conduct was unlawful, and further provided that upon the institution of any such action, suit or proceeding a Committee member shall give the Company written notice thereof and an opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend the same before such Committee member undertakes to handle and defend it on his own behalf.

* * * *


Exhibit 10.23

RECAPITALIZATION AGREEMENT

THIS RECAPITALIZATION AGREEMENT (the "Agreement") is made as of July __, 2004 among Commercial Vehicle Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company") and the stockholders listed on the signatory pages hereto (the "Stockholders"). Except as otherwise indicated herein, capitalized terms used herein are defined in Section 5 hereof.

The Company's outstanding capital stock consists of 6,698.01 shares of Class A Common Stock, par value $.01 per share (the "Class A Common"), 121,296.25 shares of Class B Common Stock, par value $.01 per share (the "Class B Common"), 30,324.00 shares of Class C Common Stock, par value $.01 per share (the "Class C Common"), 97,964.00 shares of Class D-1 Common Stock, par value $.01 per share (the "Class D-1 Common"), zero shares of Class D-2 Common Stock, par value $.01 per share (the "Class D-2 Common") and 24,491.00 shares of Class E Common Stock, par value $.01 per share (the "Class E Common"). The Company's outstanding classes of Common Stock generally differ with respect to dividend, liquidation preference and voting rights as provided in the Company's existing certificate of incorporation (the "Current Certificate"). The holders of the Company's outstanding capital stock own such shares in the respective amounts set forth opposite their individual names on Schedule I hereto. The Class A Common, Class B Common, Class C Common, Class D-1 Common, Class D-2 Common and Class E Common are collectively referred to herein as the "Common Stock."

On May 20, 2004, the Company and its wholly owned subsidiary, Trim Merger Co., entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger with Trim Systems, Inc. ("Trim"), pursuant to which Trim Merger Co. will be merged with and into Trim (the "Trim Merger"), upon and subject to the terms and conditions outlined therein. Pursuant to the Trim Merger, the holders of outstanding shares of capital stock and warrants of Trim will receive in the aggregate 41,626.56 shares of Class A Common, 27,932.06 shares of Class B Common and 5,568.75 shares of Class C Common. The holders of outstanding shares of capital stock and warrants of Trim will be issued shares of Common Stock in connection with the Trim Merger in the respective amounts set forth opposite their individual names on Schedule II hereto. Trim Merger will be effected prior to consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Agreement. All such shares of Common Stock to be issued in the Trim Merger are referred to herein as the "Trim Shares."

The Company has filed a Registration Statement on Form S-l (Registration No. 333-115708) with the Securities and Exchange Commission relating to an initial public offering (the "Initial Public Offering") of the Company's common stock, par value $.01 per share (the "New Common"), under the Securities Act. In connection with the Initial Public Offering, the Company intends to amend and restate its certificate of incorporation in order to, among other things, reclassify all of its outstanding classes of Common Stock into a single class of New Common on a share-for-share basis (the "Reclassification") and, immediately thereafter, effect a 38.991-to-one stock split of the New Common (the "Stock Split"). The terms of the New Common are set forth in the Company's Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the "Restated Certificate"), to be filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and to be effective in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.


In order to adjust the ownership of the Company among the Stockholders so as to give effect to the relative rights and privileges of the existing Common Stock, which will be eliminated in the Reclassification, the parties hereto agree as follows:

Section 1. Common Stock Ownership Reallocation.

1A. Reallocation Transactions. Each of the Stockholders listed on the schedule attached hereto as Exhibit A (each a "Contributing Stockholder") hereby agrees to deliver to the Company that number of shares of Class C Common or Class E Common, as the case may be, as will be set forth opposite their individual names on Exhibit A as of the Closing and, upon such delivery, such shares of Class C Common and Class E Common shall be canceled by the Company (the "Canceled Shares"). The Company shall immediately thereafter issue to those Stockholders listed on Exhibit B (each an "Adjusted Stockholder") that number and class of shares of Common Stock of the Company as will be set forth opposite their individual names on Exhibit B as of the Closing on account of the shares of Common Stock held by such Stockholders (the "Additional Shares" and together with the Canceled Shares, the "Subject Shares").

1B. Calculation of the Subject Shares. The number of Canceled Shares to be delivered to the Company by the Contributing Stockholders as set forth on Exhibit A as of the Closing and the number of Additional Shares to be issued by the Company to each Adjusted Stockholder as will be set forth on Exhibit B as of the Closing shall be calculated in a manner so that each Stockholder will hold, after giving effect to the Reclassification and Stock Split, that number of shares of New Common such Stockholder would receive under the Current Certificate upon a Distribution (as defined in the Current Certificate) by the Company of a number of shares of New Common equal to the Pre-IPO Company Value divided by (ii) the Pre-Split IPO Price. "Pre-IPO Company Value" means an amount equal to (i) the Pre-Split IPO Price multiplied by (ii) the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding (including the Trim Shares). "Pre-Split IPO Price" means an amount equal to (A) the initial price to the public per share of New Common in the Initial Public Offering multiplied by (B) 38.991.

1C. Restated Certificate of Incorporation. The Company has previously authorized the amendment (the "Charter Amendment") of the Current Certificate attached hereto as Exhibit C and the further amendment and restatement of the Current Certificate in the form of the Restated Certificate attached hereto as Exhibit D, and submitted the same to the Stockholders for approval. The Charter Amendment will be filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and become effective prior to the Closing. The Reclassification and Stock Split will be effected upon the effectiveness of the Restated Certificate. The Restated Certificate shall be filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and become effective immediately after the Closing. Each of the Stockholders agrees to vote in favor of the adoption of the Charter Amendment and the Restated Certificate.

1D. Notice. Prior to the Closing (as defined in Section 1F), the Company shall calculate the number of Canceled Shares to be delivered to the Company by the Contributing Stockholders and the number of Additional Shares to be issued to each Adjusted Stockholder as set forth above in Section 1B, and shall deliver notice to each Stockholder of the results of such

2

calculation in accordance with Section 6K as soon as possible thereafter. The Company's calculations shall be conclusive and binding upon each Stockholder.

1E. Delivery/Issuance of the Subject Shares. At the Closing or as soon as practicable thereafter, the Company shall, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, issue and deliver, or cause the Company's transfer agent to deliver, to each Adjusted Stockholder stock certificates evidencing the Additional Shares to be issued by the Company to each such Adjusted Stockholder, registered in each such Adjusted Stockholder's name or its nominee's name, on account of the shares of Common Stock held by such Adjusted Stockholder and each Contributing Stockholder shall deliver to the Company the stock certificates representing the Canceled Shares duly endorsed for transfer to the Company, which shall be canceled by the Company. The number of Canceled Shares delivered to the Company and the number of Additional Shares to be issued by the Company shall be that as calculated pursuant to Section 1B hereof.

1F. The Closing. The closing of the transactions contemplated hereby (the "Closing") shall take place at the offices of Kirkland & Ellis LLP, 200 E. Randolph Drive, Chicago, IL, immediately after the execution of the Underwriting Agreement and completion of calculations required to effect the transactions contemplated by Section 1A and delivery of the required notice pursuant to
Section 1D (the "Closing Time"), or at such other place as may be mutually agreeable to the Company and the Stockholders. The transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be deemed effective as of the Closing Time.

Section 2. Conditions of Each Stockholder's Obligation at the Closing. The obligation of each Stockholder to effect the transactions contemplated hereby at the Closing is subject to the satisfaction as of the Closing of the following conditions:

2A. Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties contained in Section 4 hereof shall be true and correct in all material respects at and as of the Closing as though then made, except to the extent of changes caused by the transactions expressly contemplated herein.

2B. Underwriting Agreement. The Company shall have executed the Underwriting Agreement.

2C. Amendment/Restatement of Certificate of Incorporation. The Charter Amendment in the form attended hereto as Exhibit C shall have been filed and effective under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and the Restated Certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D shall have been approved by the stockholders of the Company in accordance with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and shall not have been further amended or modified.

2D. Securities Law Compliance. The Company shall have made all filings under all applicable federal and state securities laws necessary to consummate the acquisition of the Canceled Shares and the issuance of the Additional Shares pursuant to this Agreement in compliance with such laws.

3

2E. Closing Documents. The Company shall have delivered to each Stockholder such documents relating to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement as any Stockholder may reasonably request.

2F. Proceedings. All corporate and other proceedings taken or required to be taken by the Company in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby to be consummated at or prior to the Closing and all documents incident thereto shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to each Stockholder.

2G. Waiver. Any condition specified in this Section 2 may be waived if consented to by each Stockholder; provided, that no such waiver shall be effective against any Stockholder unless it is set forth in a writing executed by such Stockholder.

Section 3. Representations and Warranties of the Company. As a material inducement to the Stockholders to enter into this Agreement and to effect the transactions contemplated hereby, the Company represents and warrants that:

3A. Organization and Corporate Power. The Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of Delaware and is qualified to do business in every jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the financial condition, operating results, assets, operations or business prospects of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

3B. Authorization: No Breach. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, and all other agreements contemplated hereby and thereby to which the Company is a party, the Charter Amendment and the amendment and restatement of the Current Certificate have been duly authorized by the Company. This Agreement and all other agreements contemplated hereby and thereby to which the Company is a party each constitutes a valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable in accordance with its terms. The execution and delivery by the Company of this Agreement, and all other agreements contemplated hereby and thereby to which the Company is a party, the issuance of the shares of New Common in the Initial Public Offering, the Charter Amendment the amendment and restatement of the Current Certificate and the fulfillment of and compliance with the respective terms hereof and thereof by the Company, do not and shall not (i) conflict with or result in a breach of the terms, conditions or provisions of, (ii) constitute a default under, (iii) result in the creation of any lien, security interest, charge or encumbrance upon the Company's or any Subsidiary's capital stock or assets pursuant to, (iv) give any third party the right to modify, terminate or accelerate any obligation under, (v) result in a violation of, or (vi) require any authorization; consent, approval, exemption or other action by or notice or declaration to, or filing with, any court or administrative or governmental body or agency pursuant to, the Current Certificate or the certificate of incorporation of any Subsidiary, or any law, statute, rule or regulation to which the Company or any Subsidiary is subject, or any agreement, instrument, order, judgment or decree to which the Company or any Subsidiary is a party or by which their respective property is bound, other than as expressly contemplated in such agreements described above and other than those made and obtained.

4

3C. Capital Stock and Related Matters. As of the Closing and immediately thereafter, the authorized capital stock of the Company shall consist of 30,000,000 shares of New Common, of which 16,988,752 shares (17,682,502 shares if the underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full) will be issued and outstanding, and 5,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share, none of which will be issued and outstanding. As of the Closing, all of the outstanding shares of the Company's capital stock shall be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. There are no statutory or contractual stockholders preemptive rights or rights of refusal with respect to the issuance of the Additional Shares pursuant to this Agreement or the New Common in the Initial Public Offering, which have not been or will not be waived or terminated. The Company has not violated any applicable federal or state securities laws in connection with the offer, sale or issuance of any of its capital stock, and the offer, sale and issuance of the Additional Shares hereunder does not require registration under the Securities Act or any applicable state securities laws.

Section 4. Representations and Warranties of the Stockholders. The Stockholders hereby represent and warrant to the Company that:

4A. Authorization; Enforceability. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, all other agreements contemplated hereby and thereby to which any Stockholder is a party each constitutes a valid and binding obligation of such Stockholder, enforceable in accordance with its term.

4B. No Violation. Neither the execution and the delivery of this Agreement or any other documents contemplated hereby to which each Stockholder is a party, nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, will (a) conflict with, result in a breach of any of the provisions of,
(b) constitute a default under, (c) result in the violation of, (d) give any third party the right to terminate or to accelerate any obligation under, or (e) require any authorization, consent, approval, execution or other action by or notice to or filing with any court or administrative or governmental body under, the provisions of the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of the Stockholder (where the Stockholder is an incorporated entity) or any statute, regulation, rule, judgment, order, decree or other restriction of any government, governmental agency or court to which the Stockholder is subject.

4C. Ownership. Each Stockholder owns the Common Stock set forth on Schedule I hereto or, upon consummation of the Trim Merger, the Common Stock set forth on Schedule II hereto, free and clear of any restrictions on transfer, claims, taxes, liens, charges, encumbrances, pledges, security interests, options, warrants, rights, contracts, calls, commitments, equities and demands, except for applicable restrictions on transfer under securities laws.

Section 5. Definitions. For the purposes of this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings set forth below:

"Person" means any individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, association, joint stock company, trust, joint venture, unincorporated organization or governmental entity or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof.

5

"Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any similar federal law then in force.

"Subsidiary" means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity of which (i) if a corporation, a majority of the total voting power of shares of stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof, or (ii) if a limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity, a majority of the partnership or other similar ownership interest thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by any Person or one or more Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof. For purposes hereof, a Person or Persons shall be deemed to have a majority ownership interest in a limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity if such Person or Persons shall be allocated a majority of limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity gains or losses or shall be or control any managing director or general partner of such limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity.

"Underwriting Agreement" means the Underwriting Agreement entered into by and among the Company, and the Underwriters and Selling Stockholders named therein, pursuant to which the Initial Public Offering of the Company's New Common shall be distributed through a firm commitment underwriting led by Credit Suisse First Boston LLC as representative of the Underwriters.

Section 6. Miscellaneous.

6A. Termination. This Agreement shall terminate upon the earlier of (i) August 31, 2004, if the Underwriting Agreement has not been executed by the parties thereto prior to such date, or (ii) the sending of notice by the Company to each Stockholder that the Underwriting Agreement has not been executed by the parties thereto and the transactions contemplated thereby (including Initial Public Offering) will not be consummated prior to September 15, 2004.

6B. Tax Treatment. The parties hereto intend that the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, together with the Reclassification, shall be treated as an integrated transaction constituting both (1) a "reorganization" pursuant to section 368(a)(1)(E) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code") and (2) a tax-free exchange of common stock for common stock of the same issuer pursuant to section 1036 of the Code. Each of the parties hereto shall file all tax returns in a manner consistent with the foregoing.

6C. Remedies. Any Person having any rights under any provision of this Agreement shall be entitled to enforce such rights specifically (without posting a bond or other security), to recover damages by reason of any breach of any provision of this Agreement and to exercise all other rights granted by law.

6D. Consent to Amendments. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the provisions of this Agreement may be amended and the Company may take any action herein prohibited, or omit to perform any act herein required to be performed by it, only if the Company

6

has obtained the written consent of the holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (including the Trim Shares) held by the parties subject to this Agreement.

6E. Survival of Representations and Warranties. All representations and warranties contained herein or made in writing by any party in connection herewith shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, regardless of any investigation made by any Stockholder or on its behalf.

6F. Successors and Assigns. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement by or on behalf of any of the parties hereto shall bind and inure to the benefit of the respective successors and assigns of the parties hereto whether so expressed or not. In addition, and whether or not any express assignment has been made, the provisions of this Agreement which are for any Stockholder's benefit as a Stockholder or holder of Common Stock are also for the benefit of, and enforceable by, any subsequent holder of such Common Stock.

6G. Severability. Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of this Agreement.

6H. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two or more counterparts, anyone of which need not contain the signatures of more than one party, and all of which such counterparts taken together shall constitute one and the same Agreement.

6I. Descriptive Headings; Interpretation. The descriptive headings of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a substantive part of this Agreement. The use of the word "including" in this Agreement shall be by way of example rather than by way of limitation.

6J. Governing Law. The corporate law of the state of Delaware shall govern all issues concerning the relative rights of the Company and its stockholders. All other questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Agreement and the exhibits and schedules hereto shall be governed by the internal law, and not the law of conflicts, of the state of New York.

6K. Notices. All notices, demands or other communications to be given or delivered under or by reason of the provisions of this Agreement shall be in writing and, except for notice by any Stockholder in response to the Company's notification of share calculations pursuant to Section 1D, shall be deemed to have been given when delivered personally to the recipient, sent to the recipient by reputable overnight courier service (charges prepaid) or telecopied to the recipient. Such notices, demands and other communications shall be sent to each Stockholder at the address indicated next to such party's name on the signature pages hereto or to such other address or to the attention of such other person as the recipient party has specified by prior written notice to the sending party. All notices given or delivered by a Stockholder to the

7

Company in response to the Company's notification of share calculations pursuant to Section 1D shall be deemed to have been given when actually received by the Company.

6L. Rescission. The parties hereto agree that if the closing of the Initial Public Offering has not occurred within 15 calendar days following the Closing, (a) the transactions effected pursuant to this Agreement will be rescinded in their entirety, (b) the deliveries made pursuant to Section 1E hereof shall be reversed and the parties hereto will be returned to their respective positions immediately prior to the Closing, and (c) any rights or obligations of the parties under this Agreement shall be terminated.

* * * *

8

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Recapitalization Agreement on the date first written above.

Address:                                                 COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GROUP, INC.
6530 Campus Way
New Albany, Ohio 43054                                   By:
Attention: President                                        ---------------------------------
                                                         Its:
                                                            ---------------------------------

Address:
c/o OG Partners                                          ------------------------------------
294 Grove Lane East, Ste. 260                            S.A. Johnson
Wayzata, MN 55391

Address:
c/o Thayer Capital Partners                              ------------------------------------
1455 Pennsylvania Avenue, NW                             Scott D. Rued
Suite 3500
Washington, D.C. 20004


Address:
c/o Hidden Creek                                         ------------------------------------
4508 IDS Center                                          Carl E. Nelson
Minneapolis, MN 55402

Address:
c/o Hidden Creek                                         ------------------------------------
4508 IDS Center                                          David J. Huls
Minneapolis, MN 55402

Address:
c/o Hidden Creek                                         ------------------------------------
4508 IDS Center                                          Daniel F. Moorse
Minneapolis, MN 55402

Address:
c/o Hidden Creek                                         ------------------------------------
4508 IDS Center                                          Judith A. Vijums
Minneapolis, MN 55402

Address:
c/o Hidden Creek                                         ------------------------------------
4508 IDS Center                                          Kenneth W. Hager
Minneapolis, MN 55402


Address:
c/o Onex Investment Corp.                                ------------------------------------
712 Fifth Avenue                                         Tim Duncanson
New York, NY 10019


Address:
c/o Onex Investment Corp.                                ------------------------------------
712 Fifth Avenue                                         Serge Gouin
New York, NY 10019


Address:
c/o Onex Investment Corp.                                ------------------------------------
712 Fifth Avenue                                         Brian King
New York, NY 10019


Address:
c/o Onex Investment Corp.                                ------------------------------------
712 Fifth Avenue                                         J.W.E. Mingo
New York, NY 10019


Address:
c/o Onex Investment Corp.                                ------------------------------------
712 Fifth Avenue                                         Robert Prichard
New York, NY 10019


Address:
3415 NE 2nd Avenue Suite 203                             ------------------------------------
Miami, FL 33137                                          Robert R. Hibbs


Address:
c/o Hidden Creek                                         ------------------------------------
4508 IDS Center                                          John C. Read
Minneapolis, MN 55402

Address:
c/o Hidden Creek                                         ------------------------------------
4508 IDS Center                                          Mary-Louise R. Johnson and her successors in trust, as
Minneapolis, MN 55402                                    Trustees of the Mary-Louise R. Johnson Revocable Trust
                                                         under Agreement dated November 12, 2001


Address:                                                 1170698 Ontario Inc.
c/o Onex Investment Corp.
712 Fifth Avenue                                         By:
New York, NY 10019                                          ---------------------------------
                                                         Its:
                                                            ---------------------------------


Address:                                                 1170809 Ontario Inc.
c/o Onex Investment Corp.
712 Fifth Avenue                                         By:
New York, NY 10019                                          ---------------------------------
                                                         Its:
                                                            ---------------------------------

Address:                                                 1170812 Ontario Inc.
c/o Onex Investment Corp.
712 Fifth Avenue                                         By:
New York, NY 10019                                          ---------------------------------
                                                         Its:
                                                            ---------------------------------

Address:                                                 1170819 Ontario Inc.
c/o Onex Investment Corp.
712 Fifth Avenue                                         By:
New York, NY 10019                                          ---------------------------------
                                                         Its:
                                                            ---------------------------------

Address:                                                 1170821 Ontario Inc.
c/o Onex Investment Corp.
712 Fifth Avenue                                         By:
New York, NY 10019                                          ---------------------------------
                                                         Its:
                                                            ---------------------------------

Address:                                                 1299039 Ontario Inc.
c/o Onex Investment Corp.
712 Fifth Avenue                                         By:
New York, NY 10019                                          ---------------------------------
                                                         Its:
                                                            ---------------------------------

Address:                                                 1301449 Ontario Inc.
c/o Onex Investment Corp.
712 Fifth Avenue                                         By:
New York, NY 10019                                          ---------------------------------
                                                         Its:
                                                            ---------------------------------

Address:                                                 1352536 Ontario Inc.
c/o Onex Investment Corp.
712 Fifth Avenue                                         By:
New York, NY 10019                                          ---------------------------------
                                                         Its:
                                                            ---------------------------------


Address:                                                 1352537 Ontario Inc.
c/o Onex Investment Corp.
712 Fifth Avenue                                         By:
New York, NY 10019                                          ---------------------------------
                                                         Its:
                                                            ---------------------------------

Address:                                                 1376653 Ontario Inc.
c/o Onex Investment Corp.
712 Fifth Avenue                                         By:
New York, NY 10019                                          ---------------------------------
                                                         Its:
                                                            ---------------------------------

Address:                                                 2668921 Manitoba Ltd.
c/o Onex Investment Corp.
712 Fifth Avenue                                         By:
New York, NY 10019                                          ---------------------------------
                                                         Its:
                                                            ---------------------------------

Address:                                                 3062601 Nova Scotia Company
c/o Onex Investment Corp.
712 Fifth Avenue                                         By:
New York, NY 10019                                          ---------------------------------
                                                         Its:
                                                            ---------------------------------

Address:                                                 3-G Investments Limited
c/o Onex Investment Corp.
712 Fifth Avenue                                         By:
New York, NY 10019                                          ---------------------------------
                                                         Its:
                                                            ---------------------------------

Address:                                                 AMON Canadian Investments, Ltd.
c/o Onex Investment Corp.
712 Fifth Avenue                                         By:
New York, NY 10019                                          ---------------------------------
                                                         Its:
                                                            ---------------------------------

Address:                                                 Bostrom Executive Investco LLC
c/o Onex Investment Corp.
712 Fifth Avenue                                         By:
New York, NY 10019                                          ---------------------------------
                                                         Its:
                                                            ---------------------------------


Address:                                                 Bostrom Partners LP
c/o Onex Investment Corp.
712 Fifth Avenue                                         By:
New York, NY 10019                                          ---------------------------------
                                                         Its:
                                                            ---------------------------------

Address:                                                 CVS Executive Investco LLC
c/o Onex Investment Corp.
712 Fifth Avenue                                         By:
New York, NY 10019                                          ---------------------------------
                                                         Its:
                                                            ---------------------------------

Address:                                                 CVS Partners, LP
c/o Onex Investment Corp.
712 Fifth Avenue                                         By:
New York, NY 10019                                          ---------------------------------
                                                         Its:
                                                            ---------------------------------

Address:                                                 J2R Partners II
c/o Hidden Creek
4508 IDS Center                                          By:
Minneapolis, MN 55402                                       ---------------------------------
                                                         Its:
                                                            ---------------------------------

Address:                                                 J2R Partners  VII
c/o Hidden Creek
4508 IDS Center                                          By:
Minneapolis, MN 55402                                       ---------------------------------
                                                         Its:
                                                            ---------------------------------

Address:                                                 J2R Partners VI
c/o Hidden Creek
4508 IDS Center                                          By:
Minneapolis, MN 55402                                       ---------------------------------
                                                         Its:
                                                            ---------------------------------

Address:                                                 Kyzalea Company
c/o Onex Investment Corp.
712 Fifth Avenue                                         By:
New York, NY 10019                                          ---------------------------------
                                                         Its:
                                                            ---------------------------------


Address:                                                 MHON Canadian Investments, Ltd.
c/o Onex Investment Corp.
712 Fifth Avenue                                         By:
New York, NY 10019                                          ---------------------------------
                                                         Its:
                                                            ---------------------------------


Address:                                                 Onex Advisor III LLC
c/o Onex Investment Corp.
712 Fifth Avenue                                         By:
New York, NY 10019                                          ---------------------------------
                                                         Its:
                                                            ---------------------------------

Address:                                                 Onex American Holdings II LLC
c/o Onex Investment Corp.
712 Fifth Avenue                                         By:
New York, NY 10019                                          ---------------------------------
                                                         Its:
                                                            ---------------------------------

Address:                                                 Onex DHC LLC
c/o Onex Investment Corp.
712 Fifth Avenue                                         By:
New York, NY 10019                                          ---------------------------------
                                                         Its:
                                                            ---------------------------------

Address:                                                 Trim Systems Executive Investco LLC
c/o Onex Investment Corp.
712 Fifth Avenue                                         By:
New York, NY 10019                                          ---------------------------------
                                                         Its:
                                                            ---------------------------------

Address:                                                 Trim Systems Executive Investco II LLC
c/o Onex Investment Corp.
712 Fifth Avenue                                         By:
New York, NY 10019                                          ---------------------------------
                                                         Its:
                                                            ---------------------------------

Address:                                                 Baird Capital Partners III Limited Partnership
c/o Baird Capital Partners
227 West Monroe Street                                   By:
Suite 2200                                                  ---------------------------------
Chicago, IL 60606                                        Its:
Attn: C. Andrew Brickman                                    ---------------------------------


Address:                                                 BCP III Affiliates Fund Limited Partnership
c/o Baird Capital Partners
227 West Monroe Street                                   By:
Suite 2200                                                  ---------------------------------
Chicago, IL 60606                                        Its:
Attn: C. Andrew Brickman                                    ---------------------------------

Address:                                                 BCP III Special Affiliates Limited Partnership
c/o Baird Capital Partners
227 West Monroe Street                                   By:
Suite 2200                                                  ---------------------------------
Chicago, IL 60606                                        Its:
Attn: C. Andrew Brickman                                    ---------------------------------

Address:                                                 Baird Capital Partners II Limited Partnership
c/o Baird Capital Partners
227 West Monroe Street                                   By:
Suite 2200                                                  ---------------------------------
Chicago, IL 60606                                        Its:
Attn: C. Andrew Brickman                                    ---------------------------------

Address:                                                 BCP II Affiliates Fund Limited Partnership
c/o Baird Capital Partners
227 West Monroe Street                                   By:
Suite 2200                                                  ---------------------------------
Chicago, IL 60606                                        Its:
Attn: C. Andrew Brickman                                    ---------------------------------

Address:                                                 Randolph Street Partners II
c/o Kirkland & Ellis LLP
200 E. Randolph Drive                                    By:
Chicago, IL 60601                                           ---------------------------------
                                                         Its:
                                                            ---------------------------------

Address:                                                 Norwest Equity Partners VII, LP
3600 IDS Center
80 South 8th Street                                      By:
Minneapolis, MN 55402                                       ---------------------------------
                                                         Its:
                                                            ---------------------------------


EXHIBIT 10.24

CONFIDENTIALITY AND NONCOMPETE AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT is made as of ________ __, 2004, between Commercial Vehicle Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and ____________________ ("Executive").

WHEREAS, in connection with the Company's grant of stock options to Executive, the Company and Executive desire to enter into an agreement (i) defining the relative rights of the Company and Executive with respect to Intellectual Property (as defined below) owned by the Company or its customers or clients to which Executive may have access or may contribute as a result of Executive's employment with the Company and (ii) setting forth the obligation of Executive to refrain from competing with the Company during his employment with the Company and for a period of time thereafter as provided herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Company and Executive hereby agree as follows:

1. Stock Options. Executive hereby acknowledges that the covenants and agreements contained herein are given and entered into by Executive in consideration of the Company's grant of stock options to Executive for the option to purchase up to ________ shares of the Company's common stock at a price of $________ per share, pursuant to the Company's resolution of its board of directors, dated as of May 20, 2004.

2. Nondisclosure and Nonuse of Confidential Information.

(a) Executive shall not disclose or use at any time, either during his employment with the Company or thereafter, any Confidential Information (as defined below) of which Executive is or becomes aware, whether or not such information is developed by him, except to the extent that such disclosure or use is directly related to and required by Executive's performance of duties assigned to Executive by the Company. Executive shall take all reasonably appropriate steps to safeguard Confidential Information and to protect it against disclosure, misuse, espionage, loss and theft.

(b) As used in this Agreement, the term "Confidential Information" means information that is not generally known to the public and that is used, developed or obtained by the Company in connection with its business, including but not limited to (i) products or services, (ii) fees, costs and pricing structures, (iii) designs, (iv) analysis, (v) drawings, photographs and reports, (vi) computer software, including operating systems, applications and program listings, (vii) flow charts, manuals and documentation,
(viii) data bases, (ix) accounting and business methods, (x) inventions, devices, new developments, methods and processes, whether patentable or unpatentable and whether or not reduced to practice, (xi) customers and clients and customer or client lists, (xii) copyrightable works, (xiii) all information comprising the Transferred Property, (xiv) all technology and trade secrets, and
(xv) all similar and related information in whatever form. Confidential Information shall not include any information that has been published in a form generally available to the public prior to the date Executive proposes to disclose or use such information. Information shall not be deemed to have been


published merely because individual portions of the information have been separately published, but only if all material features comprising such information have been published in combination.

3. The Company's Ownership of Intellectual Property.

(a) In the event that Executive, as part of his activities on behalf of the Company generates, authors or contributes to any invention, design, new development, device, product, method or process (whether or not patentable or reduced to practice or comprising Confidential Information), any copyrightable work (whether or not comprising Confidential Information) or any other form of Confidential Information relating directly or indirectly to the Company's business as now or hereinafter conducted (collectively, "Intellectual Property"), Executive acknowledges that such Intellectual Property is the exclusive property of the Company and hereby assigns all right, title and interest in and to such Intellectual Property to the Company. Any copyrightable work prepared in whole or in part by Executive will be deemed "a work made for hire" under Section 201(b) of the 1976 Copyright Act, and the Company shall own all of the rights comprised in the copyright therein. Executive shall promptly and fully disclose all Intellectual Property to the Company and shall cooperate with the Company to protect the Company's interests in and rights to such Intellectual Property (including, without limitation, providing reasonable assistance in securing patent protection and copyright registrations and executing all documents as reasonably requested by the Company, whether such requests occur prior to or after termination of Executive's employment with the Company).

4. Delivery of Materials Upon Termination of Employment. As requested by the Company from time to time and upon the termination of Executive's employment with the Company for any reason, Executive shall promptly deliver to the Company all copies and embodiments, in whatever form, of all Confidential Information and Intellectual Property in Executive's possession or within his control (including, but not limited to, written records, notes, photographs, manuals, notebooks, documentation, program listings, flow charts, magnetic media, disks, diskettes, tapes and all other materials or mediums containing any Confidential Information or Intellectual Property) irrespective of the location or form of such material and, if requested by the Company, shall provide the Company with written confirmation that all such materials have been delivered to the Company.

5. Noncompetition. Executive acknowledges and agrees with the Company that Executive's services to the Company are unique in nature and that the Company would be irreparably damaged if Executive were to provide similar services to any person or entity competing with the Company or engaged in a similar business. Executive accordingly covenants and agrees with the Company that during the period commencing with the date of this Agreement and ending on the second anniversary of the date of the termination of Executive's employment with the Company (the "Noncompetition Period"), Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, either for himself or for any other individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture or other entity, participate in any business (including, without limitation, any division, group or franchise of a larger organization) anywhere in the world which engages or which proposes to engage in the promotion, development, sale, distribution or production of interior systems, vision safety solutions and other cab-related products for the global commercial vehicle market, including, without limitation, the heavy-duty (Class-8) truck market, the construction market and

2

other specialized transportation markets, or any other business hereafter conducted by the Company but prior to Executive's termination. For purposes of this Agreement, the term "participate in" shall include, without limitation, having any direct or indirect interest in any corporation, partnership, joint venture or other entity, whether as a sole proprietor, owner, stockholder, partner, joint venturer, creditor or otherwise, or rendering any direct or indirect service or assistance to any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture and other business entity (whether as a director, officer, manager, supervisor, employee, agent, consultant or otherwise).

6. Nonsolicitation. During the Noncompetition Period, Executive shall not (i) induce or attempt to induce any employee of the Company to leave the employ of the Company, or in any way interfere with the relationship between the Company and any employee thereof, (ii) hire directly or through another entity any person who was an employee of the Company at any time during the Noncompetition Period, or (iii) induce or attempt to induce any customer, supplier, licensee or other business relation of the Company to cease doing business with the Company, or in any way interfere with the relationship between any such customer, supplier, licensee or business relation and the Company (including, without limitation, making any negative statements or communications concerning the Company).

7. Notices. Any notice provided for in this Agreement must be in writing and must be either personally delivered, mailed by first class mail (postage prepaid and return receipt requested) or sent by reputable overnight courier service (charges prepaid) to the recipient at the address below indicated:

To the Company:

Commercial Vehicle Group, Inc.
6530 West Campus Way
New Albany, OH 43054
Attn:
Telecopy: (614) 985-1842

With copies to:

Hidden Creek Industries 4508 IDS Center
Minneapolis, MN 55402
Attn: Daniel F. Moorse Telecopy: (612) 332-2012

Kirkland & Ellis
200 East Randolph Drive Chicago, IL 60601
Attn: John A. Schoenfeld Telecopy: (312) 861-2200

3

To Executive:




or such other address or to the attention of such other person as the recipient party shall have specified by prior written notice to the sending party. Any notice under this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given when so delivered or sent or, if mailed, five days after deposit in the U.S. mail.

8. General Provisions.

(a) Company Subsidiaries. For purposes of Sections 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 8(b) and (c) of this Agreement, the term "Company" shall include all subsidiaries of the Company.

(b) Not an Employment Agreement. Executive and the Company acknowledge and agree that this Agreement is not intended and should not be construed to grant Executive any right to continued employment with the Company or to otherwise define the terms of Executive's employment with the Company.

(c) Absence of Conflicting Agreements. Executive hereby warrants and covenants that (i) his employment by the Company and his execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement do not and shall not result in a breach of the terms, conditions or provisions of any agreement, instrument, order, judgment or decree to which Executive is subject, (ii) Executive is not a party to or bound by any employment agreement, noncompete agreement or confidentiality agreement with any other person or entity and (iii) upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company, this Agreement shall be the valid and binding obligation of Executive, enforceable in accordance with its terms.

(d) Severability. Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision or any other jurisdiction, and this Agreement shall be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein. The parties agree that a court of competent jurisdiction making a determination of the invalidity or unenforceability of any term or provision of Section 5 of this Agreement shall have the power to reduce the scope, duration or area of any such term or provision, to delete specific words or phrases or to replace any invalid or unenforceable term or provision in Section 5 with a term or provision that is valid and enforceable and that comes closest to expressing the intention of the invalid or unenforceable term or provision, and this Agreement shall be enforceable as so modified.

(e) Complete Agreement. This Agreement, those documents expressly referred to herein and other documents of even date herewith embody the complete agreement and understanding among the parties and supersede and preempt any prior understandings,

4

agreements or representations by or among the parties, written or oral, which may have related to the subject matter hereof in any way.

(f) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in separate counterparts, each of which is deemed to be an original and all of which taken together constitute one and the same agreement.

(g) Successors and Assigns. Except as otherwise provided herein, this Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Company and Executive and their respective successors and assigns; provided that the rights and obligations of Executive under this Agreement may not be assigned or delegated without the prior written consent of the Company.

(h) Choice of Law. All questions concerning the construction, validity, enforcement and interpretation of this Agreement and the exhibits hereto shall be governed by the internal law, and not the law of conflicts, of the State of Delaware.

(i) Remedies. Each of the parties to this Agreement shall be entitled to enforce its rights under this Agreement specifically, to recover damages and costs (including reasonable attorneys fees) caused by any breach of any provision of this Agreement and to exercise all other rights existing in its favor. he parties hereto agree and acknowledge that Executive's breach of any term or provision of this Agreement shall materially and irreparably harm the Company, that money damages shall accordingly not be an adequate remedy for any breach of the provisions of this Agreement by Executive and that the Company in its sole discretion and in addition to any other remedies it may have at law or in equity shall be entitled to specific performance and/or other injunctive relief from any court of law or equity of competent jurisdiction in order to enforce or prevent any violations of the provisions of this Agreement (without posting any bond or deposit).

(j) Amendment and Waiver. The provisions of this Agreement may be amended and waived only with the prior written consent of the Company and Executive.

* * * * *

5

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on the date first written above.

COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GROUP, INC.

By

Its


[EXECUTIVE]

EXHIBIT 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the use in this Registration Statement of Commercial Vehicle Group, Inc. on Form S-1 of our report dated August 2, 2004 (which report expresses an unqualified opinion and includes an explanatory paragraph relating to the change in the Company's method of accounting for goodwill and other intangible assets), appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement, and of our report dated August 2, 2004 relating to the financial statement schedule appearing elsewhere in this Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the headings "Selected Historical Financial Data" and "Experts" in such Prospectus.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
Minneapolis, Minnesota
August 2, 2004